University of Phoenix Online Campus by findpdf

VIEWS: 1,843 PAGES: 340

pletes at least 27 credit hours and at least 45 weeks of instruc ... card is required for. changes in social security numbers. University of Phoenix, 2001 ..... Find more at http://www.findpdf.us/

More Info
									                               University of Phoenix
                                     Online Campus
                                    2001-2002 Catalog




                            CollegeSource
Visit Career Guidance Foundation at http://www.collegesource.org
Copyright & Disclaimer                                    You may:

Information                                           l   print copies of the information for your own
                                                          personal use,
Copyright© 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,              l   store the files on your own computer for per-
1999, 2000, 2001 Career Guidance Foundation               sonal use only, or
                                                      l   reference this material from your own docu-
CollegeSource digital catalogs are derivative             ments.
works owned and copyrighted by Career Guid-
ance Foundation. Catalog content is owned
                                                      The Career Guidance Foundation reserves the
and copyrighted by the appropriate school.            right to revoke such authorization at any time,
                                                      and any such use shall be discontinued immedi-
While the Career Guidance Foundation pro-             ately upon written notice from the Career Guid-
vides information as a service to the public,         ance Foundation.
copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
                                                      Disclaimer
    This means you may NOT:                           CollegeSource digital catalogs are converted
                                                      from either the original printed catalog or elec-
l   distribute the digital catalog files to others,   tronic media supplied by each school. Although
                                                      every attempt is made to ensure accurate con-
l   “mirror” or include this material on an           version of data, the Career Guidance Founda-
    Internet (or Intranet) server, or                 tion and the schools which provide the data do
l   modify or re-use digital files                    not guarantee that this information is accurate
                                                      or correct. The information provided should be
without the express written consent of the            used only as reference and planning tools. Final
Career Guidance Foundation and the appropri-          decisions should be based and confirmed on
ate school.                                           data received directly from each school.
...............................................................................................................................................................................
TABLE OF CONTENTS
...............................................................................................................................................................................

UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX .....................................................................................                                                  1
      Ownership Information ..........................................................................................................                       1
      Historical Background ...........................................................................................................                      1
      Mission ..................................................................................................................................             2
      Purposes ...............................................................................................................................               2
      Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................................................................                       2
      Academic Programs ..............................................................................................................                       2
      Student Services ...................................................................................................................                   3
      Financial Aid..........................................................................................................................                3
      Faculty...................................................................................................................................             3
      Facilities ................................................................................................................................            3
      University Library ..................................................................................................................                  4

TEACHING/LEARNING MODEL ...............................................................................                                                      7
      Curriculum .............................................................................................................................               7
      Faculty...................................................................................................................................             7
      Interactive Learning...............................................................................................................                    7
      Sequential Enrollment ...........................................................................................................                      7
      Learning Teams ....................................................................................................................                    7
      Academic Quality ..................................................................................................................                    8
      Student Technology Recommendations and Competencies ................................................                                                   8
      Online Learning System ........................................................................................................                        9
      Distance Education ...............................................................................................................                     9
      Group-Based Online Education ............................................................................................                              9

UNIVERSITY POLICIES ........................................................................................                                              11
      Program Registration ..........................................................................................................                      11
      Calendar..............................................................................................................................               11
      Course Cancellation ............................................................................................................                     11
      Directed Study.....................................................................................................................                  11
      Concurrent Enrollment ........................................................................................................                       11
      Maximum Credit Load .........................................................................................................                        11
      Course Credits ....................................................................................................................                  11
      Student Identification Numbers ...........................................................................................                           11
      Name and Social Security Number Changes......................................................................                                        11
      Class Attendance ................................................................................................................                    12
      Duplication of Credit ............................................................................................................                   12
      Course Audit Policy .............................................................................................................                    12
      Special Topics .....................................................................................................................                 12
      Change in Student Status ...................................................................................................                         13
      Re–Entry Students ..............................................................................................................                     13
      Transfer of Credit ................................................................................................................                  13
      Nondiscrimination Policy .....................................................................................................                       14
      Harassment Policy ..............................................................................................................                     14
      The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA).........................................................................                                   14



                                                                                                                                                                        i
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................                                                    15
      Code of Student Responsibility...........................................................................................               15
      Standards of Student Behavior ...........................................................................................               15
     Student Right–To–Know ........................................................................................................           17
      Consumer Information ........................................................................................................           17
      Student Completion Rate ....................................................................................................            17
      Campus Crime Statistics.....................................................................................................            17
      Campus Safety Report Notice ............................................................................................                17
      Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program ....................................................................                          17

ACADEMIC POLICIES ...........................................................................................                                 19
       Admission Status ................................................................................................................      19
       Academic Probation ............................................................................................................        19
       Academic Disqualification ...................................................................................................          19
       Scholastic Disqualification ..................................................................................................         20
       Nurse Practitioner Programs...............................................................................................             20
       Progression Requirements .................................................................................................             20
       Student Falsification of Information.....................................................................................              23
       Student Grievances ............................................................................................................        23
       Student Appeals Committee ...............................................................................................              23
       State Boards .......................................................................................................................   23
       Grading Procedures ............................................................................................................        23
       Grade Reports and Transcripts...........................................................................................               25
       Program Changes...............................................................................................................         25
       Application for Graduation ..................................................................................................          25
       Degree Posting ...................................................................................................................     26
       Graduation With Honors .....................................................................................................           26
       Participation in Graduation Ceremony ................................................................................                  26
       Graduation Deadlines .........................................................................................................         26
       Disclaimer on Job Placement .............................................................................................              26

INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH & EFFECTIVENESS ................................................                                                       27
       Mission Statement .............................................................................................................. 27
       Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).................................................................. 27
       Academic Quality Management System (AQMS) ............................................................... 28

ALUMNI NETWORK ..............................................................................................                                 31
       Scholarship Program .......................................................................................................... 31
       Career Opportunity Referral Service................................................................................... 31
       Additional Information ......................................................................................................... 31

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ...........................................................................                                            33
     GENERAL INFORMATION .....................................................................................................................33
      Admission Procedures ........................................................................................................           33
      General Education ..............................................................................................................        34
      Prior Learning Assessment Center Services ......................................................................                        35
     COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES ..................................                                                   37
      General Education Requirements .......................................................................................                  37



ii
                                                                                                                  University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




   Associate of Arts in General Studies ..................................................................................                40
   Associate of Arts Degree Through Credit Recognition .......................................................                            42
   Bachelor of Science in Management ..................................................................................                   45
  COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT ..................................                                                     49
   The Bachelor of Science in Business .................................................................................                  49
   Introductory Course Sequence ...........................................................................................               49
   The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major in Administration............................................                                53
   The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major in Management..............................................                                  54
   The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major in Accounting.................................................                               55
   The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major in Marketing...................................................                              56
   The Bachelor of Science in /Major in e-Business ...............................................................                        57
  COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ...........................................                                               59
   Bachelor of Science in Information Technology..................................................................                        59
  COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES.............................................................                                     63
   International Nursing Honor Society ...................................................................................                63
   Bachelor of Science in Nursing...........................................................................................              64
   Arizona School Nurse Program ..........................................................................................                67
   State of California Public Health Nursing Certificate...........................................................                       67
   Bachelor of Science in Health Care Services .....................................................................                      68
  COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES.......................................................                                         73
   The Bachelor of Science in Human Services......................................................................                        73
   The Bachelor of Science in Human Services/ Management...............................................                                   74
   The Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration...............................................                              78

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ....................................................................................... 83
  GENERAL INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................... 83
   Admission Procedures ........................................................................................................ 83
  COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT .............................................. 85
   Master of Arts in Organizational Management.................................................................... 85
   Master of Business Administration...................................................................................... 87
   Master of Business Administration/Accounting................................................................... 89
   Master of Business Administration/e-Business................................................................... 92
   Master of Business Administration/Global Management .................................................... 95
   Master of Business Administration/Health Care Management ........................................... 98
   Master of Business Administration/Technology Management .......................................... 101
  SCHOOL OF DOCTORAL STUDIES ................................................................................... 105
   Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership....................................................... 105
  COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES........................................................... 109
   International Nursing Honor Society ................................................................................. 109
   Master of Science in Nursing............................................................................................ 109
   Master of Science in Nursing Women’s Health Care Nurse Practitioner or
   Family Nurse Practitioner.................................................................................................. 112
   Post Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner........................................................................... 115
   Masters of Science in Nursing/Master of Business Administration Health Care
   Management ..................................................................................................................... 117
  COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ......................................... 121
   Master of Science in Computer Information Systems....................................................... 121




                                                                                                                                                 iii
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




     COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES..................................................... 123
      Master of Counseling ........................................................................................................ 123

PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS ..............................................................................                                             129
     CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................. 129
      Administration and Supervision Initial Administrator License ...........................................                                   129
      A+ .....................................................................................................................................   129
      Arizona Principal Certification Program ............................................................................                       130
      Arizona School Guidance Counselor Endorsement..........................................................                                    130
      Certificate in Marriage and Family Therapy ......................................................................                          131
      Colorado English as a Second Language Certificate .......................................................                                  131
      Colorado Principal License ...............................................................................................                 132
      Cisco Certified Network Associate ....................................................................................                     132
      E-Education Certificate Program ......................................................................................                     133
      Human Resource Management ........................................................................................                         133
      Master Certified Internet Webmaster - Administrator........................................................                                134
      Master Certified Internet Webmaster - Designer ..............................................................                              134
      2+MCSE (A+, Network+, and MCSE 2000) ......................................................................                                135
      Network+...........................................................................................................................        136
      Nevada School Guidance Counselor Endorsement .........................................................                                     136
      Nursing Informatics Certificate..........................................................................................                  137
      Operations & Supply Chain Management Professional Certificate Program Summary ...                                                          137
      Project Management .........................................................................................................               138
      Purchasing Certificate Program ........................................................................................                    138
      Windows 2000 Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer ......................................................                                   139
      Certificate Awards.............................................................................................................            139
      Accreditation and Affiliations.............................................................................................                139
      Admission Requirements ..................................................................................................                  139
     COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online) ..................................................................................                            141
      Master of Arts in Education...............................................................................................                 141
      Master of Arts in Education with a Specialization in Curriculum and Instruction ..............                                             142
      Master of Arts in Education with a Specialization in Curriculum and Technology ............                                                143
      Master of Arts in Education with a Specialization in E-Education.....................................                                      144

TUITION AND FEES ............................................................................................                                    147
     UNDERGRADUATE (Online) ............................................................................................... 147
     GRADUATE (Online) ........................................................................................................... 149

FINANCIAL AID ..................................................................................................                                 151
       Financial Aid Appeals Committee .....................................................................................                     151
       Federal Pell Grants ...........................................................................................................           151
       Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant ........................................................                                 151
       Federal Perkins Loan........................................................................................................              151
       Federal Stafford Student Loans (Subsidized and Unsubsidized) .....................................                                        152
       Federal PLUS Loans.........................................................................................................               152
       Alternative Student Loans.................................................................................................                152
       Loan/Grant Disbursement.................................................................................................                  152
       Loan Deferments ..............................................................................................................            153



iv
                                                                                                                University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




    Leave of Absence .............................................................................................................      153
    Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for Title IV Recipients .........................................                             153
    Statement of Educational Purpose ...................................................................................                154
    Referrals to the Office of Inspector General .....................................................................                  154
    Additional Funding Options...............................................................................................           154

FINANCIAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ......................................................... 155
    Payment Policies ..............................................................................................................     155
    Processing Fee and Late Fees.........................................................................................               155
    Veterans Educational Assistance .....................................................................................               155
    Refund Policy....................................................................................................................   156

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ..................................................................................... A-1
  UNDERGRADUATE............................................................................................................. A-1
  GRADUATE....................................................................................................................... A-27
  PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS .......................................................................................... A-65

FACULTY AND ACADEMIC CABINET................................................................. A-79
  ACADEMIC CABINET ....................................................................................................... A-79
  COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT .............................. A-79
  COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT ........................................ A-109
  COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES ............................ A-131
  COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ............................................................................................ A-151
  COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ..................................... A-161
  COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES....................................................... A-173
  COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES................................................. A-181

ADMINISTRATION............................................................................................ A-185
    Board of Directors ......................................................................................................... A-185
    University Administration .............................................................................................. A-185
    Campus Administration................................................................................................. A-186

FACILITIES....................................................................................................... A-187




                                                                                                                                              v
    UNIVERSITY
    OF PHOENIX
      CATALOG
      2001/2002




“As we move to meet the
educational needs of
working adults in a mobile
society, our conception of
the university must extend
beyond place and embrace
process. An adult univer-
sity cannot be campus
bound, rather its borders
must be defined by the
lives of its students.”




Dr. John G. Sperling
Founder and
Chairman of the
Board




Online
  Information contained in this catalog is subject to change at the discretion of the University of
                               Phoenix without prior notification.

In the event of any inconsistency between the information contained in this catalog and any other
             material, the information contained in the catalog shall take precedence.

 The University of Phoenix is not responsible for information or claims made by individuals not
   affiliated with the University that is contrary to University of Phoenix published material.

                                       Annual Security Report Notice
 The University of Phoenix annual security report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning
reported crimes that occurred on campus, in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by
 the University, and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus.
The report also includes institutional policies concerning alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the report-
  ing of crimes, sexual assault, and other related matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by contacting
                     your local Campus Security Authority or by accessing the following
                                    Website: http://www.phoenix.edu/safety.
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
University of Phoenix had its beginnings in a series of educa-                                In order to facilitate this vital integration of theory and prac-
tional experiments in what is today known as the Silicon Val-                                 tice, the curriculum for each University of Phoenix degree
ley, and the predecessor of the University, the Institute for                                 program is designed in cooperation with the business, indus-
Professional Development, was moved to Phoenix, Arizona                                       try, or profession to which the degree program relates, and is
in 1976. There, under the visionary direction of Dr. John Sper-                               taught by working professionals with advanced degrees who
ling the University of Phoenix was founded and quickly                                        possess current experience in the subject areas of the courses
became known as the most innovative institution of higher                                     they teach.
education in the United States.                                                               University of Phoenix provides a rich learning environment
The University’s design, operation and ability to innovate                                    that builds upon, rather than ignores, the experiences of the
successfully are reflective of its time, place and mission.                                   students. Each student is viewed as a learning resource with
While many aspects of its educational system honor aca-                                       unique experiences and the potential for sharing those expe-
demic tradition, there are many aspects that distinguish it                                   riences to the benefit of his or her classmates. Such a learning
from other universities. These differences, necessary to antic-                               environment is essential in the development of the student’s
ipate and meet the educational needs of working, profes-                                      ability to communicate effectively, to reason both abstractly
sional adults, make it unique among universities.                                             and concretely, and to understand and engage in the process
University of Phoenix was established, in part, to exemplify                                  of critical inquiry.
the belief that the American system of higher education has                                   In the achievement of these important educational objectives,
traditionally acted as both the motivator and facilitator of                                  the University organizes each class into problem solving
changes in American society – changes which the American                                      teams of the type employed successfully in business and
public finds necessary for continued stability, creativity, pro-                              industry. Thus, in addition to the development of intellectual
ductivity, and growth.                                                                        and technical knowledge, the student is able to grow emo-
The University of Phoenix, as a single–purpose higher educa-                                  tionally so that the potential for practical application of
tion institution, dedicates all its expertise and resources to                                knowledge and skills is optimized.
the delivery of needed educational services to working pro-                                  Ownership Information
                                                                                             ........................................................................................
fessionals in ways that recognize and complement their
maturity, experience, and personal and professional respon-                                  University of Phoenix, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
sibilities. The cornerstone of the University’s educational                                  Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Parent”). The Parent’s voting stock
philosophy and practice is the recognition of the distinction                                (Class B Common Stock) is 100 percent held by management.
between the younger college student, still deciding on a                                     The Parent’s non-voting stock (Class A Common Stock) is
career, and the adult student who has established personal                                   traded on the NASDAQ market under the symbol “APOL”.
and professional goals and has had experience in achieving                                   The Parent files quarterly and annual financial statements
them.                                                                                        with the Securities and Exchange Commission and these are
As an institution that has successfully served hundreds of                                   available to the general public.
thousands of employed professionals, the University knows                                    Historical Background
that working adult students tend to be unresponsive to edu-                                  ........................................................................................
cational programs that do not acknowledge the proper role                                    University of Phoenix was founded in Phoenix, Arizona, as a
and place of the experience of the student in the learning pro-                              private bachelor’s and master’s degree–granting institution,
cess. This important distinction is reflected in the content of                              with the educational mission of meeting working adults’
the University’s curriculum, instruction, and administrative                                 needs for higher education. During the years of developing
infrastructure.                                                                              and implementing education programs for working adults,
At University of Phoenix, education for working adults har-                                  the University of Phoenix has grown steadily, having served
monizes with both their personal and professional lives so                                   over 400,000 working adult students. The University
that their educational experience will be of lasting benefit as                              currently offers programs in Arizona, California, Colorado,
a source for personal growth, professional renewal, and                                      Florida, Hawaii, Idaho, Louisiana, Maryland, Michigan,
career advancement. In order for education for adults to be                                  Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon,
both academically and practically sound, academic work                                       Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, Washington, British Columbia,
must bear a relationship to professional growth and respon-                                  the Netherlands, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The
sibilities.                                                                                  University was accredited in 1978 and currently enrolls some
                                                                                             75,000 working adult students, and employs approximately
                                                                                             8,000 faculty and over 2,400 staff.




                                                                                                                                                                                   1
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Mission                                                                                    Accreditation and Affiliations
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
University of Phoenix is a private, for–profit higher                                      The University of Phoenix is accredited by the Higher
education institution whose mission is to provide high                                     Learning Commission of the North Central Association (30
quality education to working adult students. The University                                N. LaSalle St., Ste. 2400, Chicago IL 60602-504 (312- 263-0456).
identifies educational needs and provides, through                                         The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in
innovative methods including distance education                                            Nursing Programs are accredited by the National League for
technologies, educational access to working adults regardless                              Nursing Accrediting Commission (61 Broadway, 33rd Floor,
of their geographical location. The University provides                                    New York, NY 10006 (212-363-5555). The Master of
general education and professional programs that prepare                                   Community Counseling Program (Phoenix, Southern
students to articulate and advance their personal and                                      Arizona, and Utah Campuses) is accredited by the Council
professional goals.                                                                        for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational
                                                                                           Programs (5999 Stevenson Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22304
The University’s educational philosophy and operational
                                                                                           (703-823-9800). The University of Phoenix also maintains
structure embody participative, collaborative, and applied
                                                                                           voluntary memberships with numerous educational
problem solving strategies that are facilitated by a faculty
                                                                                           organizations, including the American Council on Education,
whose advanced academic preparation and professional
                                                                                           the Association of American Colleges, the American
experience help integrate academic theory with current prac-
                                                                                           Association for Adult and Continuing Education, the
tical application. The University assesses both the effective-
                                                                                           American Association for Higher Education, the American
ness of its academic offerings and the academic achievement
                                                                                           Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, Council for
of its students, and utilizes the results of these assessments to
                                                                                           Adult and Experiential Learning, the College and University
improve academic and institutional quality.
                                                                                           Personnel Association, the Arizona Association of Collegiate
Purposes                                                                                   Registrars and Admissions Officers, the American
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers,
1. To assist working adults whose access to higher                                         the Independent Colleges and Universities of Arizona, the
education is restricted or non–existent.                                                   American Association of Colleges of Nursing, the Western
2. To develop a lifelong relationship with adult learners by                               Institute of Nursing, National Board for Certified Counselors,
providing programs and services that help them to meet their                               the National Association for Foreign Student Admissions:
personal and professional goals.                                                           Association of International Educators, the National
3. To provide quality continuing education, professional                                   Association of Veterans Program Administrators, the Service
degrees and certificates in extended geographical sites                                    Members Opportunity College, and Defense Activity for
domestically and internationally, as well as through distance                              Non–Traditional Support.
education technologies.                                                                    Academic Programs
4. To recruit, mentor, develop and assess practitioner faculty                             ........................................................................................
with advanced academic degrees and current professional                                    The University of Phoenix has a variety of programs that are
experience and to provide for their involvement in                                         offered in certain locations as determined appropriate for the
curriculum, academic governance, and peer review.                                          market. These programs include Associate of Arts in General
5. To maintain and utilize data produced as a result of the                                Studies degree program; an Associate of Arts degree through
University’s institutional research in order to improve the                                credit recognition; bachelor level degree programs in busi-
quality of curriculum, instruction, and administrative                                     ness, e-business, management, marketing, accounting, infor-
services and to assist student achievement, learning                                       mation technology, criminal justice administration, human
outcomes and the effectiveness of the University in achieving                              services, and healthcare services; bachelor level degree com-
its mission and purposes.                                                                  pletion program in nursing; and graduate programs in busi-
                                                                                           ness management, healthcare management, nursing,
6. To generate the financial resources necessary to support                                education, counseling, and computer information systems.
the furtherance of the University’s mission through the                                    Not all programs are available at all University locations.
development of new programs and expansion of curricula
and services to new domestic and international markets.                                    The degree programs are provided to working adults, many
                                                                                           of whom have acquired prior college–level learning through
7. To support the personal and professional development of
                                                                                           college and university courses, military education, non–colle-
students, staff and faculty of all social and cultural
                                                                                           giate institutional educational courses, and/or personal and
backgrounds through education, training, and community
                                                                                           professional experience.
and professional involvement.




2
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                          UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX




University of Phoenix courses are designed to enhance the                                  Faculty
working adult student’s active classroom involvement                                       ........................................................................................
through a teaching system in which lectures are minimized,                                 All faculty teaching at the University of Phoenix hold earned
and simulations, seminars, group discussions, and student                                  master’s or doctoral degrees from accredited institutions and
work–related projects constitute the primary methods of                                    possess an average of 15 years practical experience in the
learning.                                                                                  field related to the subjects they are approved to instruct.
In addition to regularly scheduled class time, students meet                               The integration of advanced academic preparation and cur-
in Learning Teams comprised of three to five students each to                              rent professional experience helps ensure that the knowledge
discuss and prepare assignments.                                                           and skills gained by the students are relevant and applicable
                                                                                           to the workplace.
Learning Teams members, by combining their collective
resources, talents and experience, and by distributing learn-                              To be accepted as a member of the faculty, applicants must
ing responsibilities accordingly, are able to cover more mate-                             participate in an assessment conducted jointly by peer fac-
rial than could be achieved through individual effort.                                     ulty and staff to ascertain the quality of their academic prepa-
                                                                                           ration and professional experience, and equally important,
Learning Teams are often responsible for conducting a group
                                                                                           their aptitude to instruct in the University’s unique Teach-
project presented to the class in the form of a written and/or
                                                                                           ing/Learning Model.
oral report.
                                                                                           Faculty participate in the ongoing process of curriculum
Student Services                                                                           development through the completion of evaluation question-
........................................................................................
                                                                                           naires for each course they instruct, and as members of the
Student services at the University of Phoenix is designed to
                                                                                           curriculum development committees of their respective aca-
meet the needs of working adult students in the completion
                                                                                           demic areas. With a current faculty membership of more than
of their degree programs. In recognition of its standard of
                                                                                           11,000, the University of Phoenix has one of the most com-
customer service, the University endeavors—subject to ongo-
                                                                                           prehensive faculty–based curriculum development processes
ing evaluation by students and faculty—to provide high
                                                                                           of any higher education institution in the country.
quality services in an efficient manner that meet the needs of
the adult student who works full-time.                                                     Faculty performance is evaluated by students upon the con-
                                                                                           clusion of each course of instruction, and regularly by peer
Financial Aid
........................................................................................   faculty and/or administration. Based on these evaluations,
For students that are eligible U.S. citizens or residents, the                             faculty may be required to complete training in specific
University of Phoenix participates in Federal Financial Aid                                areas, e.g. facilitation skills, evaluation of student perfor-
Programs offering the Federal Stafford Student Loans, the                                  mance, and use of learning teams.
Federal PLUS Loan, and the Federal Pell Grant.                                             In addition to their significant academic and professional
Degree–seeking students enrolled in eligible programs may                                  accomplishments, University of Phoenix faculty participate
apply for financial aid as a means of assisting them with                                  actively in professional, scholarly, fraternal, and community
financing their education. Some certificate programs are also                              activities that enhance the richness of the educational experi-
eligible for financial aid; please check with the Financial Aid                            ence for the University’s working adult students.
Office for specific program information.                                                   Facilities
Courses taken to gain admission to a University of Phoenix                                 ........................................................................................
degree program are generally not eligible for financial aid.                               From its founding, it has been the policy of the University of
Information and/or application forms are available from                                    Phoenix to be located at sites convenient to its faculty and
your campus.                                                                               students, while remaining visible to the public. Occasionally,
                                                                                           additional class sites are arranged for shorter periods of time
Students needing financial aid may be eligible for financial                               to accommodate learning groups unable to attend class at the
aid once each academic year, which is defined as the period                                campus locations. This policy has allowed the University to
of time in which an enrolled undergraduate student com-                                    achieve its mission and purposes by demonstrating institu-
pletes at least 27 credit hours and at least 45 weeks of instruc-                          tional effectiveness in meeting the educational needs of its
tional time. Graduate students are required to complete at                                 adult students in the geographic areas where it is approved
least 27 credits and 54 weeks of instructional time. Therefore,                            to operate.
students may have their eligibility assessed for grants and/
or loans several times during their program of study. The
average processing time for financial aid is 90 days. Inter-
ested students should apply for financial aid prior to each
academic year.



                                                                                                                                                                             3
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




University Library                                                                         Current Database Components of the Online
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Collection
The University of Phoenix Approach to Library Services
                                                                                           EBSCOhost
As busy working professionals, our students and faculty
members know how difficult it can be to travel to a distant                                Features the following key databases, plus several more:
library and to match schedules to library building hours. To                               • MasterFile Premier
accommodate student and faculty needs, the University of                                     Provides full text for over 1,810 periodicals covering
Phoenix offers its library services online. This online distribu-                            nearly all subjects including general reference, business,
tion of information is well suited to the needs of today’s
                                                                                             health, and much more.
“knowledge workers” and offers a functional version of the
types of information systems University of Phoenix students                                • Academic Search Premier
and faculty will be expected to use throughout their careers.                                Provides full text for over 1,250 journals covering the
The core of our Library Web site is the Online Collection, a                                 social sciences, humanities, general science, multi-cultural
collection of databases available to all students and faculty at                             studies, education, and much more.
any time and from virtually any location where an Internet                                 • Health Source Plus
connection is available. In addition to our Online Collection,                               Provides full text for over 255 health periodicals, over
the Library maintains selected links to other worthwhile sites                               1,065 health pamphlets, and 23 health reference books.
on the Web and provides services related to user education
and research assistance.                                                                   • Business Source Elite
                                                                                             Provides full text for nearly 930 journals covering
The online distribution of information is not only optimally
                                                                                             business, management, economics, finance, banking,
matched to the needs of working professionals, but also
                                                                                             accounting, and much more.
allows for equitable sharing of library resources among stu-
dents and faculty members at all University of Phoenix learn-                              • Facts on File
ing centers and in distance education programs. Instead of                                   Provides current events information on U.S. and world
encountering disparities in library resources between large                                  new in full text.
and small learning centers and between on-campus and
online students, University of Phoenix library patrons enjoy                               • Hoover’s Company Profiles
access to same broad spectrum of resources regardless of                                     Provides access to detailed profiles for 3,400 public and
where and how they attend class.                                                             private companies in the U.S. and around the world.

What is in the Online Collection?                                                          InfoTrac
Thousands of scholarly journals and periodicals holding mil-                               Features the following key databases, plus several more:
lions of full-text articles relevant to each University of Phoe-
                                                                                           • Computer Database
nix degree program are contained in the databases. In
                                                                                             Includes computer-related product introductions, news,
addition, financial reports on over 10,000 public companies
                                                                                             and reviews in areas such as hardware, software,
and a variety of directories and other reference publications
                                                                                             electronics, engineering, communications, and the
are available. The databases included in the Online Collec-
                                                                                             application of technology.
tion are commercial products held by the University under a
licensing agreement with content providers and will not be                                 • General BusinessFile ASAP
found through databases freely available to the general pub-                                 Includes articles on finance, acquisitions and mergers,
lic like Web pages found through an Internet search engine.                                  international trade, money management, new
                                                                                             technologies and products, local and regional business
                                                                                             trends, investments, and banking.
                                                                                           • Health Reference Center-Academic
                                                                                             Includes articles on fitness, pregnancy, medicine,
                                                                                             nutrition, diseases, public health, occupational health and
                                                                                             safety, alcohol and drug abuse, HMOs, and prescriptions
                                                                                             drugs.




4
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                   UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX




• Predicasts PROMT -- Predicasts Overview of Markets             FIS Online
  and Technology                                                 Offers financial reports about over 25,000 companies world-
  Includes coverage of companies, the products and               wide including U.S. public company information on more
  technologies they produce, and the markets in which they       than 10,000 companies.
  compete. Includes summaries and full text from nearly
  1,000 business and trade journals, industry newsletters,       Global Access
  newspapers, market research studies, news releases, and        Offers comprehensive access to financial documents from
  investment and brokerage firm reports.                         over 10,000 U.S. companies.
• Expanded Academic ASAP                                         STAT-USA
  Includes coverage of education, humanities, sciences, and      Provides authoritative information from the Federal govern-
  social sciences.                                               ment about foreign trade and the domestic economy.
ProQuest 5000                                                    Reference USA
Features the following key databases, plus several more:         Offers a directory of 11 million businesses.
                                                                 Encyclopedia Americana
• ABI/FORM Global
  Includes research on advertising, marketing, economics,        Provides access to a 25,000,000-word repository of text and
  human resources, finance, taxation, computers, and more.       images maintained by the encyclopedia’s editorial staff.
  Also, information on 60,000+companies.                         Grolier Multimedia Encyclopedia
• ProQuest Biology Journals                                      Contains some 36,000 entries, more than 6,000 of them exclu-
  Includes full-text journals in the life sciences.              sive to the electronic version.

• ProQuest Computing                                             Yellow Book Leadership Directories
  Includes computing journals in full-text for current           Includes 14 directories providing listings of government
  information on subjects such as database design, software      agencies, corporation, associations, and other organizations.
  development, web commerce, LANs, WANs, Intranets, the          Oxford English Dictionary
  Internet.
                                                                 Provides definitions, pronunciations, and origins of over
• ProQuest Education Complete                                    500,000 words.
  Contains more than 550 titles on education--including          American National Biography
  primary, secondary, and university-level topics--with
  nearly 300 in full text. Includes the indexing and abstracts   Provides profiles of over 17,000 notable figures in American
  from H.W. Wilson’s highly regarded Education Abstracts,        history.
  plus many additional titles.                                   Getting Started with the Online Collection
• ProQuest Newsstand                                             To get started using the Online Collection, students and fac-
  Includes coverage of 150+ major U.S. and international         ulty members should follow these steps:
  newspapers such as The New York Times and the Times of         • Visit the Student or Faculty Web site at
  London, plus hundreds of other news sources and news
  wires.                                                         • http://ecampus.phoenix.edu
                                                                 • This is the same Web site used to obtain course modules,
• ProQuest Nursing Journals                                        grades, and other University of Phoenix resources and
  Contains more than 250 leading full-text journals in             services.
  nursing and allied health.
                                                                 • After logging in to the Student and Faculty Web site, select
• ProQuest Psychology Journals                                     the links “University Library” and then “Online
  Includes nearly 300 academic journals in psychology and          Collection.”
  related fields.                                                • Select an appropriate database and begin research.
• Research Library Peridodicals
  Covers a broad range of general reference subjects
  including arts, business, humanities, social sciences, and
  the sciences.




                                                                                                                             5
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Selected Readings Pages                                             How to Contact the University Library
In addition to the Online Collection resources for research by      U.S and Canada   1-800-366-9693
topics, Library staff also maintain selected readings pages for
                                                                    Worldwide        +1-480-966-5050 Ext.4127
individual courses. These pages provide direct links to
articles relevant to the course curriculum. In many cases,          Email            library@phoenix.edu
direct links to relevant organizations are also offered. Links to   Web Site         http://ecampus.phoenix.edu
selected readings pages, when available, are found in course        Hours            8 a.m. - 9 p.m. (Mountain Standard Time)
modules.                                                                             Monday - Friday (Except Holidays)

Customer Service                                                    Please keep in mind that the University Library does not sup-
                                                                    port other University of Phoenix Web-based services. For
Library online services specialists and librarians are ready to
                                                                    assistance in accessing the Student and Faculty Web site,
help students become successful researchers. Examples of the
                                                                    downloading course modules, taking the online proficiency
types of assistance the Library can provide include the fol-
                                                                    tests, viewing grades and schedules, and using other non-
lowing:
                                                                    library services, students and faculty members should con-
• Recommending specific Online Collection databases to use          tact the University’s Internet Technical Support Department
  to locate various types of information.                           toll free at 1-877-832-4867.
• Offering guidance on how to identify keywords and
  combine keywords effectively for successful research.
• Providing referrals to Web sites outside the Online
  Collection and to other valuable sources of information.
• Assisting in locating specific articles and documents.
• Advising Library users on how to best print, save, or email
  the material they find in the Online Collection.
Additional Resources for Help
• The Library Handbook includes detailed information and
  helpful tips on conducting research.
• Ask a Librarian is a feature on the pages of the Library
  Web site that allows users to direct specific reference or
  research strategy questions to Library staff.
• The User Guides area of the Library Web site contains
  many helpful guides, including our one-page “Quick
  Tips” documents with overviews of research
  recommendations for specific subject areas.




6
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
TEACHING/LEARNING MODEL
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
The University of Phoenix Teaching/Learning Model was                                        Learning Team Time and Meeting Requirements
designed specifically for working adults, and has been                                       Learning Teams conduct face-to-face meetings weekly
continually refined and improved throughout the twenty five                                  between course workshops. In standard three semester-credit
years since it was first developed. This model is structured to                              undergraduate courses of five workshops, teams are required
enable adults who are employed full-time to earn their                                       to meet together between workshops for a total of five hours
degrees and still meet their personal and professional                                       per week. In standard three semester-credit graduate courses
responsibilities. The University’s Teaching/Learning Model                                   of six workshops, teams are required to meet together each
has the following primary components:                                                        week between workshops for a total of four hours per week.
Curriculum                                                                                   (Note: A small number of courses offered by the University
........................................................................................     of Phoenix may differ in the number of credit hours and
The curriculum provides for the achievement of specific edu-                                 workshops. Please consult the Course Module and Instructor
cational outcomes that are based on input from faculty, stu-                                 Syllabus for Learning Team requirements for those courses).
dents, and the employers of students. The curriculum is                                      Attendance Requirements
designed to integrate academic theory and current profes-                                    Students are required to attend Learning Team meetings.
sional practices, and its application to the workplace. The                                  One Learning Team meeting absence is permitted during a
centrally managed curriculum for each degree program pro-
                                                                                             course with the instructor’s approval.
vides students with specified levels of knowledge and skills
regardless of the delivery method or classroom location.                                     Appropriate Meeting Locations
                                                                                             Learning Teams are required to select sites for Learning Team
Faculty
........................................................................................     meetings that are conducive to learning. Faculty members
Faculty members possess an earned master’s or doctoral                                       must verify that these sites meet minimum requirements.
degree from a accredited institution, and have a minimum of                                  The following locations are considered acceptable: Univer-
five years recent professional experience in a field related to                              sity of Phoenix classrooms and study rooms; local, city or
the subject matter in which they provide instruction.                                        state libraries; university or college libraries; company or cor-
                                                                                             porate training or meeting rooms. Students residences, or
Interactive Learning                                                                         other locations are acceptable if they meet the following crite-
........................................................................................
Courses are designed to combine individual and group activ-                                  ria:
ity with interaction between and among students and the                                      1. Individual seating for each student.
instructor. The curriculum provides for a high level of stu-
                                                                                             2. A desk or flat writing surface for each student.
dent participation for purposes of increasing the students’
ability to work effectively as part of a problem-solving team.                               3. Adequate lighting to ensure the ability of each student to
                                                                                             read.
Sequential Enrollment
........................................................................................     4. A quiet environment with no ambient noise like loud
Students enroll in and complete courses sequentially, rather                                 music.
than concurrently, thereby allowing full–time working adults                                 5. Adequately temperature controlled to allow for the
to focus their attention and resources on one subject at a time,                             comfort of each student.
thus helping balance learning with ongoing personal and
                                                                                             6. Electrical and phone service to allow for students to access
professional responsibilities.
                                                                                             the University’s library services.
Learning Teams                                                                               7. Adequate restroom facilities for both genders.
........................................................................................
In addition to regular course instructional sessions on                                      8. Adequate parking for student convenience.
ground students meet weekly in Learning Teams. Learning                                      Learning Team Log
Teams are small, intact groups of students formed at the                                     Prior to each Learning Team meeting, team members deter-
beginning of each course from the larger cohort. Teams meet                                  mine the location and time of each meeting and notate the
each week between course workshops to facilitate and rein-                                   information on the Learning Team Attendance Log. Faculty
force learning, and to complete group assignments and                                        are required to pre-approve the location and time prior to
projects. Learning Teams are generally comprised of between                                  each meeting. Subsequently, as the team meets, the Log is
3-6 members. Research with Learning Teams suggests that                                      used to document the attendance of members and record the
they work best when they are made up of 4 or 5 members.                                      learning and activities of the team process for the week.
Larger teams become unwieldy and difficult to coordinate
while smaller teams usually lack the resources to do a thor-
ough job.




                                                                                                                                                                                   7
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Academic Quality                                                                           • E-Mail address
........................................................................................
The University has designed an Academic Quality Manage-                                    • Internet service provider (ISP) account
ment System (AQMS) that helps to both maintain and                                         • Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 5.0 or later
improve the quality of programs and student services                                       **College of Information Systems and Technology students
regardless of the delivery method or class location.                                       need Microsoft Office 97 Professional version which includes
Student Technology Recommendations and                                                     Microsoft Access.
Competencies                                                                               Technology Competencies
........................................................................................
                                                                                           • Access course and program material on the Web.
In an effort to assist students with adequate preparation for                              • Correspond with University of Phoenix staff, students,
their course work at the University of Phoenix, technology                                   and faculty using e-mail and the Web.
recommendations and competencies have been established.
                                                                                           • Complete, send, and receive assignments to faculty or
These recommendations and competencies are in effect for
                                                                                             other students using e-mail and attachments/files.
the Colleges of Graduate Business and Management, College
of Education, Undergraduate Business and Management,                                       • Read/print e-mail and attachments/files from students,
Information Systems and Technology, and for courses taken                                    staff, and faculty.
in the Bachelors of Sciences in Healthcare Services and Gen-                               • Use the University of Phoenix Electronic Library also
eral Studies programs. To that end, students will need to                                    known as the Learning Resource Center (LRC) and/or
access and use the hardware and software as described                                        Internet for research and completion of course
below. Additional recommendations and competencies may                                       assignments.
be required for particular courses/programs. Students using                                • Prepare and conduct presentations in the classrooms using
software and hardware other than recommended must still                                      presentation equipment.
meet the technology competencies. Please note that due to                                  • Use the appropriate software for the course. (The
the rapid rate of change in information technology, we antici-
                                                                                             University uses as standards Microsoft products including
pate that hardware and software competencies will be
                                                                                             MS Word, MS Project, MS Excel, MS Power Point, etc.)
updated on a regular basis. Some courses require additional
software in the College of Information Systems and Technol-                                • Use CD ROM’s when required as part of course
ogy.                                                                                         assignments.
                                                                                           • Use an appropriate anti-virus application to insure the
Technology Recommendations                                                                   files transmitted and received are virus free.
• 266 Mhz or greater (Intel Pentium or Celeron, or AMD
  Athlon processors)
• Windows 98®, ME®, or 2000®
• Microsoft Office 97®, 98®, or 2000®
    •Microsoft Word®
    •Microsoft Power Point®
    •Microsoft Excel® (for selected courses)
    •Microsoft Access® (for eslected courses)
• Microsoft Project 98® or 2000® (for selected courses)
• Microsoft Visio 5.0® or later (for selected courses)
• A current anti-virus application
• 64MB RAM or greater
• 3 GB hard drive or larger
• 56.6 kps modem, or DSL, or cable modem
• 1024x768 or greater monitor and video card
• Sound card with speakers
• CD ROM
• Inkjet or laser printer



8
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                    TEACHING/LEARNING MODEL




Online Learning System                                                                     Distance Education
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The University’s Online Learning System (OLS) a computer-                                  The University of Phoenix recognizes that adult profession-
and web-based conferencing system that has replaced the                                    als are sometimes faced with obstacles that prevent contin-
traditional classroom for many University of Phoenix stu-                                  ued commitment to classroom instruction. Students may be
dents. It offers a new convenient medium for faculty-to-stu-                               employed in remote areas, may be traveling extensively on
dent and student-to-student interaction. An easy-to-use,                                   the job, or may have been transferred on the job following the
easy-to-access system, OLS allows student “to go to class” to                              start of a degree program. Because the University of Phoenix
engage in individual and group discussion or lectures, any-                                was developed to provide educational services solely to
time or any place!                                                                         working adult students, distance education options were
OLS works with any Internet Service Provider. It features a                                developed to allow these students to continue their life–long
familiar “Window” type format, which makes navigation fast                                 learning when faced with such obstacles. Distance education
and easy. A full set of capabilities allows student to complete                            options include computer–based educational modalities that
100% of their education and administration online. In addi-                                are group-based. The same rigor expected in the classroom
tion to participating in the full range of class meeting and                               exists for distance education students when completing cur-
study group activities, students can communicate with                                      riculum goals, objectives, and outcomes.
instructors, interact with classmates, and conduct their                                   Group-Based Online Education
research online. They can also:                                                            ........................................................................................
• Register for classes                                                                     The Online computer–based educational delivery system has
                                                                                           extended the boundaries of the classroom. It is an outgrowth
• Pay their tuition                                                                        of the University’s recognition of the technological transfor-
• Order their books                                                                        mation of the workplace. The Online program utilizes the
                                                                                           Online Learning System (OLS) to make possible group learn-
• Meet with a counselor
                                                                                           ing that is independent of time and location. Rather than
• Obtain their grades                                                                      gathering in a classroom, students and instructors interact
• Request transcripts and more                                                             electronically and asynchronously. Unlike other forms of dis-
                                                                                           tance learning, such as directed study, online education is
Even without the new software, students can log on to our
                                                                                           interactive and participative. Online students can complete
website from any Internet Service Provider – so they can
                                                                                           their University studies from virtually anywhere in the
check their e-mail and access student services from any loca-
                                                                                           world.
tion and computer.
                                                                                           Structure
Online Program Hardware Requirements
                                                                                           Students in the group-based Online program benefit from the
Designed with the non–technical person in mind, even inex-                                 same quality, real world-oriented education that has distin-
perienced users will find the OLS simple to master.                                        guished the University of Phoenix since it was founded. Stu-
To ensure compatibility and consistency of communication,                                  dents become active members of a learning group of between
students must own or have access to the following hardware                                 7 - 13 working adults, often working in smaller learning
and software.                                                                              teams for special projects. Students complete one five or six-
                                                                                           week course at a time, then move on to the next course in the
• Pentium or equivalent, using operating systems Windows                                   same way as students who meet face–to–face.
  95 or higher
                                                                                           Process
• 32MB of RAM or more                                                                      When students are admitted to the program, they are pro-
• CD ROM                                                                                   vided with all the information needed to connect to the
                                                                                           Online Learning System. Prior to the start of the first class,
• 2 GB hard disk or larger
                                                                                           students become familiar with the system through an Online
• VGA monitor                                                                              Orientation. At this time, group members will become
• 28.8 Baud Modem or greater                                                               acquainted through an exchange of professional and aca-
                                                                                           demic backgrounds. Additionally, students will be intro-
• Inkjet or laser printer
                                                                                           duced to their first instructor who will explain the nature of
• Internet Service Provider (must have appropriate                                         the course and give the first assignment.
  software, browser and email send/receive capability)                                     Each week’s instruction begins with a general class meeting.
                                                                                           Here, the instructor introduces all the material to be studied,
                                                                                           gives assignments, and answers questions.




                                                                                                                                                                             9
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Online Learning Teams                                               Computer Text–Based Communications
Students are also members of learing teams. Each week, stu-         All of the Online communications are text–based, and the
dents work on required projects and assignments apart from          users (students and faculty) are able to maintain an ongoing
the rest of the class. To ensure complete privacy, a learning       common transcript which greatly enhances opportunities for
teams is assigned a special “Meeting Place” or conference.          reflective interaction. At any time they choose, students can
                                                                    review and reflect on the transcripts they have stored in their
Key Features of the Group-Based Online Program                      computers. These archives invite students to organize and
Interactive Learning                                                reorganize the body of ideas being developed in their class.
Computer conferencing exchanges are student–centered,               Services Provided
involving dynamic and extensive sharing of ideas, opinions,         Through OLS, students are able to contact the Learning
and information. As a result, knowledge building occurs as          Resource Center to request literature searches and have them
students examine each other’s written arguments and posi-           forwarded directly to their personal “inbox” on the Online
tions.                                                              Learning System.
In the face–to–face classroom environment the instructor            The University staffs a technical support help desk 24 hours
often produces 60–80% of the oral exchanges. Research               per day, seven days per week. In addition, an automated
shows that in the online learning environment, the instructor       attendant technical support line is available to address com-
produces only 10–15% of the verbal interactions. In this way,       mon issues.
adult learners are much more actively involved in their own
education, an element that the University of Phoenix has            Confidentiality
found to be essential to adult learning programs.                   The electronic computer–conferencing system shall be main-
                                                                    tained by an employee of the University (System Operator)
Equitable Participation
                                                                    who is required by University policy to uphold the confiden-
As anyone who has attended a traditional classroom setting          tiality of any messages she/he may review in the process of
knows, one or two students can often dominate any class dis-        tracking overall system usage, and ensuring that the system
cussion, while more reserved students sit silently. In the          is functioning properly. The Director of Academic Affairs, the
Online setting, no one readily dominates. While some stu-           Vice President, Executive Director/Department Chairs, and
dents might spend more time communicating, everyone                 certain university administrators may review the archives of
must participate. Participation, therefore, is more equitably       class meetings and to assist in the resolution of grade dis-
distributed and active for everyone, as each student has            putes, grievances, and charges of academic dishonesty, if
equal access to the “floor.”                                        required.
Time and Place Independent                                          The University of Phoenix staff and faculty will not use any
All communications in the University’s Online computer–             written material from the electronic study group conferences
conferencing system are asynchronous rather than real–time.         without the prior written consent of the student.
While this naturally imposes some limitations, it has been
                                                                    Policy on the Illegal use of OLS
found that asynchronous communications result in increased
access for students since they can control the time and place       The University of Phoenix retains the right to monitor the
for their participation. They enjoy far greater flexibility since   Online Learning System conferencing system, via the System
activities need not be simultaneous. Asynchronous commu-            Operator, in order to verify appropriateness of use.
nication also enables both students and faculty to synthesize       Illegal activities are expressly prohibited and include such
material at their own pace and to provide well thought out          things as distribution of “pirated” software, distribution of
responses free of the pressure of instantaneous feedback.           unauthorized surveys, exchange of “hot” billing numbers for
OLS is available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, enabling        long distance charges, and messages that are pornographic,
working adult learners to choose the times when they believe        slanderous, or offensive by community standards.
they are best prepared to engage in particular learning activi-     Illegal activity will be deleted by the System Operator and
ties and spend as long as they wish working on them. The            the originators of such messages may be denied system
result is that the Online adult learner has increased control       access on a suspended or permanent basis.
and has more options than in the classroom.




10
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Program Registration                                                                          Under no circumstances will students be allowed to enroll in
........................................................................................      more than two University of Phoenix courses concurrently.
Students are required to register for their program course of                                 Concurrent enrollment is prohibited in the first two
study on an Enrollment Agreement. Registration is                                             courses taken at the Online Campus. Courses taken concur-
conducted at an official student orientation session. Students                                rently with other institutions will not be limited.
not present during registration should contact their local
                                                                                             Maximum Credit Load
campus for a registration form and class calendar. Distance                                  ........................................................................................
Education students should contact a University Enrollment                                    Undergraduate students may earn a maximum of 39 credits
Counselor to register. It is the student’s responsibility to                                 in a twelve (12) month period.
officially register for the program course of study. Any
change in the original registration must be communicated to                                   Graduate students may earn a maximum of 33 credits in a
the local campus staff. Major chdanges in a student’s                                         twelve (12) month period.
schedule may necessitate completion of a new Enrollment                                       Credits attempted and earned beyond the maximum allow-
Agreement.                                                                                    able limits will be transcripted but will not apply toward
Calendar                                                                                      degree completion requirements. Courses taken concurrently
........................................................................................
                                                                                              at other institutions will not be counted towards this total
Because the educational mission of the University of Phoenix                                  and will not be limited in any way.
is to meet the educational needs of working adults, a
                                                                                             Course Credits
qualified student could begin a degree program in virtually                                  ........................................................................................
any month of the year. This calendar allows the adult student
                                                                                             All credits issued for successfully completed University of
to balance the demands of career, family, and education.
                                                                                             Phoenix course work are in semester credits. Courses
For financial aid purposes, the University defines an aca-                                   numbered 100–299 carry undergraduate, lower division
demic year per the U.S. Department of Education standards                                    credit. Courses numbered 300–499 carry undergraduate,
as completing 24 semester hours in a minimum of 45 weeks                                     upper division credit. Courses numbered 500–599 carry
for undergraduate students. The academic year is defined as                                  graduate credit. Professional courses numbered 600–699 may
21 credits in 54 weeks for graduate students.                                                be applied to either undergraduate or graduate credit
Course Cancellation                                                                          requirements courses numbered 700-799 carry Doctoral
........................................................................................     credit.
The University of Phoenix may be required to cancel classes                                  Student Identification Numbers
when necessary. All payments will be refunded or applied to                                  ........................................................................................
another course. All attempts will be made to address any                                      All students are assigned a unique student identifier called
course cancellations with registered students as early as                                     an Individual Record Number (IRN). This is the primary
possible.                                                                                     number students use to obtain campus, web and voice
Directed Study                                                                                response services. A letter and ID card will be mailed imme-
........................................................................................      diately upon application to the University.
Under certain circumstances students may need to complete                                    Name and Social Security Number Changes
a course via directed study. Students should contact their                                   ........................................................................................
campus for information about availability and requirements.                                  The University requires documentation of legal name and
A maximum of nine credits completed via directed study                                       social security number changes. The following forms of
maybe applied to degree requirements.                                                        identification will be accepted: marriage license, divorce
Concurrent Enrollment                                                                        decree, driver’s license, state ID, military ID, passport, or
........................................................................................
                                                                                             court order. A new social security card is required for
Because of the intensive nature of the University’s courses,                                 changes in social security numbers.
students are not encouraged to concurrently enroll in courses
at the University of Phoenix or to enroll in courses at other
institutions while enrolled in University courses. However,
students are given the opportunity to concurrently enroll in a
limited number of courses. Under no circumstances may
BSN nursing courses be taken concurrently with other BSN
nursing courses.




                                                                                                                                                                                11
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Class Attendance                                                                           Duplication of Credit
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
Most classes meet four hours per week, usually in the                                      Duplication occurs when students take the same course more
evening. Most education classes meet either four hours per                                 than once or take a course that duplicates the content of a
week in the evening or 15 hours per weekend on alternating                                 satisfactorily completed course. Credit earned which
weekends. Attendance is mandatory. Special instructional                                   duplicates work already completed does not count toward
activities may be scheduled on weekends or at other times                                  the total number of hours required for graduation.
convenient to both students and faculty members. Class                                     Course Audit Policy
attendance requirements are as follows:                                                    ........................................................................................
1. Students may not miss more than one class session and/                                  At some campuses, and upon approval of the campus
or one Learning Team meeting per course. Students in the                                   Director of Academic Affairs, a student may choose to audit a
BSN Clinical courses must still achieve the total number of                                course. Courses which have been audited will be transcripted
required clinical hours regardless of any absences in these                                with the grade of “AU” and will not earn the student any
courses. Students must make up all missed work requested                                   credit. Students auditing a course are considered passive
by the faculty member. Any absence will affect students’                                   participants and will not be held responsible for study group
grades.                                                                                    work or class assignments. They must follow all other
                                                                                           University policies for non–auditing students, including class
2. Students who miss two or more classes must officially
                                                                                           attendance. Audited courses do not qualify the student for
withdraw from the course and receive a grade of “W” or
                                                                                           financial aid. Students will be required to pay a one (1) credit
“WF.” No letter grade will be awarded.
                                                                                           hour tuition charge consistent with the program rate for each
The Post Baccalaureate Teacher Education program has the                                   audited course.
following absence policy:                                                                  The Online campus does not allow external auditing due to
      a. Students enrolled in two, three, and four credit courses                          the unique nature of an Online classroom environment.
         are allowed one absence. A second absence will not be                             Special Topics
         allowed.                                                                          ........................................................................................
      b. Students enrolled in a course over four credits                                   The University may offer students the opportunity to pursue
         (excluding Student Teaching) are allowed two                                      independent study and research in areas of special interest
         absences.                                                                         not ordinarily included in a program course of study. These
                                                                                           offerings are dependent on the approval of the campus
      c. There are no absences allowed for Student Teaching.                               Director of Academic Affairs and the appropriate College
         All work or days missed, including holidays, must be                              Dean. Special topics are considered elective course work and
         made up at the end of Student Teaching. If a student                              may be applied to general education requirements if
         must be absent for more than five days out of the                                 approved by the College Dean. No more than two or three
         required weeks of student teaching, he/she will be                                courses or six credits may be applied to the completion of a
         required to repeat the entire student teaching                                    degree program. All regular academic policies apply to
         experience.                                                                       special topic courses, including attendance, grading, and
Directed Study Course Attendance                                                           awarding of credit. Enrollment in special topic courses is
In courses completed through directed study, attendance is                                 limited to students who have completed a minimum of 50%
defined as weekly contact with the assigned faculty member.                                of the credits required by their degree program.
This student contact with the faculty member may be either
written or verbal communication, including the submission
of required course assignments. Attendance is mandatory;
students are required to attend (make contact with the fac-
ulty member) each scheduled week of the course.
1. Students may not miss more than one week per course.
2. Students who begin a course and miss two or more
scheduled weeks of the course will receive a grade “W” or
“W/F”. No letter grade will be awarded.




12
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                               UNIVERSITY POLICIES




Change in Student Status                                                                   Transfer of Credit
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
Any student who finds it necessary to interrupt his/her                                    Academic credit earned for courses appearing on an official
attendance by withdrawing from the program should                                          transcript from a regionally or nationally accredited associate
complete the official withdrawal process at their local                                    degree granting candidates for accreditation college or
campus to avoid additional charges.                                                        university will be evaluated according to University policies
For students receiving federal financial aid, a change in                                  and accepted subject to the approval of the University’s
enrollment may result in a cancellation or reduction of funds.                             Central Office of Admissions. Transfer credits that are based
                                                                                           on a different unit of credit than the one prescribed by
From time to time, a student may find it necessary to take a                               University of Phoenix are subject to conversion before being
leave of absence (LOA). The LOA serves to maintain the stu-
                                                                                           transferred. Only the official transcript and course
dent’s in school enrollment status. For students requesting an
                                                                                           evaluations performed by the University’s Central
LOA, the following applies:                                                                Administrative Office of Admissions or Prior Learning
1. The University may grant a leave of absence(s) to students                              Assessment Center are final. Any preliminary reviews by
who provide a written, signed and dated request to their                                   campus personnel are unofficial and not binding, and subject
campus on or before the last date of class attendance. If                                  to change.
unforeseen circumstances prevent a student from providing
this request on or before the last date of class attendance, the                           The regional accreditation agencies are:
University may grant the leave of absence if the campus                                        • Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools
receives the request and appropriate documentation within                                      • New England Association of Schools and Colleges
15 days of the student’s last date class attendance.
Unforeseen circumstances may include medical and family                                        • North Central Association of Colleges and Schools
emergencies, business travel, University course cancellation                                   • Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges
and/or facility closure, and natural disasters. A student on                                   • Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
an approved leave of absence will be considered enrolled at
                                                                                               • Western Association of Schools and Colleges
the University and eligible for an in-school deferment for his
or her SFA loans.                                                                          The national accreditation agencies are:
2. A leave of absence cannot exceed 60 days in a 12-month                                      • Accrediting Associate of Bible Colleges
period. Time in excess of 60 days in any 12-month period                                       • Associate of Advance Rabbinical and Talmudic Schools
may be approved on an exception basis, for unusual                                             • Accrediting Council for Independent College of
circumstances. This leave may not exceed 90 days in length                                       Schools
and may be approved for unusual circumstances such as                                          • Associate of Theological Schools
course cancellations, personal leaves, business travel,                                        • Distance Education & Training Council
institutional issues, military reasons, circumstances covered                                  • Transnational Association of Christian Colleges &
by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 or jury duty.                                        Schools
3. If a student does not return from an approved leave of                                  A maximum of 30 credits may also be awarded for the suc-
absence, his or her withdrawal date and beginning of the                                   cessful completion of exams from approved national testing
loan grace period will be the last date of class attendance.                               programs (Advanced Placement Exams (AP), CLEP, Excelsio,
This may result in the loss of some or all of the student’s loan                           Berlitz, DANTES, NLN) according to University policy.
grace period.                                                                              For a description of the type and amount of credit that can be
Re–Entry Students                                                                          applied toward an undergraduate degree, see individual pro-
........................................................................................   gram descriptions. Students will have up to 90 days from
Students who have been inactive in the program for one year                                notification of Transfer Credit decisions to submit an appeal
or more are required to complete a new application and                                     with the Student Appeals Committee.
enrollment agreement. This is to ensure that the University
                                                                                           Transferability of credit is at the discretion of the accepting
has current demographic information for each student. A
                                                                                           institution. It is the student’s responsibility to confirm
second application fee is not required.
                                                                                           whether or not credits earned at the University of Phoenix
Students who withdraw for one year or more are subject to                                  will be accepted by another institution of the student’s
any curriculum or degree requirement and policy changes in                                 choice.
effect at the time they re–enter.




                                                                                                                                                                          13
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Nondiscrimination Policy                                                                   The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The University of Phoenix does not discriminate on the basis                               The University of Phoenix recognizes and accepts its
of race, color, national origin, sex, disability or Vietnam–era                            obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
veteran status in its educational programs, activities or                                  and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, prohibiting discrimination
employment practices. The University complies with Title IX                                on the basis of a disability and requiring the University to
of the Education Amendments of 1972, Titles VI and VII of                                  provide reasonable accommodations to qualified disabled
the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and regulations, Section 504 of                               students in all University programs and activities. Students
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Americans with                                     have the responsibility to both self disclose and request
Disabilities Act of 1990.                                                                  accommodation through the campus ADA Compliance
                                                                                           Officer. Communication with faculty or other staff members
If any student or applicant has a question or concern regard-                              does not constitute in itself fulfilling the university ADA
ing compliance with this policy, that student or applicant                                 accommodation requirements. Verification through
may direct the question or concern to the Vice President/
                                                                                           documentation from a health care provider is required prior
Director, or any student may elect to utilize the student griev-
                                                                                           to accommodations being determined and fulfilled. The
ance procedures set forth in the “Student Grievance” section
                                                                                           campus ADA officer will review documentation for
of this catalog.
                                                                                           accommodation consideration. Therefore, students must
Harassment Policy                                                                          allow several weeks between self-disclosure and
........................................................................................   accommodations being made and should schedule course
It is the policy of the University of Phoenix that the                                     work accordingly.
educational environment at each of its campuses be free of all
forms of improper or unlawful harassment including sexual                                  Determination of reasonable accommodations and compli-
harassment or sexually offensive conduct. Conduct on the                                   ance with the ADA and Rehabilitation Act for students are
part of faculty, staff, or students which would violate this                               managed by the Vice President of University Services,
policy includes, but is not limited to:                                                    located in Phoenix, Arizona. No student shall be retaliated
                                                                                           against for seeking accommodation under this policy or for
• Unwelcome or unwanted sexual advances.                                                   participating in any complaint procedures brought against
• Requests for sexual favors.                                                              the University for its noncompliance with the policy.
• Any suggestion, whether overt or subtle, that a grade or
  other academic achievement is dependent upon the
  granting of sexual favors or submission to sexual requests.
• Unwelcome physical contact, including patting, pinching,
  hugging, kissing, fondling, etc.
• Offensive conduct, verbal or written including sexually
  explicit jokes, comments, innuendo, or other tasteless
  action that would offend a reasonably sensitive person.
• The display of sexually offensive pictures, posters,
  illustrations, or objects.
• Slurs, jokes, or ridicule based on race, ethnic or national
  origin, religion, gender, or disability.
Conduct deemed to be in violation of this policy is prohibited
and will not be tolerated by the University of Phoenix. Retal-
iation, in any form, against the person raising such a concern
will also not be tolerated by the University of Phoenix.
Note: The harraassment policy also applies to student staff.




14
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Code of Student Responsibility                                                                   Standards of Student Behavior
...........................................................................................      ...........................................................................................
The University of Phoenix Code of Student Responsibility is an                                   All students are expected to conduct themselves as mature
essential element of the University’s mission of meeting the                                     adults and members of an academic community as defined in
educational needs of working adult students. In                                                  the University's “Code of Student Responsibility”. The
acknowledging the maturity and experience of adult learners,                                     University of Phoenix community of students, faculty, and staff
the University has designed a Teaching/Learning Model that                                       must conduct their behavior on the principle of treating each
the Code of Student Responsibility facilitates. The Teaching/                                    other with courtesy and respect. All alleged violations of
Learning Model is a highly interactive, collaborative learning                                   Standards of Student Conduct must be forwarded in writing to
structure, with small student to faculty ratios that require                                     either the campus Director of Academic Affairs (academic
students to actively and effectively collaborate both in class and                               related allegations) or the campus Director of Operations (non-
in learning teams. The Code of Student Responsibility serves                                     academic related allegations) and shall be immediately
both as a benchmark and as a practical guide for students. This                                  investigated according to the procedure established by the
Code embodies a common respect and understanding for                                             University.
varying points of view necessary to successfully experience the
learning process at the University. University of Phoenix                                        Misconduct for which students are subject to disciplinary
students are expected to observe this Code with the faculty,                                     action includes but is not limited to:
fellow students, and staff, as follows:                                                          1. Actions, verbal statements, and written statements which
                                                                                                 threaten or violate the personal safety of any member of the
1. Acknowledge and demonstrate respect for the personal and
                                                                                                 faculty, staff, or other students, or any conduct which interferes
professional growth of oneself and others in interactions with
                                                                                                 with the educational process or institutional functions.
faculty, fellow students, and University staff.
                                                                                                 2. Harassment, sexual or otherwise, that has the effect of
2. Assess one’s own and others’ interpersonal strengths and
                                                                                                 creating a hostile or offensive educational environment for any
weaknesses by constructively utilizing and providing feedback.
                                                                                                 student, faculty or staff member.
3. Recognize one’s own personal and professional values and
                                                                                                 3. Disruptive activity that hinders or interferes with other
the personal and professional values of others.
                                                                                                 students' or faculty's educational environment.
4. Demonstrate self–reliance and self–direction in the setting
                                                                                                 4. Violation of any applicable professional codes of ethics or
and completion of individual and group learning goals and
                                                                                                 conduct.
objectives.
                                                                                                 5. Failure to promptly comply with any reasonable directive
5. Demonstrate respect for faculty, fellow students, and staff
                                                                                                 from faculty or University officials.
regardless of gender, ethnicity, or religious, moral, political, or
sexual beliefs.                                                                                  6. Carrying of weapons on campus, at campus-sanctioned
                                                                                                 events or when meeting with campus personnel. (This policy is
6. Accept responsibility and accountability for one’s own
                                                                                                 not applicable to students who are law enforcement officers
actions, verbal and written communications, and interactions
                                                                                                 required by law to carry firearms 24 hours a day).
with faculty, students, and staff.
                                                                                                 7. Using or being under the influence of drugs or alcohol
7. Acknowledge that conflicts and the resolution of conflicts,
                                                                                                 while at class, campus-sanctioned events, or when meeting
between individuals and among groups, are integral to the
                                                                                                 with campus personnel.
collaborative learning process, and demonstrate responsibility
for resolving these conflicts while maintaining respect for all                                  8. Violation of applicable state and federal statutes and/or
individuals involved regardless of the outcome.                                                  University regulations and policies.
8. Maintain confidentiality and acknowledge personal privacy                                     9. Cheating - intentionally using or attempting to use
in the communication of personal or professional information                                     unauthorized materials, information, or study aids in any
about one’s employer, other students, or their employers.                                        academic exercise.
9. Accept responsibility for working collaboratively in the                                      10. Fabrication - intentional or unauthorized falsification or
learning process, and for the achievement of those learning                                      invention of any information, citation, or document, or lying
outcomes linked to group performance.                                                            during an investigation.
10. Maintain the highest ethical standards in interactions with                                  11. Plagiarism - intentionally or knowingly representing the
faculty, students, and staff, as well as in the preparation and                                  words or ideas of another as one's own in an academic exercise.
submission of required course work, and the completion of                                        12. Helping another student cheat, fabricate, or plagiarize.
tests.



                                                                                                                                                                                    15
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




A student may be removed from class, campus-sanctioned              1. Students be provided access to official records directly
events, or meetings for any of the above referenced violations.     related to the student. Students who wish to see their records
Disciplinary action will be based on the seriousness of the situ-   must make an appointment through the University Registrar’s
ation and may include, but is not limited to, documented coun-      Office or local campus office. Students may not remove any
seling by a University staff member, loss of credit, suspension     materials but are entitled, at their expense, to one copy of any
and/or expulsion. In all cases, University authorities will take    material contained in their file, unless a disclaimer appears on
action in accordance with appropriate University procedures.        the document indicating that the student is not to be given a
                                                                    copy, or if the student waived the rights to the document.
Policy on Nursing Ethics and Professional Competence
The University of Phoenix Policy on Nursing Ethics and Profes-      2. Students be given the opportunity for a hearing to
sional Competence is defined as compliance with the following       challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate,
                                                                    misleading, or otherwise inappropriate. The right to a hearing
nursing guidelines:
                                                                    under the law does not include any right to challenge the
1. University of Phoenix Professional Nursing                       appropriateness of a grade as determined by the faculty
   Responsibilities.                                                member.
2. American Nurses Association Code for Nurses.                     3. Student’s written consent be received prior to releasing
The policy sets forth expectations and regulations for              personally identifiable student data from the records to other
professional and ethical conduct by students enrolled in the        than a specified list of exceptions.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in             4. The University is authorized to release public directory
Nursing degree programs. The policy states that all forms of        information concerning students. Directory information
unethical behavior or professional incompetence are to be           includes the student’s name, address, phone number, date and
reported and reviewed. Reported violations will be addressed        place of birth, major field of study, dates of attendance, degrees
through a formal petition to the Academic Standards                 and awards received, and the most recent previous educational
Subcommittee on Nursing Ethics and Professional                     agency or institution attended by the student. Directory
Competence.                                                         information is subject to release by the University at any time
Expectations for conduct and the standards are discussed in the     unless the Registrar has received a prior written request from
Clinical Handbook for the BSN program, in NUR 402 for the           the student specifying that the information not be released.
BSN program, in HCS 501 Introduction to Nursing Graduate            5. The University is authorized to provide access to student
Studies for the MSN program, and in NRP 502 in the Nurse            records to University officials and employees who have
Practitioner Clinical Program Handbook.                             legitimate educational interests to such access; these are
Policy on Counseling Ethical Standards                              persons who have responsibilities in the University’s academic,
The University of Phoenix Policy on Counseling Ethical Stan-        administrative, service, or research functions.
dards is defined as compliance with the American Counseling         A copy of the University Family Educational Rights and Pri-
Association Code of Ethics and Standards of Practice and the        vacy Act policy is made available to students through the Reg-
American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy Code           istrar’s Office.
of Ethics. The policy sets forth expectations and regulations for   Education records also will be released pursuant to a judicial
conduct by Master of Counseling students who enroll in the          order or a lawfully issued subpoena, but only after the student
University. The policy states that all forms of unethical behav-    is given reasonable notification of the University’s intent to
ior are to be reported and reviewed. Reported violations will be    comply with the subpoena before release of the records.
addressed by a counseling ethics committee. Expectations for
                                                                    Students have the right to restrict disclosure of directory infor-
ethical conduct are discussed in the Student Program Hand-
                                                                    mation. Written requests for privacy holds should include
book.
                                                                    name, IRN, address, specific records to be withheld and/or to
Students determined to be in violation of ethical standards may     whom the privacy hold applies, and the student’s signature
be sanctioned, which may include expulsion from the program.        and date. Requests are valid throughout student’s enrollment
Students’ Right to Privacy                                          unless otherwise notified. Please send or fax your request to:
The University of Phoenix maintains compliance with the             Tandy Elisala, Registrar, University of Phoenix 4615 East
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974             Elwood Street, Phoenix, AZ 85040, Fax (480) 966-9836.
(amended in January 1975 and appearing in its final form in
June 1976). The Privacy Act defines requirements which are
designed to protect the privacy of the students concerning their
records maintained by the University. The law requires that:




16
                                                                                                                                         University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                           STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
                                                                                                                                              Student Right–To–Know




.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Student Right–To–Know
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Consumer Information                                                                             Campus Safety Report Notice
...........................................................................................      ...........................................................................................
All institutions that participate in the federal aid programs are                                Campus Safety Policies and Campus Crime Statistics are pub-
required to notify enrolled students regarding consumer                                          lished in the University of Phoenix Campus Safety Report.
information that is available to them. The Consumer
                                                                                                 The University of Phoenix Campus Safety Policies cover issues
Information Index is intended to outline consumer information
                                                                                                 concerning alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the report-
that you have the right to request and review. The information
                                                                                                 ing of crimes, sexual assault, and other related matters.
is available at http://www.phoenix.edu/consumerinfo.
                                                                                                 The University of Phoenix Campus Crime Statistics cover
Student Completion Rate                                                                          crimes reported to the University that occurred on campus, in
...........................................................................................
                                                                                                 certain off-campus building or property owned or controlled
As a result of reauthorization of the Higher Education Act of                                    by the University, and on public property within or immedi-
1965, each educational institution must publish its student                                      ately adjacent to and accessible from the campus, over the pre-
completion rates excluding graduate programs.                                                    vious three years.
The University of Phoenix completion rate averages approxi-                                      These policies and statistics are accessible at the following Web-
mately 60% across all programs.                                                                  site: http://www.phoenix.edu/safety or by contacting your
Campus Crime Statistics                                                                          local Campus Security Authority.
...........................................................................................
                                                                                                 Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program
The University of Phoenix annual security report includes sta-                                   ...........................................................................................
tistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes                                  All drug and alcohol abuse policies, prevention and referrals
that occurred on campus, in certain off-campus buildings or                                      can be obtained by accessing the following Web-site: http://
property owned or controlled by the University, and on public                                    www.phoenix.edu/safety.
property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible
from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies
concerning alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the report-
ing of crimes, sexual assault, and other related matters. You can
obtain a copy of this report by contacting your local Campus
Security Authority or by accessing the following Website:
http://www.phoenix.edu/safety.




                                                                                                                                                                                    17
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
ACADEMIC POLICIES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Admission Status                                                                              The University makes no guarantees of a favorable admis-
........................................................................................      sion to students enrolled in course work under Registered
There are four types of admission to the University of                                        status. Students relying on foreign education to meet admis-
Phoenix: Admitted, Provisional, Registered and Denied.                                        sion requirements or who are required to take the Test of
Applicants to certain degree programs are permitted to begin                                  English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or Test of English for
their program of study under Registered and Provisional                                       International Communication (TOEIC), are not eligible to
admission status but are not considered matriculated until                                    attend classes under Registered status until all admission
Admitted status is granted by the Corporate Office of                                         requirements are met and a favorable evaluation has been
Admissions and all transfer credits are reviewed for                                          performed by an approved foreign credential evaluation
applicability to the degree program.                                                          agency.
Admitted Status                                                                              Denied Status
A student is granted Admitted status by the Corporate Office                                 Applicants who do not meet the minimum admission
of Admissions after all documents have been received, the                                    requirements for their selected program are denied
applicant’s admission file has been reviewed and all                                         admission.
admission requirements have been met. All materials to
obtain admission should be submitted by the end of the                                       Academic Probation
                                                                                             ........................................................................................
second course. No student may enroll in the fourth course
without admission being granted. This provides the                                           Academic Probation shall occur when a student’s grade point
University the necessary information to develop                                              average falls below acceptable levels. Undergraduate
individualized program schedules for each student and                                        students must maintain a program grade point average of 2.0
provides an opportunity for an admission decision to be                                      while graduate students must maintain a program grade
made early in the program. Under extenuating                                                 point average of 3.0. Probation lasts for a period of three
circumstances, a student may request permission from the                                     consecutive courses. Any course work taken concurrently
campus Vice President/Director to enroll in up to five                                       will be applied to the three course period. Financial Aid and
courses prior to an admission decision being made.                                           VA students will continue to receive funds during the
                                                                                             probationary period.
Provisional Status
Graduate Provisional Status                                                                  Academic Disqualification
                                                                                             ........................................................................................
Students who meet all admission requirements except the
                                                                                             Academic disqualification will result if a student fails to clear
minimum GPA requirement of 2.50 (see admission
                                                                                             his/her academic probation status within the probationary
requirements) may be admitted on Provisional status if their
                                                                                             period. Disqualified students are not eligible for re–
entrance GPA is between 2.0 and 2.49. Students admitted on
                                                                                             admission until the lapse of one calendar year. To re–enter, a
Provisional status must achieve a GPA of 3.0 in their
                                                                                             formal application must be submitted in accordance with
University of Phoenix course work at the end of the third
                                                                                             University admissions procedures; in addition, applicants
graded graduate course. Students with a GPA of 3.0 or
                                                                                             should explain the reasons for the scholastic deficiencies, the
greater at the end of their third graded graduate course will
                                                                                             manner in which the intervening time has been spent, and
be placed on Admitted status. Students with a GPA of less
                                                                                             why they should be given favorable consideration for re–
than 3.0 at the end of their third graded graduate course will
                                                                                             admission. The admission file will be reviewed by the
be academically disqualified and denied admission.
                                                                                             Student Appeals Committee and a decision reached
Registered Status                                                                            regarding re–admission. If approved, the student would be
Degree–seeking students in the business, management,                                         required to complete all program requirements in effect at the
education, counseling, computer information systems, or                                      time of re–admission and will be placed on Academic
nursing programs may attend a maximum of three courses                                       Probation for a 3 course period.
under Registered status by completing an application, paying
the application fee, and registering for at least 24 credits.
Under extenuating circumstances, a student may request
permission from the campus Vice President/Director to
enroll in up to five courses prior to an admission decision
being made.




                                                                                                                                                                                19
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Scholastic Disqualification                                                                Students in MAEd/ECN versions 01AZ, 01ECN 531, and
........................................................................................   01HI, 01NV and 01CO must receive “B” (3.0) or better in
Bachelor of Science in Nursing                                                             ECN 532, Professional Assessment Part I and II, in order to
Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program are                                 continue in the MAEd program. A grade below “B” or an
required to achieve a minimum grade of “C” (2.0) in the                                    incomplete grade (I) is not acceptable. Students who receive
clinical courses (NUR 402, NUR 464, NUR 467, NUR 471,                                      a grade lower than a “B” in ECN 531 or ECN 532 may repeat
NUR 473, and NUR 486). Students who fail to receive a                                      the course one time. If the student does not receive a grade of
minimum grade of “C” in any one of these courses will be                                   “B” or better on the second attempt in ECN 531 or ECN 532,
scholastically disqualified from the University (a “C–” is not                             the student will be permanently withdrawn from the Univer-
acceptable). (Conditions for re–admission will be established                              sity.
by a committee composed of the faculty member, the                                         Progression Requirements
Campus College Chair.) Re–admission is granted when the                                    ........................................................................................
student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to                               Students in the TED/CLAD Post Baccalaureate Teacher Edu-
remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat a                              cation Program in California must meet the following
clinical course only one time. If the student does not receive a                           requirements prior to beginning their student teaching expe-
“C” or better on the second attempt, the student will be                                   rience.
permanently withdrawn from the Bachelor of Science in
                                                                                           1. Students must demonstrate subject matter proficiency by a
Nursing program.
                                                                                           passing score on the Multiple Subjects Assessment for
Nurse Practitioner Programs                                                                Teachers (MSAT) prior to student teaching if their bachelor’s
........................................................................................   degree is not from a Commission approved subject matter
The Women’s Health Care and Family Nurse Practitioner                                      program. If the bachelor’s degree is from a Commission
Program policy states that a grade of ”B” or better must be                                approved subject matter program, the student must provide
earned in all nurse practitioner courses. The student with                                 a letter of verification from the institution that posted the
a”B-” or below in one of these courses may not continue in                                 degree.
any other nurse practitioner course and is placed on                                       2. Provide proof of passing scores on the CBEST (California
Scholastic Disqualification.                                                               Basic Educational Skills Test).
Post Baccalaureate Teacher Education                                                       3. Copy of Certificate of Clearance
Students in the Post Baccalaureate Teacher Education pro-
                                                                                           Completion Requirements
gram are required to achieve a minimum grade of “B” (3.0) in
TED 501, TED 505, TED 523, TED 551, TED 565, ESL 551, SP-                                  Students in the TED/CLAD Post Baccalaureate Teacher
TED 500, SP-TED 540, and SP-TED 555 and all student teach-                                 Education Program in California must meet the following
ing courses.                                                                               requirements to graduate:

Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of “B” in any                                 1. Completion of the program with a minimum grade point
one of these courses will be scholastically disqualified from                              average of “B” (3.0).
the University. (“B–” or “I” are not acceptable.) Students who                             2. Completion of second language learning experience.
have been scholastically disqualified must complete a reme-
diation plan and repeat the course in order to continue in the                             3. Satisfactory completion of the Student Teaching Experience
program. If the student does not receive a grade of “B” or                                 with “B” (3.0) or better.
better on the second attempt, the student will be perma-                                   4. Satisfactory completion of Reading Instruction (RICA)
nently withdrawn from the program. Re–admission is                                         exam.
granted when the student fulfills the outlined requirements
to remove the scholastic disqualification.                                                 5. Payment of all tuition and fees.

Students who do not receive a “B” or better in student teach-                              6. Completion of University of Phoenix Request for
ing may repeat the experience only one time. If the student                                Certificate form.
does not receive a “B” or better in the second attempt, they
will be permanently withdrawn from the program.
By the end of TED 523, students must satisfy basic skills
requirements in math and English. Students may not con-
tinue beyond TED 523 unless these requirements are met.
The student will be placed on scholastic disqualification if
these requirements are not met by the end of TED 523.



20
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                         ACADEMIC POLICIES




MAED/TED Progression                                              • The Student Retention Committee may make one of the
The University of Phoenix will implement several screening          following recommendations:
processes for candidates of the MAEd/TED program to                     a. Take no action
ensure that only the most qualified candidates enter, remain,
and complete the teacher preparation program as evidenced               b. Institute a formal remediation plan
in the admission, progression, and completion requirements.       7. Recommend withdrawal from the program
In order to progress to the student teaching portion of the
teacher preparation program, MAEd/TED candidates must             MAEd Scholastic Disqualification
meet the following requirements:                                  Students must earn a grade of “B” (3.0) or better in the fol-
1. Students enrolled in the secondary education program           lowing courses in order to continue with the program:
must provide verification of content knowledge mastery            ADM 590
prior to enrolling in their student teaching courses.                Internship of the Principalship
2. Passing scores on all parts of the Basic Skills Proficiency    ECN 531
Assessment in Reading, Grammar, and Mathematics. This                Professional Assessment, Part I
requirement can be met in two ways:                               ECN 532
• Successfully passing basic skills test exam required by the       Professional Assessment, Part II
  state for teacher certification (i.e. CBEST).                   ECN 581
                                                                     Education Counseling Practicum
• Successfully passing the University of Phoenix math and         ECN 582/583
  English proficiency exams.                                         Educational Counseling Internship, Part I & II
• Students that are unable to pass either the state or UOP        ECN 590
  exam may meet the requirement with successful                     Counseling Practicum: Elementary Education
  completion of COMM 215, and MTH/209, (or equivalent             ECN 591
  course) with a minimum of “C-”.                                   Counseling Practicum: Secondary Education
3. Achieve passing scores on the formal interview that occurs     ECN 592
during MAT/511 or MAT/512.                                          Educational Counseling Practicum: Elementary
                                                                  ECN 593
4. Submission of a two-page typewritten statement detailing         Educational Counseling Practicum: Secondary
reason for wanting to become a teacher, including any past
                                                                  ECN 596
experiences in teaching. This statement will be submitted to
                                                                    Educational Counseling Practicum
the faculty committee at the time of the formal interview.
                                                                  ECN 597/598
5. Verification of fingerprint clearance.                           Educational Counseling Practicum I & II
6. Two professional letters of recommendation.                    EDA 590 A/B/C
                                                                    Administrative Internship
Student Retention Process (MAED/TED)
                                                                  EDA 599
Throughout the MAED/TED program, faculty nonmembers                 Practicum in School Administration
monitor the candidate’s progress. Candidates who receive          EDD 574
one or more faculty referrals are advised, remediated, and/or       Action Research Outline
counseled out of the program, as appropriate.
                                                                  EDD 575
• The first faculty referral results in a formal warning letter     Action Research Proposal
  an a mandatory interview with the candidate’s Academic          EDD 576
  Counselor or other designee.                                      Action Research Presentation
                                                                  ESL 598
• Candidates who receive two or more faculty referrals are
                                                                    Integrating Language Acquisition & Content Instruction
  notified in writing by the Campus College Chair, or other
                                                                    (Part I, Language Arts & Literacy Practicum Seminar)
  designee, of the specific charges brought against him/her.
                                                                  ESL 599
• The Campus College Chair will convene a meeting of the            Integrating Language Acquisition & Content Instruction
  Student Retention Committee, and may conduct a formal             (Part II, Content Area Instruction Practicum Seminar
  hearing, if necessary.




                                                                                                                            21
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MAT 511                                                          If the student does not receive a grade of “B” (3.0) or better
   Elementary Student Teaching I: The Professional               on the second attempt, the student will be permanently with-
   Educator                                                      drawn from the program.
MAT 512                                                          Master of Counseling
   Secondary Student Teaching Seminar I: The
   Professional Educator                                         Students in the Master of Counseling program must pass
                                                                 CNSL 511, Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I, to
MAT 551
                                                                 be eligible for admission. Students who are denied
   Elementary Student Teaching Seminar IV: Parent &
                                                                 admission, due to the portfolio, can reapply in six months.
   Community Involvement
                                                                 Students can reapply for admission after one year if they fail
MAT 552                                                          CNSL 511 a second time. Passing Portfolio I is limited to three
   Secondary Student Teaching Seminar IV: Parent &               attempts.
   Community Involvement
                                                                 Students must receive a grade of “Pass” in CNSL 530, Profes-
SP-TED 500                                                       sional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II, in order to con-
   Survey of Exceptional Students                                tinue in the Master of Counseling program. A failing grade
SP-TED 540                                                       (“F”) or an incomplete grade (“I“) is not acceptable. Students
   Diagnosis and Assessment of Mild Disabilities                 who fail CNSL 530 may repeat the course after 6 months. If
SP-TED 555                                                       the student does not receive a grade of “Pass” on the second
   Collaboration and Resource Management for the Special         attempt, the student will be permanently withdrawn from
   Educator                                                      the program.
SP-TED 560                                                       Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of “B”
   Special Education Student Teaching: Learning                  (3.0) in clinical courses. Clinical courses include: CNSL 527,
   Disabilities                                                  CNSL 537, CNSL 548, CNSL 553, CNSL 591, CMHC 538,
SP-TED 570                                                       CMHC 585,MFCC 535, MFCC 550, MFCC 565, CNSL 599A/
   Special Education Student Teaching                            B, MFCC 570 A/B/C, and CMHC 599A/B/C.
SP-TED 571                                                       Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of “B” in any
   Special Education Student Teaching                            one of these courses will be scholastically disqualified from
SP-TED 575                                                       the University (a “B–” or “I” are not acceptable). Re–admis-
   Special Education Student Teaching: Cross Categorical         sion is granted when the student fulfills requirements deter-
EDTC 590                                                         mined by the Campus Department Chair or Dean and will
   e-Education Capstone                                          include repeating the course to remove the scholastic dis-
Students who earn less than a grade of “B” (3.0) in any of       qualification. Students may repeat a clinical course only one
these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat        time. If the student does not receive a “B” or better on the
the course in order to continue in the program. The Univer-      second attempt, the student will be permanently withdrawn
sity of Phoenix will not provide an Institutional Recommen-      from the program.
dation to students that do not earn a “B” or better in their     Students who have been placed on Scholastic Disqualifica-
student teaching experience.                                     tion for failure to attain a minimum grade of “B” or better in
Students must earn a grade of B (3.0) or better in the follow-   a clinical course may not transfer to another counseling pro-
ing research courses:                                            gram until they have fulfilled the requirements for reentry as
                                                                 determined by the Dean and the University administration.
EDD 574
   Action Research Outline                                       Student Retention
EDD 575                                                          Students in the Master of Counseling program are constantly
   Action Research Proposal                                      evaluated by faculty, staff, and peers for adequate
EDD 576                                                          professional and personal development. Any student not
   Action Research Presentation                                  making satisfactory progress in these areas may be formally
A grade of “B-” or below or an incomplete grade (I) is not       evaluated for remediation or expulsion by the Retention
acceptable. Students who earn less than a grade of “B” (3.0)     Committee.
in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan
and repeat the course in order to continue in their one credit
research project courses.




22
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                                 ACADEMIC POLICIES




Student Falsification of Information                                                       Student Appeals Committee
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
All students applying for admission to the University have                                 Students may submit a written appeal of the decision of a
the responsibility to submit a complete and accurate                                       Campus Committee or College Dean or an admissions
application package including all academic and professional                                decision to the Student Appeals Committee. It is incumbent
credentials required. Submitting incomplete, false or                                      upon the student to submit to the Student Appeals
misleading information may be grounds for dismissal at any                                 Committee all relevant documents or statements of support
time.                                                                                      with the appeal letter.
Student Grievances                                                                         In all cases of academic and administrative student griev-
........................................................................................
                                                                                           ances, if the complaint cannot be resolved after exhausting
The University has a responsibility to protect the rights of                               the University’s grievance procedure, the student may file a
students and ensure compliance with its nondiscrimination                                  complaint.
policy by providing an appeal process for those who desire to
file a grievance against the University, including any claim of                            State Boards
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
discrimination.
                                                                                           In Arizona, the student may contact the Arizona State Board
Academic Student Grievances (Grade Related)                                                for Private Postsecondary Education, 1400 W. Washington,
Students disputing a grade received may contact the Director                               Room 260, Phoenix, AZ 85007, telephone (602) 542-5709.
of Academic Affairs who will assist them in contacting the                                 In Florida, the student may contact the Florida State Board of
faculty member to discuss the grade dispute. The faculty                                   Independent Colleges and Universities, Florida Department
member’s decision is final. Grade disputes that are based on                               of Education, 200 Turner Bldg./Koger, 2586 Seagate Drive,
alleged discrimination or harassment (as those terms are                                   Tallahassee, FL 32301, telephone (850) 488-8695
defined in this Catalog under the headings
                                                                                           In California, the student may contact the California Bureau
“Nondiscrimination Policy” and “Harassment Policy”) are
                                                                                           for Private Postsecondary and Vocational Education, 1027
reviewed as non–grade related grievances.
                                                                                           Tenth Street, Fourth Floor, Sacramento, CA 95814-3517 tele-
Administrative or Non–Academic Student Grievances                                          phone (919) 445-3427.
Students who are alleging discrimination or a violation of
                                                                                           In Maryland, the student may contact Maryland Higher Edu-
University policy must present their grievance in writing.
                                                                                           cation Commission, 16 Francis Street, Annapolis, MD 21401-
Such grievances are to be heard by a Campus Committee
                                                                                           1781, telephone (410) 260-4500.
comprised of the following: Director of Academic Affairs (or
other appropriate campus administrator), who will serve as                                 In New Mexico, the student may contact the State of New
Chair, Assistant Department Chair, and one member                                          Mexico Commission on Higher Education, 1068 Cerrillos
appointed by the Committee Chair. Appeals to a decision of                                 Road, Santa Fe, NM 85701-4295, telephone (505) 827-7383.
the campus committee may be submitted to the Student                                       In Ohio, the student may contact the State Board of Propri-
Appeals Committee.                                                                         etary School Registration, 35 East Gay Street, Suite# 403,
Other grievances or requests for policy exceptions must be                                 Columbus, OH 43215-3138, telephone (877) 275-4219.
submitted in writing to the Student Appeals Committee,                                     In Washington, the student may contact the State of Washing-
which will determine the appropriate course of action or ren-                              ton Higher Education Coordinating Board Degree Authori-
der a decision. A written decision will be made within ten                                 zation Agency, 1603 Cooper Point Road NW, P.O. Box 43450
working days from the receipt of the letter.                                               Olympia, WA 98504-3450, telephone (360) 586-2775. The stu-
                                                                                           dent must contact the state board for further instructions.
                                                                                           Grading Procedures
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
                                                                                           Formal grade reports are available through the student
                                                                                           website upon completion of each course. Grade reports
                                                                                           indicate the course taken, credits received, and grade
                                                                                           assigned. A student who has failed to make payment for
                                                                                           tuition of a course will have the grade withheld until
                                                                                           payment is made.
                                                                                           Faculty members are required to post final grades within
                                                                                           seven days of completion of the course.




                                                                                                                                                                          23
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The University uses the following grading system to evaluate      D =Quality and quantity of work in and out of class is below
the student’s performance:                                        average and barely acceptable.
                                                                  Example: “D” work is passing by a slim margin.
         Grade       Quality        Grade     Quality             F =Quality and quantity of work in and out of class is
                     Points                   Points              unacceptable.
            A         = 4.00            C–     = 1.66             Example: “F” work does not qualify the student to progress to
                                                                  a more advanced level of work.
            A–        = 3.66            D+     = 1.33
                                                                  Plus or minus grades indicate a high or low end grade that
            B+        = 3.33            D      = 1.00
                                                                  has been assigned.
             B        = 3.00            D–     = .66
                                                                  NOTE: Good grades are usually correlated with regular
            B–        = 2.66            F      = .00              attendance and with assignments (written, reading, design
                                                                  projects, computer programs, and all other kinds) completed
            C+        = 2.33            I      = .00
                                                                  and on time. On the other hand, poor grades are often corre-
             C        = 2.00                                      lated with frequent absences and incomplete and/or missing
                                                                  assignments.
             I           = Incomplete
                                                                  W = WITHDRAWAL. Students who attend at least one night
            W           = Withdrawal
                                                                  of a course, miss at least two class sessions and officially
           W/F       = Withdrawal failing                         withdraw prior to completing the course will receive a “W”,
                                                                  if the faculty member determines that the student was
The University has established the following grading guide-       passing the course or cannot make a determination whether
lines to be complied with by all faculty.                         the student was passing or failing at the time of the
                                                                  withdrawal. The grade is not calculated in the GPA.
A =Clearly stands out as excellent performance. Has
                                                                  W/F = WITHDRAWAL/FAILING. Students who attend at
unusually sharp insight into material and initiates thoughtful
                                                                  least one night of a course, miss at least two class sessions
questions. Sees many sides of an issue. Articulates well and
                                                                  and officially withdraw prior to completing the course will
writes logically and clearly. Integrates ideas previously
                                                                  receive a “W/F” if the faculty member determines that the
learned from this and other disciplines; anticipates next steps
                                                                  student was failing the course at the time of the withdrawal.
in progression of ideas.
                                                                  I = INCOMPLETE. Students who fail to complete all course
Example: “A” work should be of such a nature that it could be     requirements on a timely basis, due to unanticipated
put on reserve for all students to review and emulate. The        circumstances or events, may be awarded the grade of “I”
“A” student is, in fact, an example for others to follow.         (Incomplete) by the faculty member. Students receiving a
                                                                  grade of “I” in a course will have up to 5 weeks in which to
B =Grasps subject matter at a level considered to be good to
                                                                  finish the course assignments and submit course materials to
very good. Is an active listener and participant in class
                                                                  the instructor. The faculty member determines the new
discussion. Speaks and writes well. Accomplishes more than
                                                                  course completion deadline date. Quality points of 0.00 are
the minimum requirements. Work in and out of class is of
                                                                  calculated into the GPA as long as a grade of “I” is pending
high quality.
                                                                  course completion. The I grade and 0.00 quality points will be
Example: “B” work indicates a high quality of performance
                                                                  removed and replaced by the final grade quality points. If the
and is given in recognition for solid work; a “B” should be
                                                                  student receiving a grade of “I” (Incomplete) has failed to
considered a high grade.
                                                                  complete all course requirements within the new incomplete
C =Demonstrates a satisfactory comprehension of the subject       deadline as determined by faculty member the grade of “I”
matter. Accomplishes only the minimum requirements, and           will become an “F,” and the student will be required to repeat
displays little or no initiative. Communicates orally and in      the course at his or her own expense.
writing at an acceptable level for a college student. Has a
generally acceptable understanding of all basic concepts.
Example: “C” work represents average work for the students
in a program or class. A student receiving a “C” has met
course requirements, including deadlines.




24
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                                 ACADEMIC POLICIES




Grade Reports and Transcripts                                                              Utilizing student identification numbers and PIN numbers,
........................................................................................   students may request official transcripts from the University
At the end of each course, the faculty member submits and                                  World Wide Web site (http://www.phoenix.edu) by select-
posts grades for each student. Grades are available to stu-                                ing the Student Services button and following the directions
dents who have paid all tuition and fees owed. No grades                                   for requesting a transcript. Students may also order a tran-
will be given to a student over the phone. Students can view                               script to be mailed to their home or obtain transcript infor-
their course information including grades, GPA, program                                    mation through our 1800 4 GRADES Voice Response system.
information and schedule courses online at “http://stu-
                                                                                           There is a $5.00 fee for each transcript requested. The fee
dent.uoph.edu/student_data/login.asp”. The Registrar’s
                                                                                           must accompany the request.
Office cannot provide grade reports for students under any
circumstances. Students who require grade verification must                                The University cannot release transcripts received from other
request an official transcript, may print an official grade                                institutions. Copies of these transcripts must be obtained
from the website, or request a grade verification letter                                   from the original institution. All official transcripts submitted
through the web site.                                                                      to the University of Phoenix become the property of the Uni-
The student’s official transcript is prepared by the Registrar’s                           versity and will not be returned to the student.
Office. The transcript will show the courses, grades, credits,                             All student academic records are retained, secured, and dis-
and dates of instruction for each course. Credits awarded                                  posed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regula-
from the Prior Learning Assessment Center will be recorded                                 tions. All student record information is maintained on the
on the transcripts as the credits are awarded and assessment                               University computer system, paper and/or microfiche,
fees are paid.                                                                             microfilm, or electronic imaging system. Permanent records
Directed study courses completed through the Online                                        kept in paper form are stored in fireproof file cabinets.
Directed Study are subject to additional policies. Contact the                             Program Changes
Online Directed Study for further information.                                             ........................................................................................
                                                                                           Students wishing to change their course of study may do so
The faculty deadline for changing an Incomplete grade is
                                                                                           through consultation with their Academic Counselor. The
seven days from receipt of the student’s completed assign-
                                                                                           student must sign a new enrollment agreement and meet the
ments. Students must allow approximately two weeks for the
                                                                                           admission requirements of the new program.
grade change to be processed.
                                                                                           Application for Graduation
Note: Students may repeat courses. Only the grade and credit                               ........................................................................................
for the most recent repetition is used in calculating total                                Students must submit a graduation application in order for
hours earned and total cumulative grade–point averages.                                    their degree to be processed. Graduation applications are
However, the original and repeated grades remain on the                                    sent to students by the Registrar’s Office with degree audit
transcript bearing a symbol to show that a particular course                               progress reports when students have neared the completion
has been repeated.                                                                         of their degree program requirements. Graduation applica-
Transcripts will be released only to students who have paid                                tions will be sent to students in the Associate level programs
all tuition and fees owed to the University.                                               when they have earned 50 applicable credits; to undergradu-
                                                                                           ate business and management students when they have
Transcript Request Forms are available at any University of
                                                                                           earned 100 applicable credits toward degree requirements; to
Phoenix campus. Completed forms should be mailed to the
                                                                                           undergraduate nursing students who have earned 106 appli-
Office of the Registrar, University of Phoenix, 4615 E. Elwood
                                                                                           cable credits; to all graduate students who have completed
Street, Phoenix, Arizona 85040. The Family Education Rights
                                                                                           all but 3 required courses.
and Privacy Act of 1974 requires that all transcript requests
be submitted in writing and be signed by the student.
Telephone requests for transcripts may be processed in exten-
uating circumstances when paying by credit card and after
student identification has been established.




                                                                                                                                                                          25
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Degree Posting                                                                             Records Retention and Disposition
........................................................................................
                                                                                           The maintenance, retention and disposition of documents
Degrees are posted to students’ transcripts on a monthly                                   relating to student educational records are governed by insti-
basis. A student’s degree will be posted on his or her tran-                               tutional policy.
script on the last day of the month in which all degree
requirements are completed. Degree requirements are con-                                   A listing of documents and disposition schedules filed in the
sidered to be met when all credit has been posted to the aca-                              Registrar’s Office includes:
demic record, and the post-COCA test has been completed.                                   1. The permanent academic records of students are retained
The student’s individual degree completion date is recorded                                indefinitely.
on the transcript, indicating that all academic requirements
for the degree were fulfilled on that date.                                                2. Applications for admission and/or re–admission,
                                                                                           transcripts issued by other institutions, military service
Diplomas are ordered bearing the date the degree was posted                                documents, undergraduate admission evaluations, national
for all students who have completed degree requirements                                    testing results, program changes and pertinent
and who have paid all tuition and fees. Diplomas are distrib-                              correspondence are retained for one year after the student’s
uted to graduates approximately two weeks after the                                        last date of attendance.
diploma order date.
                                                                                           University policy prohibits reproduction of transcripts and
Students who are ineligible for graduation are notified by the                             similar documents issued by other educational institutions.
Registrar’s Office of their degree deficiencies. Students who
are unable to complete the requirements for graduation by                                  Disclaimer on Job Placement
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
the appropriate posting dates may be considered eligible for
the next posting date.                                                                     The purpose of the degree programs offered by the Univer-
                                                                                           sity of Phoenix is to extend the nature and range of careers
Graduation With Honors                                                                     available to its students by providing a quality education that
........................................................................................
                                                                                           integrates theory with practical application. However, the
Undergraduate students who complete their degree program                                   University cannot offer guarantees of job placement,
with a Grade Point Average of 3.85 or higher will graduate                                 advancement, or continued employment.
with Honors distinction. The Honors designation will appear
on the University Diploma and permanent transcript.
Participation in Graduation Ceremony
........................................................................................
Graduation ceremonies are held at each University campus.
Students who have completed all but 9 credits required for
their degree will be permitted to participate in the gradua-
tion ceremony.
Students must also be in good academic and financial stand-
ing to be eligible for commencement participation.
Graduation Deadlines
........................................................................................
Students in an Associates of Arts degree program must sat-
isfy all degree requirements within five (5) years from the
start of the program. Students in undergraduate degree pro-
grams must satisfy all degree requirements within seven (7)
years from the start of the program. Students in graduate
degree programs must satisfy all degree requirements within
five (5) years from the start of the program.
Students may petition the Campus Director of Academic
Affairs for a one (1) year extension. All additional requests
for extensions must be submitted to the Student Appeals
Committee. Students who fail to complete all degree require-
ments with their graduation deadlines will be required to
complete additional degree requirements. Upon approval of
the extension, students must pay an administrative fee.




26
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH & EFFECTIVENESS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Mission Statement                                                                            ALOA Composition
........................................................................................
                                                                                             Comprehensive Outcomes of Cognitive Assessment
The Department of Institutional Research & Effectiveness
                                                                                             (COCA)
(IR&E) provides substantive analysis and reporting in
support of mission critical decision making throughout the                                   An outcomes ssessment is required of all students at gradua-
University. Additionally, intelligence provided by IR&E is an                                tion from an academic program. Students receive results
essential component of University academic governance.                                       from the post-test with useful information that reflects the
                                                                                             impact their educational experience has had on their knowl-
IR&E executes reports to key external agencies such as fed-                                  edge and skills. The results provide academic decision mak-
eral and state governments, accrediting agencies, profes-                                    ers with information useful for program evaluation and
sional associations, other higher education institutions, and                                curriculum design.
publishers.
                                                                                             Professional and Educational Values Assessments (PEVA)
IR&E manages critical administrative, analysis and reporting                                 Students receive a pre- and post-professional and educa-
processes for two key University assessment systems: the                                     tional values assessment. This assessment is focused on the
Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA) and the Aca-                                       values students place on newly acquired professional knowl-
demic Quality Management System (AQMS).                                                      edge and skills. Commitment to teamwork and cooperation,
Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment                                                           self-confidence, a sense of competence, educational goals,
                                                                                             professional values, and career success factors are assessed.
(ALOA)
........................................................................................     The comprehensive value assessment contains empirically
The University’s ALOA system is a comprehensive cognitive                                    validated, scaled, and ranked questions.
and affective assessment system for working adult students.                                  Communication Skills Inventory
The ALOA has two principal purposes:                                                         Development of communication skills is a major curricular
                                                                                             element in the University’s education programs. Upon
1. To provide adult students with useful information about
                                                                                             entrance into a program, students self-assess their communi-
their current education skills and abilities (i.e., cognitive,
                                                                                             cation skills (i.e., written, oral and group). At graduation, the
affective, communication, and critical thinking) at entrance to
                                                                                             student again self-assesses and a faculty member assesses the
their academic program and at graduation.
                                                                                             student’s communication skills. Comparison of student and
2. To provide the University with useful information about                                   faculty evaluations of the student’s communication skills and
the currency and effectiveness of all academic programs so                                   abilities improvement is provided.
that enhancements can be made on a continuous basis.
                                                                                             Critical Thinking Assessment
Outcomes assessments serve to evaluate the effectiveness of                                  The ability to think critically is another vital workplace skill.
the programs and the extent to which the University is                                       An internal assessment of critical thinking skills occurs
accomplishing its fundamental mission and purposes as fol-                                   within a course at the beginning of the student’s program
lows: 1.) In terms of achieving the desired learning outcomes                                and within a capstone course at graduation. The purpose is
in students. 2). In terms of having a measurable and positive                                to measure the student’s ability to problem solve using criti-
impact on the personal and professional lives of the students.                               cal skills of inquiry, analysis, and communication.
Each of the components of the ALOA system has been                                           External Validation
designed to complement the whole to provide a comprehen-
                                                                                             Cognitive and critical thinking assessments are externally
sive view of the effectiveness of the University’s academic
programs.                                                                                    validated through random sampling using nationally
                                                                                             normed tests (i.e., ETS major field tests, GMAT, etc.)




                                                                                                                                                                                27
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Academic Quality Management System                                                         End-of-Program Survey
(AQMS)                                                                                     Students finishing their degree programs complete an End-
........................................................................................
                                                                                           of-Program Survey. This survey asks graduating students to
Academic Quality Management System (AQMS) provides                                         evaluate their overall University of Phoenix experience in
University of Phoenix feedback for continuous improvement                                  areas such as quality of the education they received, skills
of educational processes. The AQMS consists of a group of                                  and knowledge, and workplace application, as well as career
instruments and measures designed to monitor the day-to-                                   advancement and progression. University officials use the
day educational systems involving student, faculty, curricu-                               information from this survey to continually enhance curricu-
lar, and administrative services. By performing interim pro-                               lum, instruction, student services, and overall university
gram diagnoses, evaluating faculty adherence to program                                    operations.
standards and practices, and making small-scale resource
decisions, information from the AQMS is used formatively                                   Alumni Survey
for assessing quality and compliance.                                                      Graduates are asked to evaluate the effectiveness of their
                                                                                           University of Phoenix education after they have had suffi-
AQMS Composition
                                                                                           cient time to integrate their learning with the demands of
Student End-of-Course Survey                                                               their career and personal responsibilities. Using measures
Students in all courses complete an End-of-Course Survey                                   driven by the University’s mission, the alumni identify fac-
which focuses on students’ evaluation of the curriculum,                                   tors which influenced their decision to attend the University
educational effectiveness, learning teams, time allocation,                                of Phoenix, the major personal and professional goals they
University Library, administrative and support services,                                   achieved as a result, the quality of their educational experi-
facilities and equipment, and faculty skills and abilities.                                ence, how effective the University’s teaching/learning model
These measures are of significant value in diagnosing how                                  was in helping them achieve their educational goals, and
well each component of the University’s teaching/learning                                  their employer’s opinion of the program’s benefits.
model is functioning in meeting student needs.
                                                                                           Employer Survey
Faculty End-of-Course Survey                                                               Overall, 41 percent of entering students report expecting to
Faculty also complete an End-of-Course Survey which                                        receive tuition reimbursements from their employers.
focuses on curriculum evaluation, educational effectiveness,                               Employers are surveyed to determine the benefits provided
time allocation, administrative and support services, facili-                              to their employees by attending the University of Phoenix.
ties, and access to technology. Because faculty are required to
                                                                                           Faculty Involvement Survey
be highly qualified practitioners of the subject they instruct,
they serve as an invaluable resource for assessing curricu-                                This survey assesses the nature and scope of instructor’s
lum. Faculty are also the University’s best resource for deter-                            access to and participation in academic governance through-
mining whether students are professionally and                                             out the University. Through this survey, faculty critically
academically prepared to benefit from their educational                                    appraise the institutional structures designed to ensure their
experiences.                                                                               governance in matters of academic policy.

Faculty Grading Practices                                                                  Comments to the Chair
Accurate and fair evaluation of student academic perfor-                                   All students, faculty and staff are provided a convenient
mance is an important attribute of an effective educational                                mechanism for communicating to Dr. John G. Sperling, the
program.                                                                                   founder and Chairman of the Board of the University. All
                                                                                           comments are read and responded to by Dr. Sperling and for-
Accordingly, measures of grade variance are reported by pro-                               warded to appropriate departments for action.
gram. Grade variance for campus and individual faculty
members are reported as elements of feedback for self-
improvement and compliance with University standards of
good practice.




28
                                                                                              University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                 INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH & EFFECTIVENESS




Longitudinal Assessments                                            Uses of ALOA and AQMS Information
Numerous special studies are undertaken to explore trends           The University uses information gained from all components
and issues of potential significance to academic decision           of the ALOA and AQMS to continuously improve university
makers. These studies may include enrollment by campus by           effectiveness. Intelligence provided by IR contributes directly
academic program, persistence and graduation rates by               to the value of a University of Phoenix education through
admission status (first-time; lower-and upper-division trans-       effective analysis and reporting to key levels within the orga-
fers), gender and race/ethnicity, class size by rating of faculty   nization.
and educational effectiveness, etc. Emphasis is placed on
examining the nature and extent to which student’s educa-
tional needs and expectations are being met during the
enrollment process, throughout their course work, when
they graduate, and in their continuing professional develop-
ment as alumni.
Additional Research Support
Special studies can be conducted on academic policy, pro-
gram and organizational effectiveness, and marketing issues
needed to support institutional decision-making. Research
support may take several forms, including: a) assistance in
reviewing and evaluating externally conducted research, b)
assistance with project planning and management for inter-
nally based research projects, c) assistance with interpreta-
tion of secondary databases, d) analysis and reporting on
information contained in various institutional databases, and
e) information for campus needs (i.e., marketing based on
geographical analysis, etc.)




                                                                                                                             29
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
ALUMNI NETWORK
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
The University of Phoenix Alumni network, a not–for–profit                                    Scholarship Program
organization, provides services and benefits to University of                                 ........................................................................................
Phoenix graduates, as well as current degree and certificate                                  The University of Phoenix Alumni Network maintains a
seeking students.                                                                             scholarship program that may assist students in meeting
                                                                                              their educational expenses while enrolled at the University of
All graduates of the University of Phoenix are automatically                                  Phoenix.
members of the Alumni Network. There are no dues nor rit-
ual of acceptance to the National Organization. Some chap-                                    Scholarship Referral Service
ters may require dues based on the vote of the membership.                                    The Scholarship Referral Service uses an automated student
Consistent with the ethos of the University, all graduates are                                aid research system designed to assist students in college cost
encouraged to maintain ties with the University through                                       planning. Students provide demographic and educational
involvement with the Alumni Network.                                                          information, and the program compiles a listing of scholar-
The purposes and accomplishments of the Alumni Network                                        ships for which students may be eligible. Data forms for the
reflect the University’s commitment to the educational needs                                  Scholarship Referral Service are available from the National
and career goals of its working adult students.                                               Office or can be down loaded from the University of Phoenix
                                                                                              Alumni Web site. The listing includes instructions for the stu-
The Alumni Network has the following purposes:                                                dents to contact the scholarship source for an application and
• To foster the mission and purposes of the University of                                     additional information. There is a fee for this service. The
  Phoenix.                                                                                    Alumni Network does not guarantee that scholarships will
                                                                                              be granted to students or alumni.
• To develop a spirit of loyalty to the University among
                                                                                              Alumni Network Scholarships
  alumni.
                                                                                              The Alumni Network awards scholarships to University of
• To promote communication and good fellowship among                                          Phoenix students. Alumni Network and University officials
  the alumni, students, faculty, and administration of the                                    work together to establish and maintain a variety of scholar-
  University of Phoenix.                                                                      ships supported by donations from alumni, private, and pub-
                                                                                              lic sources. Chapter scholarship committees assist in the
• To provide the members of the organization mutual aid                                       development and promotion of these scholarships. The com-
  and support in the achievement of their professional goals.                                 mittees also help to identify scholarship recipients.
• To perform a public relations role in the community.                                        Career Opportunity Referral Service
                                                                                              ........................................................................................
• To provide scholarships and admission assistance to
                                                                                              The Alumni Network offers services to assist alumni in their
  students of the University of Phoenix.
                                                                                              career endeavors.
• To hold lectures, public meetings, classes and conferences                                  Career Network is an on-line job posting board that provides
  focused directly or indirectly to advance the cause of                                      employers the opportunity to publish career opportunities to
  education, whether general, professional,                                                   University of Phoenix alumni and students. This is not a job
  paraprofessional, or technical.                                                             placement service but Alumni and students may elect to pur-
• To perform tasks and raise funds to further the above                                       sue a job opportunity listed.
  purposes.                                                                                   Students and alumni may choose CareerHighway, a career
                                                                                              planning service that links members with potential employ-
• To establish membership chapters according to campus
                                                                                              ers. CareerHighway members must have at least a Bachelor’s
  geographic locations and where there is an interest by
                                                                                              degree and two years of related work experience. For more
  sufficient alumni to support the functions of a chapter.
                                                                                              information contact the National Office.
                                                                                              Additional Information
                                                                                              ........................................................................................
                                                                                              The Alumni Network is constantly evaluating new services
                                                                                              and benefits for its alumni and the students of the University
                                                                                              of Phoenix.
                                                                                              For further information about the University of Phoenix
                                                                                              Alumni Network or the programs offered, contact the
                                                                                              National Office at 1–800–795–ALUM or visit us on the Inter-
                                                                                              net www.alumninetworking.org.




                                                                                                                                                                                 31
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
GENERAL INFORMATION
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Admission Procedures                                                                         Academic Advisement
........................................................................................
                                                                                             All students are provided the opportunity to communicate
Application Process                                                                          with a Counselor prior to enrollment and throughout the
Working adults applying for admission to the University’s                                    duration of their program. This advisement will provide
undergraduate degree programs begin the admission process                                    students with a preliminary evaluation of their academic
by submitting a complete and accurate application along                                      status prior to admission and the requirements they must
with the application fee. An application which is later                                      satisfy for both admission to and the completion of their
verified to contain incomplete, false or misleading                                          degree program.
information may be grounds for dismissal. Once the                                            Guidance on degree completion options may also be dis-
application and fee have been received by the University,                                     cussed. Applicants unable to meet admission criteria may
applicants are responsible for ensuring the completion of                                     utilize the services of an Enrollment Counselor in formulat-
their admission file. No applicants will be formally accepted                                 ing an educational plan that, upon successful completion,
for admission until their admission file is complete and                                      satisfies the degree program admission criteria.
formal written notice is provided by the Corporate Office of
Admissions.                                                                                  Transcript Requests of Other Institutions
                                                                                             Because institutions vary in the time they take to respond to
The University will advise students regarding the documents
                                                                                             transcript requests, all transcripts should be requested imme-
required in order to begin a program of study. Students in all
                                                                                             diately upon submission of an application and application
programs may attend their first three courses under Regis-
                                                                                             fee. University staff will process all requests for transcripts
tered status. All students, however, must submit all admis-
                                                                                             on behalf of the student. However, it remains the student’s
sion documentation and gain Admitted status prior to the
                                                                                             responsibility to ensure that all transcripts are submitted to
start of their fourth course. Under extenuating circumstances
                                                                                             the University. Students must sign a “Transcript Request
and with the approval of the campus Vice President/Direc-
                                                                                             Form” for each transcript being requested from educational
tor, students may receive permission to attend up to five                                    institutions and national testing centers. The University’s
courses under Registered Status.                                                             application fee covers the student’s expense for requesting
Students are encouraged to have all admission documenta-                                     official transcripts from other institutions.
tion submitted prior to the end of the first course. Students
                                                                                             Official Transcript Time Limits
who are not admitted prior to enrollment in the fourth course
must withdraw until such time as they are formally admitted                                  All official transcripts must show an issuing date not more
by the Corporate Office of Admissions, unless approval has                                   than one year prior to receipt by the University. This is to
been granted for continued enrollment by the campus Vice                                     ensure that all prior course work is reflected on the tran-
President/Director.                                                                          script.

Students who have served in the military service may submit                                   Official foreign records do not have the same time limit, as
their discharge papers (DD214) and all official training docu-                                these documents may be difficult to obtain. This exception
ments (DD295) for review for potential transfer credits. This                                 does not apply to Canada or U.S. territories.
is a requirement if students will be applying for VA educa-
tional assistance.
Applications of individuals who have not gained admission
to or enrolled in the University will be kept on file for one
year. After that time, the applicant is required to submit a
new application and materials. A second application fee is
not required.




                                                                                                                                                                                33
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Foreign Transcripts                                               General Education
                                                                  ........................................................................................
All academic records from countries other than the United
States, Canada and Mexico must be evaluated by an                 In its commitment to help working adults achieve their pro-
evaluation service approved by the University of Phoenix.         fessional and personal goals, the University of Phoenix
The evaluation services follow standards approved by the          endorses the role of general education in ensuring student
                                                                  success in the classroom, the workplace, and the general
National Council on the Evaluation of Foreign Credentials. A
                                                                  community. The general education curriculum, which is
special application form and fee is required for the
evaluation. Applicants with non-U.S. or Canada education          developed through the College of General Professional Stud-
                                                                  ies, provides instruction that focuses on skills in communica-
should contact a University of Phoenix campus for the
                                                                  tion, critical thinking, and computation, and fosters a
appropriate application. If the academic records are in
                                                                  philosophical orientation that enables students to function as
another language, a certified English translation is required.
                                                                  productive members of society. The University’s general
The University will accept translations from the issuing
                                                                  education program embraces four goals:
institution or an official translation service.
                                                                  1. To refine students’ abilities to apply problem–solving skills
An applicant relying on education completed outside the           in many settings and contexts.
United States, Canada or Mexico for admission will not be
eligible to attend classes prior to the University receiving a    2. To promote students’ active awareness of their
favorable evaluation from an approved credentials evalua-         relationships to the natural, social, and cultural
tion service and fulfilling all other admission requirements.     environments.
Official documentation of the applicant’s foreign education       3. To develop students’ appreciation for and commitment to
and the official evaluation report must be submitted with the     lifelong learning.
admission file.
                                                                  4. To prepare students with competencies needed to fully
Non–Native Speakers of English                                    benefit from and successfully complete their professional
An applicant whose native language is not English will not        programs of study.
be eligible to attend classes under Registered status. Official
                                                                  Undergraduate general education requirements emphasize
documentation of the Test of English as a Foreign Language
                                                                  the mastery of competencies within the respective frame-
(TOEFL) or Test of English for International Communication
                                                                  works of mathematics and physical sciences, life sciences,
(TOEIC), must be submitted with the admission file and
                                                                  technology, communication arts, social sciences, and human-
admission granted before the applicant may begin the pro-
                                                                  ities. Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in
gram.
                                                                  written and oral communications, in the handling and use of
Admission Appeal Process                                          quantitative information, and the application of analytic and
Any applicant who has been denied admission to the Univer-        synthetic–creative thinking skills. This background provides
sity has the right to appeal the decision to the Student          students with the perspectives needed for meaningful self–
Appeals Committee. All appeals, including any evidence to         examination of personal and social values, as well as
be considered, must be submitted in writing to the Student        enhanced ability to understand and cope with social, techno-
Appeals Committee. The written appeal may consist of a let-       logical, and cultural change.
ter of explanation for academic deficiencies, lack of experi-     If elective curriculum is being taken to satisfy graduation
ence, and any other factors which might be of benefit when        requirements, the courses being taken cannot duplicate cred-
the Student Appeals Committee conducts its review. It is          its earned in the required course of study, credits earned at
incumbent upon the applicant to submit all relevant docu-         other institutions, credits earned through national testing
ments and statements of support attached to the appeal letter     programs, or credits awarded through the Prior Learning
to the Student Appeals Committee. The Student Appeals             Assessment Center.
Committee will carefully review all materials submitted, and
notify the applicant in writing of its decision within ten
working days.




34
                                                                                                                     University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                       UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS




Prior Learning Assessment Center Services                                                  The Experiential Learning Portfolio
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Students who choose to have their experiential learning eval-
College–Level Learning Gained Through Experience                                           uated for credit must enroll in GEN/110, Experiential Learn-
At the University of Phoenix, the opportunity to petition for                              ing for 1 credit. Instruction is given to help students prepare
an assessment of college–level learning is one of several                                  experiential course writing to be evaluated for credit. Sub-
degree completion options available to undergraduate stu-                                  mission and posting fees for the assessment process are out-
dents. The recognition of prior learning is a concept based on                             lined elsewhere in this section.
accepted principles of adult learning and serves to validate
                                                                                           Students must demonstrate proficiency in written communi-
the professional competence achieved by men and women
                                                                                           cation skills prior to enrolling in GEN/110 by successfully
outside the classroom.
                                                                                           passing the University English test assessment, CLEP exam,
The standards and criteria established by the University of                                or completing COMM/ 215 with a “C-” or better. Students
Phoenix for assessing prior college–level learning were                                    enrolled under the Introductory Course Sequence must com-
developed in conformance with guidelines set forth by the                                  plete the Introductory Course Sequence prior to enrollment
Council for Adult and Experiential Learning (CAEL). The                                    in GEN/110. Students enrolled and admitted may take
CAEL guidelines and the recognition of college–level learn-                                GEN/110 before, during, or after completion of the required
ing gained through experience are observed by more than                                    course of study.
1,200 colleges and universities throughout the United States.
The recognition of college–level learning gained through                                   Professional Training and Course Work Option
experience is approved by the American Council on Educa-                                   Students may choose to complete a Professional Training Port-
tion, the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and                                folio containing only professional course work and training.
Admissions Officers, and the Council on Higher Education                                   Submission and posting fees for Professional Training evalu-
Administration.                                                                            ations are required.
Since its founding, the University’s assessment process has                                Faculty Evaluations
been a model for other colleges and universities that have                                 In order to facilitate the assessment process according to the
added prior learning assessment to their programs.                                         University’s standards, a centralized Prior Learning Assess-
Prior Learning Credit                                                                      ment Center, located in Phoenix, Arizona, directs, processes,
                                                                                           evaluates, and controls the assessment of prior learning for
A maximum of 30 Prior Learning credits may be earned as a
                                                                                           credit. Evaluations may take three to four weeks to complete.
result of professional training (workshops, seminars,
licenses, business and professional courses, and other institu-                            Faculty evaluators hold advanced degrees in their respective
tionally–sponsored course work).                                                           disciplines. They are chosen for their educational and profes-
                                                                                           sional competence, and are assigned to evaluate in the sub-
The University may award up to 30 undergraduate semester
                                                                                           ject areas according to their expertise covered by each
credits for verified college–level learning gained through
                                                                                           discrete college–level learning description. Evaluation meth-
experience, and submitted in the form of experiential course
                                                                                           ods are monitored for quality, consistency, and adherence to
writing after successful completion of GEN 110. No student
                                                                                           policy criteria through a system of multiple checks and bal-
may earn more than 60 credits from any combination of
                                                                                           ances including internal auditing of evaluations, comprehen-
experiential learning, national testing, credit by exam and
                                                                                           sive record keeping and tracking systems, and well–defined
professional course work and training.
                                                                                           policies and procedures.
California residents must comply with the California Educa-
                                                                                           Academic oversight is provided by the Dean for General
tion Code: Article 13; §72890 (h) (4) which states in part: Stu-
                                                                                           Studies and the Faculty Curriculum Chairs of the Univer-
dents in an undergraduate program may use no more than 30
                                                                                           sity’s Academic Governance Structure.
semester credits from prior experiential learning. Only 15
credits can be applied in the first 60 credits. All professional
training, military training, experiential learning credits and
national testing (including CLEP/DANTES, ACT/PEP,
NLN, AP) are subject to the California Education Code’s def-
inition of prior experiential learning. (Other states may also
have restrictive state regulations.)




                                                                                                                                                    35
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Prior Learning Assessment Submission and Posting &               Upon completion of the evaluations and determination of
Fees                                                             credit, the portfolio will be returned to the student. Students
Charges arising out of services and the posting of credit        are advised not to include any material or information in the
awarded for prior learning are not included as part of the       portfolio that might violate the legal or moral rights to pri-
major curriculum fees and tuition.                               vacy of any individual, organization, or corporation.
The tuition for GEN 110 is based on the prevailing tuition       Standardized Credit Recommendations
rate for the major course work. Students will earn one (1)       The University accepts credit through the Prior Learning
credit upon successful completion of GEN 110, Experiential       Assessment Center from the American Council on Education
Learning.                                                        (ACE also evaluates corporate training programs, and Mili-
When materials are complete, they are sent to the Prior          tary Courses.)
Learning Assessment Center in Phoenix and a $90 submis-          California residents must comply with the California Educa-
sion fee is collected. The following evaluation and posting      tion Code: Article 13; 72890 (h) (4) which states in part: Stu-
fees apply to credit awarded through Prior Learning Assess-      dents in an undergraduate program may use no more than 30
ment:                                                            semester credits from prior experiential learning. Only 15
• $30.00 per credit for standardized evaluations, and items      credits can be applied in the first 60 credits. All professional
  from the Apollo Quick List ™.                                  training, military training, experiential learning credits and
                                                                 national testing (including CLEP/DANTES, ACT/PEP,
• $55.00 per credit for professional course work and
                                                                 NLN, AP) are subject to the California Education Code’s def-
  training, and experiential learning essays.
                                                                 inition of prior experiential learning.
• Costs per credit for articulated course work and training
  may vary.                                                      Other states may also have restrictive state regulations.
                                                                 Please check with your Academic Counselor. The University
A student will be billed only for those credits that apply       of Phoenix is required to comply with these restrictions. No
toward the student’s degree completion requirements at the       exceptions can be made.
time of submission. A student will be charged for all credits
petitioned for and subsequently awarded, unless a student        Many certificated courses offered by non-collegiate institu-
requests in writing that specific courses not be evaluated.      tions have been evaluated for college transfer credit by the
Each student is responsible for any charges he/she incurs,       American Council on Education and National Program on
regardless of the student’s evaluation outcome.                  Noncollegiate Sponsored Instruction (National PONSI). The
                                                                 University of Phoenix generally accepts standardized credit
Because the total fee is related to the number and type of
                                                                 recommendations from these nationally recognized authori-
credits awarded, the cost to each individual will vary. Stu-
                                                                 ties when they are presented for evaluation. These evalua-
dents will be billed for all degree applicable credits awarded
                                                                 tions are prepared by the Prior Learning Assessment Center,
through the assessment process, and must pay for the credit
                                                                 and are subject to the fees outlined above.
earned after each evaluation. Fees are subject to change.
Transcription of Prior Learning Assessment Center                Credits through the Evaluation Process
Credits                                                          Students may request that transcripts from unaccredited
Credits are placed on the student’s transcript as credits are    institutions, or standard pre-evaluated licenses or certificates
awarded by the Prior Learning Assessment Center. Since           be evaluated through the preparation of a professional train-
these credits are a permanent part of a student’s academic       ing portfolio. Counselors can provide information about the
record, fees are non–refundable.                                 process which is subject to the standard assessment fees,
                                                                 including the submission fee. All professional training must
Privacy of Portfolio                                             be submitted as a Professional Training Portfolio.
The University considers all Prior Experiential Learning
                                                                 Credits awarded through the assessment process are applica-
course writing and Professional Training Portfolios to be con-
                                                                 ble to University of Phoenix degrees, and may be transferable
fidential, and the only persons authorized to have access to
                                                                 subject to the receiving institution’s discretion.
them are members of the University’s assessment and
administrative staff, faculty evaluators, and members of
accreditation evaluating teams. However, students may sign
a release form which allows the University to use portions of
the portfolio material in professional training workshops for
counselors and faculty members, and as classroom examples.




36
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of General Studies and Professional Studies is                                   General Education Requirements
within the Artemis School and is responsible for developing                                  ........................................................................................
and fostering a program of general education, which                                           The completion of a Comprehensive General Education Pro-
supports the University’s undergraduate professional degree                                   gram includes 54 credits distributed among the following
programs. General education course work seeks to broaden                                      components:
students’ outlook and to establish a strong foundation for                                   Liberal Arts Components
lifelong learning. Program requirements are designed to
                                                                                             The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
assist students in developing communications and problem
                                                                                             gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
solving skills needed for professional growth, and to
                                                                                             tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
strengthen students’ appreciation of the larger social,
                                                                                             is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
political, scientific, and aesthetic culture.
                                                                                             tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
The college works closely with other academic departments                                    is distributed as follows:
and faculty throughout the university to design curricular                                   1. Communication Arts, 6 credits
offerings which reflect the unique character of University of
Phoenix students and degree programs.                                                         Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
                                                                                              on the development and application of writing, speaking,
The college is organized into the areas of Communication                                      group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
Arts, Humanities, Social Sciences, Mathematics, and Science
and Technology. General Studies faculty hold graduate                                        2. Mathematics, 6 credits
degrees and have completed substantial graduate level study                                   Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
appropriate to the academic field in which they are teaching.                                 and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
In addition, many General Studies faculty members have                                        advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
extensive practical experience in business and the profes-                                    mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
sions. All General Studies faculty are committed to the cen-                                  finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
tral role of general education in undergraduate degree                                        foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
programs.
                                                                                             3. Social Sciences, 6 credits
In its commitment to help working adults achieve their pro-
fessional and personal goals, the University of Phoenix rec-                                  Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding
ognizes the role of general education in ensuring students’                                   of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
success in the classroom, the workplace, and the communi-                                     social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
ties in which they live. The general education curriculum                                     social processes and institutions, both past and present.
prepares students with the foundation skills and philosophi-                                  Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
cal orientation necessary to succeed in their professional pro-                               ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
grams. It also ensures that students have a broad exposure to                                 tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
the liberal arts, and that they explore diverse content areas to                              society typically satisfy these requirements.
add depth to their academic and professional knowledge                                       4. Humanities, 6 credits
base. This preparation includes the development of the basic
techniques of intellectual inquiry and self-reflection that                                   Course work in the humanities focuses on the development
guide continuous growth and development of the individual                                     of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic
throughout life. The basic tenets of liberal arts – communica-                                achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.
                                                                                              Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine
tion, computation, and critical thinking – are integrated
throughout the professional curricula, e.g., through writing                                  arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy
across the curriculum, the infusion of diversity issues, and a                                requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science
universal focus on critical thinking skills.                                                  and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-
                                                                                              tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-
The professional programs culminate with a general                                            ments.
education sponsored capstone course that facilitates the
integration of learning and development from all aspects of
the University of Phoenix education experience.




                                                                                                                                                                                37
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




5. Science and Technology, 6 credits (at least 3 must be           Integrating Component
Physical/Biological)                                               Integrating, 3credits
Course work in the sciences provides students with an
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with         GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world         education course that synthesizes general education course
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,             work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
physics, anatomy and physiology, geology, and environmen-          scribed general education course at the completion of the
                                                                   required course of study.
tal science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain
courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize          In addition to the 54 credits in this prescribed General Educa-
the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are     tion program, each major course of study at the University of
included in the science category, along with highly special-       Phoenix’s educational philosophy is based on the integration
ized course work in the social sciences such as physical           of theory and practice. Within that philosophical framework,
anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology         a number of the courses required for the professional pro-
courses which focus on human physiological processes.              grams have a strong general education component. Example
Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge       of the specific major courses that further the student’s expo-
in making and using tools to enhance material culture.             sure to general education include:
Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general      BSN:
education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-
ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,        HCS 418
and computer science. Courses which focus primarily on the           Skills for Professional Transition 3credits
social and environmental conflicts which arise over the uses       HCS 408
of technology usually satisfy requirements in the social sci-        Therapeutic Health Care Communication 3credits
ences and humanities.                                              QNT 436.3
6. Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits                                Statistics in Health Care 3credits
Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-     BSB:
ing two additional courses in any of the liberal arts categories   CIS 319
listed above. (Note: Bachelor of Science in Nursing students          Computers and Information Processing 3 credits
must earn 12 credits in Natural Sciences in lieu of the Sci-
                                                                   RES 341*
ence and Technology and additional requirements.)
                                                                      Research and Evaluation I 3credits
Interdisciplinary Component                                        RES 342*
Interdisciplinary, 15credits                                          Research and Evaluation II 3 credits
                                                                   *Accounting majors do not complete RES 341 & RES 342
To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-
versity courses other than those in their major field. The
intent of this requirement is to further increase student’s
exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
fessional knowledge base.




38
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                  COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES




Proficiency Component                                               3. Critical Thinking
In line with mission of the University’s General Education                 a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251*
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels               b. Achieve a passing score on the University of
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,             Phoenix Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of
                                                                           c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical
                                                                             from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited
thinking. Proficiency requirements can be met in the follow-
                                                                             institution within two years of application to the
ing three areas using the approved methods:
                                                                             University.
1. Written Communication                                            *A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
      a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215*                           order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
                                                                    ciency.
      b. Achieve a passing score on the University of
       Phoenix English Proficiency Assessment
      c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition
        CLEP exam within the past two years
      d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course
       from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited
       institution within two years of application to the
       University.
2. Mathematics Reasoning
      a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209*
      b. Achieve a passing score on the University of
        Phoenix Math Proficiency Assessment
      c. Achieve a passing score on the Mathematics (or
        higher) CLEP exam within the past two years
      d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course
        from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited
        institution within two years of application to the
        University.




                                                                                                                            39
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Associate of Arts in General Studies                                                       AAGS Required Course of Study
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Sixty credits are required for the Associate of Arts in General
The following Associate of Arts in General Studies (AAGS)                                  Studies degree. The distribution is as follows:
degree program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus
                                                                                           Communication Arts Requirement, 6credits
locations: Milwaukee,New Mexico, Online, San Diego, and
Southern California.                                                                       COMM 215*
........................................................................................
                                                                                             Essentials of College Writing, 3credits
The University of Phoenix offers an Associate of Arts degree                                 *Communication Arts Elective, 3credits
in General Studies to meet the needs of adult students who                                 Humanities Requirement: 6credits
want to complete a general AA degree before entering into
the professional programs.                                                                 PHL 251*
                                                                                             *Humanities Elective, 3credits
The Associate of Arts curriculum provides a solid foundation                                 *Humanities Elective, 3credits
and overview within the academic disciplines of communi-
cation arts, social sciences, mathematics, life sciences, and the                          Social Science Requirement: 6 credits
humanities. Instruction focuses on the development of skills                                  Social Science Elective, 3credits
in communication, critical thinking, and computation, and                                     Social Science Elective, 3credits
fosters a philosophical orientation that enables students to
function as productive members of society. The completion                                  Mathematics Requirement: 6 credits
of an AA degree also represents an important milestone for                                 MTH 209*
many students as they pursue their educational goals.                                        College Mathematics II, 3credits
This foundation provides students with the perspectives nec-                               Science/Technology Requirement: 6 credits
essary for meaningful self-examination of personal and
social values, as well as, enhanced ability to understand and                                 Sciences/Technology Elective, 3 credits
cope with social, technological, professional, and cultural                                   Science/Technology Elective 3credits
change. The AAGS program is a lower division degree pro-                                   Additional General Education Electives, 6 credits
gram designed to provide a liberal arts education for the
working adult learner in a non-traditional format.                                         Six additional General Education must be completed in any
                                                                                           of the above areas.
Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
able credits from regionally accredited institutions and                                   Open Electives: 24 credits
national testing programs must complete the following four                                 *A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
course sequence:                                                                           order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
GEN 101                                                                                    ciency.
  Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3 credits                                                 Proficiency may also be demonstrated with passing scores on
SOC 101                                                                                    the University math critical thinking and/or English assess-
  Contemporary Issues in American Business                                                 ment and/or CLEP exams. All students must earn the mini-
  3credits                                                                                 mum credit subtotal in the mathematics humanities and
COMM 102                                                                                   communication arts areas regardless of the methods of profi-
  Communication Skills for Career Growth                                                   ciency demonstration chosen. Transfer credit may not be
  3credits                                                                                 used to demonstrate current proficiency.
GEN 102                                                                                    Students entering with fewer than 24 transferable credits
  Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3 credits                                                must complete the 12 credit sequence for low credit students
                                                                                           (see above).
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




40
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES




AAGS Admission Requirements                                       AAGS Residency and Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the AAGS degree                 To earn an Associate of Arts in General Studies degree,
program are as follows:                                           students must satisfy the following requirements:
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix                   1. Completion of a total of 60 semester credits to include the
undergraduate application and an application fee.                 required course of study.
2. High school graduation or GED certificate.                     2. Residency of a minimum of 15 semester credits. May not be
                                                                  filled with BSB core courses.
3. Current employment or access to an appropriate
organizational environment that will allow completion of          3. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.
program course work.
                                                                  4. Payment of all tuition and fees.
4. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are
                                                                  Matriculation into a Bachelor Program
less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional
requirements to be considered for admission:                      Students who complete the Associate of Arts in General
                                                                  Studies degree are eligible to apply and be considered for the
  • A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a regionally        University's bachelor's degree programs. Applicants must
    or approved nationally, accredited institution                meet all admission requirements in order to be granted
  • A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or                admission into a bachelor’s program.
    approved nationally, accredited course work
  • Current employment with a minimum of 2 years post-
    high school work experience
  • A letter of employment and position verification from
    employer
5. Non-native speakers of English must score 550 or higher
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750
on the Test of English or International Communication
(TOEIC). The following may exempt a non-native speaker
from having to take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a
  country in which English is the official language.
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.
• All University students must complete the Adult Learning
  Outcomes Assessment prior to enrolling in their required
  course of study.

• Official documents are required.




                                                                                                                            41
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Associate of Arts Degree Through Credit                                                    AA Through Credit Recognition Admission
Recognition                                                                                Requirements
........................................................................................
                                                                                           If you are active duty military, retired military, a veteran, a
The University of Phoenix acknowledges that many service                                   spouse of active duty military personnel, a full or part-time
members have already achieved an education equivalent to                                   Reservist, a National Guard or Coast Guard member, or a
an associate degree through college course work, military                                  Department of Defense employee, you are eligible for this
training and experience, and national testing programs. The                                program.
University of Phoenix Associate of Arts Degree through
Credit Recognition allows service members to fulfill their                                 You must also:
degree requirements by recognizing approved college level                                  1. Have obtained a high school diploma or GED certificate.
learning to award an Associate of Arts degree no matter
where service members are located throughout the world.                                    2. Complete and sign a University of Phoenix Associate of
                                                                                           Arts through Credit Recognition application.
The Associate of Arts degree includes the option of a profes-
sional focus. The University does not certify students in their                            3. Pay tuition and fees.
professional focus but acknowledges their qualifications by                                4. Submit official test scores and official transcripts from all
recognizing their American Council on Education (ACE) cer-                                 colleges and/or universities attended.
tified training received through the Armed Forces. Students
                                                                                           5. Submit one of the following military documents:
need a minimum of 15 semester hours in a related field to
qualify for one of the professional focuses listed below. The                                 • DD Form 295, Application for the Evaluation of
focus will be printed on the student’s official University of                                   Learning Experiences During Military Service (form
Phoenix transcript.                                                                             must be certified by an authorized commissioned
     •   Aerospace Physiology Technology                                                        officer or his/her designee in order to be official)
     •   Allied Health Management                                                             • DD Form 214, Armed Forces of the United States
                                                                                                Report of Transfer or Discharge
     •   Allied Health Sciences
     •   Aviation Technology                                                                  • Army/American Council on Education Registry
     •   Biomedical Technology                                                                  Transcript system (AARTS) transcript
                                                                                              • Coast Guard Institute transcript
     •   Business Administration
     •   Cardiopulmonary Technology                                                           • Sailor/Marine/American Council on Education
     •   Computer Science Technology                                                            Registry (SMART) transcript
     •   Criminal Justice
     •   Dental Laboratory Technology
     •   Electronics Technology
     •   Health Care Technology
     •   Histologic Technology
     •   Marine Engineering
     •   Marine Environmental Science
     •   Medical Laboratory Technology
     •   Nuclear Medicine Technology
     •   Nuclear Technology
     •   Occupational/Environment Health
     •   Operating Room Technology
     •   Pharmacy Technology
     •   Physical Therapy
     •   Radiologic Technology
     •   Respiratory Therapy
     •   Technical Management
     •   Technical Studies
     •   Technology Instruction
     •   Urological Laboratory Technology




42
                                                                                                University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                   COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES




Liberal Arts Requirements                                            Technology refers to the applications of scientific knowledge
The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-             in making and using tools to enhance material culture.
gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-             Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general
tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component        education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-
is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-        ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,
tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and     and computer science. Courses which focus primarily on the
is distributed as follows:                                           social and environmental conflicts which arise over the uses
                                                                     of technology usually satisfy requirements in the social sci-
Communication Arts, 6 credits (3 credits must be in                  ences and humanities.
English/Com)
                                                                     Humanities, 6 credits
Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
on the development and application of writing, speaking,             Course work in the humanities focuses on the development
group process, and interpersonal communication skills.               of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic
                                                                     achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.
Mathematics, 6credits                                                Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine
Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative            arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy
and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and               requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science
advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which           and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-
mathematics is merely an applied component (such as                  tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-
finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics             ments.
foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
                                                                     EML 299.1
Social Sciences, 6 credits                                           The EML 299.1 Applied Written Communication is a required
Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding            course taken through directed study at the University of
of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of           Phoenix and receives 3 Communication Arts credits. This
social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in          course is designed for you analyze your learning experiences
social processes and institutions, both past and present.            and to communicate them effectively. You must receive a
Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-          grade of “C” or better.
ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
tain communications courses focusing on mass media and               Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits
society typically satisfy these requirements.                        Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-
                                                                     ing two additional courses in any of the liberal arts categories
Science/Technology, 6credits (3 credits must be in Phy/
                                                                     listed above. (Note: Bachelor of Science in Nursing students
Bio Science)
                                                                     must earn 12 credits in Natural Sciences in lieu of the Sci-
Course work in the sciences provides students with an                ence and Technology and additional requirements.)
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world           AA Through Credit Recognition Degree Requirements
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,               Students are required to have a minimum of 60 credits to
physics, anatomy and physiology, geology, and environmen-            complete the Associate of Arts Degree through Credit Recog-
tal science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain     nition. Students are required to have a 2.0 minimum cumula-
courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize            tive Grade Point Average (GPA) in all course work
the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are       completed at the University of Phoenix. Acceptance of course
included in the science category, along with highly special-         work from regionally accredited colleges and universities
ized course work in the social sciences such as physical             will be based upon prevailing University of Phoenix transfer
anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology           credit policies. All of your credits accepted in transfer to the
courses which focus on human physiological processes.                University (grades of “C-” or better) will be posted on the
                                                                     University of Phoenix transcript. This includes transfer cred-
                                                                     its earned in excess of the minimum 60 credits required for
                                                                     graduation.




                                                                                                                               43
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Degree Completion Options                                      The Associate of Arts through Credit Recognition Degree
Students, who fall short of the 60 credits necessary to com-   Completion Deadline
plete their degree, will have various degree completion        The application is valid for two years. During this time stu-
options:                                                       dents can update their records by submitting additional doc-
Credits may be earned from:                                    umentation. If a student has not completed the required
                                                               credits during this time frame, the University will close the
     •   University of Phoenix
                                                               file. Further activity will require a new application and fees.
     •   Classroom or Online setting
                                                               Issuance of Diplomas
     •   Prior Learning Assessment Center, including:
                                                               Students will receive a diploma and an official University of
     •   Licenses and foreign language evaluations
                                                               Phoenix transcript when they have satisfied all the degree
     •   Professional training and course work, including      requirements. Diplomas require approximately two weeks to
         certificates                                          process.
• Transcripts from nationally accredited institutions,         For more information call (800) 800-7006.
  extension division courses taken at regionally accredited
  institutions, and unaccredited institutions. Also,
  nationally accredited articulated institutions. (PONSI
  Guides)
• Licenses, certificates, and courses
• Articulated professional training (CASEE Guide) (Uses
  previously evaluated courses)
• Knowledge gained in corporate training, workshops,
  seminars, and other courses can be evaluated for credit.
• GEN 110 Prior Learning Assessment course
• Course work from regionally accredited or candidate for
  accreditation colleges and universities
• Passing scores and national testing programs such as
  CLEP, RCEP, and DSST
• American Council on Education recognized military
  training and experience in the Armed Services




44
                                                                                                                      University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                           COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES




Bachelor of Science in Management                                                            MGT 350
........................................................................................        Critical Thinking: Strategies in Decision Making
The following Bachelor of Science in Management (BSM)                                           3credits
degree program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus                              PSY 428
locations: Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Detroit, Florida, Hawaii,                                 Organizational Psychology 3credits
Houston, Louisiana, Milwaukee, New Mexico, Northern                                          COMM 470
California, Oklahoma City, Online, Phoenix, Philadelphia,                                       Communicating in the Virtual Workplace 3credits
Pittsburgh, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona,                                         PSY 320
Southern California, Southern Colorado, Tulsa, Utah,                                            Human Motivation 3 credits
Washington, and West Michigan.                                                               PSY 430
........................................................................................
                                                                                                Team Dynamics for Managers 3credits
The University of Phoenix Bachelor of Science in                                             TEC 401
Management (BS/M) program is designed to develop                                                Human Factors in Technology 3credits
professional knowledge and skills of general managers in
                                                                                             FIN 324G
their organization or professional industry for improving
                                                                                                Financial Analysis for Managers 3credits
organizational effectiveness. The curriculum is built upon a
social science foundation of attaining performance excellence                                ELEC 401
achieved through dynamic and evolving workplace                                                 Upper Division Elective 3 credits
managerial skills.                                                                           ELEC 402
                                                                                                Upper Division Elective 3 credits
The program enhances the foundation through a learning-
centered and participative educational set of courses. This is                               ELEC 403
accomplished with behavioral objectives that concentrate on                                     Upper Division Elective 3 credits
the development of general management roles to align                                         ELEC 404
resources, and to improve communication, productivity, and                                      Upper Division Elective 3 credits
effectiveness. Managers become prepared to apply profes-                                     GEN 480G
sional skills and knowledge to focus on the future, manage                                      Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3credits
innovation, and make decisions based on facts in a customer                                  The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
focused atmosphere.                                                                          ciated with the major and the required course of study.
The Bachelor of Science in Management degree program has
                                                                                             All BSM students must complete a minimum of 48 upper
a 36-core credit required course of study. These courses fulfill
                                                                                             division credits to include the required course of study.
only part of the 120 minimum credit requirements for degree
                                                                                             ELEC 401, 402, 403, 404, maybe satisfied with any upper
completion. An associate’s degree is required for admission
                                                                                             division University of Phoenix, course Prior Learning Credit,
into the Bachelor of Science in Management program. Stu-
                                                                                             transferable course work, or nationally testing credit.
dents will be required to demonstrate proficiency in English,
mathematics, and critical thinking, as well as to complete the
Interdisciplinary Capstone course. To earn the Bachelor of
Science in Management degree, a 72 lower and 48 upper divi-
sion credit maximum and minimum split is authorized.
BSM Required Course of Study
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log. Course work in the major follows.
MGT 330G
  Management: Theory, Practice, & Application 3 credits
SOC 315
  Cultural Diversity 3credits
PHL 323
  Ethics in Management 3 credits
RES 320
  Fundamentals of Research 3credits




                                                                                                                                                     45
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




BSM Proficiency Requirements                                      BSM Admission Requirements
In line with mission of the University’s General Education        The requirements for admission to the BSM program are as
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels      follows:
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,
                                                                  1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of
                                                                  undergraduate application and application fee.
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical
thinking. Proficiency requirements can be met in the follow-      2. An Associate degree from a regionally or nationally
ing three areas using the approved methods:                       accredited institution.
1. Written Communication                                          3. Official test scores and official transcripts from all colleges
                                                                  or universities attended.
       a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215**
                                                                  4. Current employment or access to an appropriate
       b. Achieve a passing score on the University of
                                                                  organizational environment, which will allow completion of
        Phoenix English Proficiency Assessment
                                                                  program course work.
       c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition
                                                                  5. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are
         CLEP exam within the past two years                      less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional
       d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course         requirements to be considered for admission:
        from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited             a. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a
        institution within two years of application to the                regionally, or a approved nationally, accredited
        University.                                                       institution
2. Mathematical Reasoning                                                b. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or
       a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209**                                approved nationally accredited course work
       b. Achieve a passing score on the University of                   c. Current employment. with a minimum of 2 years
        Phoenix Math Proficiency Assessment                                post-high school work experience
       c. Achieve a passing score on Mathematics (or higher)             d. A letter of employment and position verification
         CLEP exam within the past two years                              from employer
       d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course         6. Non-native speakers of English must score 550 or higher
        from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited      on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750
        institution within two years of application to the        on the Test of English or International Communication
        University.                                               (TOEIC). The following may exempt a non-native speaker
                                                                  from having to take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
3. Critical Thinking
                                                                  • Successful completion of 30 transferable academic
       a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251**
                                                                    semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
       b. Achieve a passing score on the University of              university in the United States.
        Phoenix Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment
                                                                  • Successful completion of 30 transferable academic
       c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course           semester credits at a recognized college or university in a
         from a regionally or approved nationally, accredited       country in which English is the official language.
         institution within two years of application to the
         University.                                              • U.S. high school diploma or GED.
**A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in    • Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-           which English is the official language.
ciency.
                                                                  • Official documents are required.
                                                                  7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.




46
                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                 COLLEGE OF GENERAL STUDIES AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES




BSM Residency Requirements                                         Liberal Arts Components
All students are expected to meet the University’s minimum         The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
residency requirement of 27 semester credits of the required       gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
course of study.                                                   tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
                                                                   is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
Students may waive and/or exempt up to 9 credits from the
                                                                   tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
required course of study, which consists of 36.
                                                                   is distributed as follows:
Waivers and Exemptions                                             Communication Arts, 6credits
The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a           Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-         on the development and application of writing, speaking,
sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:             group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
1. Courses are completed within the past 10 years with a           Mathematics, 6 credits
grade of “C-” (2.0) or better at a regionally, or approved
nationally, candidate for accreditation college or university.     Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
                                                                   and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
2. Courses are comparable in content and credits to the            advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
University course under consideration.                             mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
3. Courses are officially transcripted by the college or           finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
university where the credit was earned.                            foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
The University defines an exemption as the substitution of a       Social Sciences, 6credits
required course with a comparable transcripted lower divi-         Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding
sion course, subject to the same aforementioned conditions.        of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
Students requesting course waivers must make formal writ-          social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
ten requests to the Office of Admissions, citing the courses       social processes and institutions, both past and present.
they request to be waived, the courses to be transferred into      Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
the required course of study, and the universities where the       ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
courses were completed. An official catalog course descrip-        tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
tion and syllabus must accompany the request along with a          society typically satisfy these requirements.
copy of the catalog cover from which the course description
was taken. The official transcript from the institution where      Humanities, 6credits
the course was completed must also be submitted, unless it         Course work in the humanities focuses on the development
has previously been submitted to the University as part of         of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic
the application process.                                           achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.
                                                                   Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine
BSM Degree Requirements                                            arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy
1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the         requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science
following:                                                         and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-
                                                                   tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-
 a. Completion of a minimum number of 48 upper division            ments.
 credits to include the required course of study.
                                                                   Science/Technology, 6credits
 b. In addition, students must complete the following
 Comprehensive General Education Program which                     Course work in the sciences provides students with an
 includes 54 credits distributed among the Liberal Arts,           understanding of nature and the physical world, along with
 Interdisciplinary, and Integrating components.                    knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world
                                                                   around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,
                                                                   physics, anatomy an physiology, geology, and environmental
                                                                   science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain
                                                                   courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize
                                                                   the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are
                                                                   included in the science category, along with highly special-
                                                                   ized course work in the social sciences such as physical
                                                                   anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology
                                                                   courses which focus on human physiological processes.




                                                                                                                             47
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge       Integrating Component
in making and using tools to enhance materials culture.            Integrating, 3 credits
Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general
education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-        GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,        education course that synthesizes general education course
and computer science courses that focus on programming             work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses               scribed general education course at the completion of the
which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-         required course of study.
flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy     2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
requirements in the social sciences and humanities.
                                                                   3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits                                 Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-     Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
ing two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories    Degree Completion Options
listed above.                                                      Students who have successfully completed the required
Interdisciplinary Component                                        course of study and need additional academic work in order
Interdisciplinary, 15 credits                                      to fulfill the minimum number of credits required for gradu-
                                                                   ation may choose the following options:
To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-        1. Complete additional upper or lower division elective
versity courses other than those in their major field. The         courses offered by the University of Phoenix;
intent of this requirement is to further increase students’        2. Complete course work in the prerequisite offerings from
exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to   the University;
field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore          3. Complete approved CLEP, ACT/PEP, or DANTES
diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-      examinations;
fessional knowledge base.                                          4. Participate in the Prior Learning Assessment process as
                                                                   described in this catalog; or
                                                                   5. Complete approved courses at other regionally accredited
                                                                   colleges and universities.
                                                                   Students who need additional academic credits to graduate
                                                                   should contact an Academic Counselor to ensure that there is
                                                                   no duplication of course work.




48
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Undergraduate Business and Management                                         BSB Required Course of Study
Programs is within the John Sperling School of Business and                                  The Bachelor of Science in Business program is organized
offers the Bachelor of Science in Business program, which                                    into three to four academic components, depending on the
includes a choice of several different majors — management,                                  major that is selected:
business administration, marketing, e-business, and
accounting. In addition, at selected campuses the college                                    1. 18 credits are allocated to a series of courses called Business
offers professional development opportunities through non-                                   Foundation courses. These are business courses that are
degree (certificate) programs in Human Resource                                              shared across business majors. Business Foundation courses
                                                                                             are as follows:
Management, Quality Management, Project Management,
Purchasing, and Operations & Supply Chain Management.                                        MGT 331
                                                                                               Organizational Behavior 3credits
Undergraduate Business and Management works closely
with other academic colleges to provide and administer aca-                                  MGT 330
demic programming. In cooperation with the College of                                          Management: Theory, Practice, and Application 3credits
Information Systems and Technology, the College of Under-                                    MGT 350
graduate Business & Management provides the program-                                           Critical Thinking: Strategies in Decision Making
ming for the e-business major. The college also works                                          3credits
cooperatively with the College of General and Professional                                   CIS 319
Studies to give breadth to the undergraduate experience                                        Information Systems 3credits
through the integration of general education and profes-                                     RES 341
sional course work.                                                                            Research and Evaluation I 3credits
The Bachelor of Science in Business                                                          RES 342
........................................................................................       Research and Evaluation II 3credits
The Bachelor of Science in Business (BSB) program promotes                                   *Accounting majors have a 9 credit foundation comprised of:
skills required to make effective decisions and to formulate                                 MGT 331, MGT 330, and MGT 350.
both short- and long-range business plans. It also emphasizes
the personal and professional skills needed for effectively                                  2. 30 credits are allocated to the Administration, the
managing organizational needs. These skills include values                                   Management, and Marketing majors; 39 credits to the e-
clarification, needs assessment, group facilitation, and lead-                               business major; and 48 credits to the accounting major.
ership. Students in the BSB program choose a major in                                        3. 3 credits are allocated to the course GEN 480
administration, management, marketing, e-business, or                                        Interdisciplinary Capstone Course; GEN 480 requires
accounting.                                                                                  students to integrate their general education experience with
                                                                                             their professional course work.
Introductory Course Sequence
........................................................................................
                                                                                              These requirements comprise the BSB required course of
Students with little or no prior college course work who wish                                 study. The required course of study is 51 upper-division
to enroll in the Bachelor of Science in Business degree pro-                                  credits for the administration, management and marketing
grams must complete the four-course “Introductory Course                                      majors; and 60 credits for the e-business and accounting
Sequence.” See the specific degree program for details.                                       majors.
                                                                                              Completion of the required course of study fulfills only part
                                                                                              of the requirement for the BSB degree. Refer to BSB Degree
                                                                                              Requirements for further details.
                                                                                              The BSB program involves a variety of learning formats,
                                                                                              depending on the material and skills to be developed. These
                                                                                              formats include lecture, seminars, team teaching, and self-
                                                                                              directed learning.




                                                                                                                                                                                49
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The BSB and Academic Progression                                  **A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
Students entering the University with fewer than 24 college       order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
credits must complete a prescribed sequence of introductory       ciency.
courses. To enroll in the required course of study students       Introductory Course Sequence
must have a minimum of 24 credits. Students who have 24
                                                                  Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
credits may take any of the Business Foundation courses.
                                                                  able semester credits from regionally accredited, or approved
Students must have 60 credits to enroll in the major.
                                                                  nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation colleges
As an alternative, enrollment into major course work also         and universities must enroll in the following four-course
extends to students who have completed 45 credits, of which       sequence:
21 credits were earned at the University.
                                                                  GEN 101
Proficiency Component                                                Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3credits
In line with mission of the University’s General Education        SOC 101
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels         Contemporary Issues in American Business 3credits
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,   COMM 102
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of        Communication Skills for Career Growth 3credits
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical       GEN 102
thinking. Prior to enrolling in their fourth course in the           Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3 credits
required course of study proficiency requirements can be met
                                                                  GEN 101 must be taken as the first course in the student’s
in the following three areas using the approved methods:
                                                                  program of study and the four-course sequence must be the
1. Written Communication                                          first courses completed in the degree program.
     a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215**                         BSB Admission Requirements
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix      The requirements for admission to the BSB program are as
     English Proficiency Assessment                               follows:

     c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition        1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix
      CLEP exam within the past two years                         undergraduate application and application fee.

     d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a    2. High school graduation or GED certificate.
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution    3. Official test scores and official transcripts from all colleges
     within two years of application to the University.           or universities attended.
2. Mathematical Reasoning                                         4. Current employment or access to an appropriate
     a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209**                          organizational environment, which will allow completion of
                                                                  program course work.
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
     Math Proficiency Assessment                                  5. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are
                                                                  less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional
     c. Achieve a passing score on Mathematics (or higher)        requirements to be considered for admission:
      CLEP exam within the past two years
                                                                         a. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a
     d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a            regionally, or a approved nationally, accredited
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution            institution
     within two years of application to the University.
                                                                         b. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or
3. Critical Thinking                                                      approved nationally, accredited course work
     a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251**                                 c. Current employment, with a minimum of 2 years
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix               post-high school work experience
        Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment                         d. A letter of employment and position verification
     c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a            from employer
        regionally or approved nationally, accredited
        institution within two years of application to the
        University.




50
                                                                                              University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                 COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




6. Non-native speakers of English must score 550 or higher         Waivers and Exemptions
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750        The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a
on the Test of English or International Communication              required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-
(TOEIC). The following may exempt a non-native speaker             sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:
from having to take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
                                                                   1. Courses are completed within the past 10 years with a
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic                grade of “C-” (2.0) or better at a regionally, or approved
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or           nationally, or accredited or candidate for accreditation college
  university in the United States.                                 or university. Courses used to waive the Information System
                                                                   course in the e-business major must have been completed in
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic
                                                                   the past 5 years.
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a
  country in which English is the official language.               2. Courses are comparable in content and credits to the
                                                                   University course under consideration.
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
                                                                   3. Courses are officially transcripted by the college or
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in       university where the credit was earned.
  which English is the official language.
                                                                   The University defines an exemption as the substitution of a
• Official documents are required.                                 required course with a comparable transcripted lower divi-
                                                                   sion course, subject to the same aforementioned conditions.
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                                  In order to meet BSB upper division requirements, students
BSB Residency Requirements                                         who exempt a course must make up the credits with upper
All students are expected to meet the University’s minimum         division, business-related course work.
residency requirement of 30 semester credits of the required       Students may not exceed the waiver or exemption limits of
course of study.                                                   their required course of study.
Students who select the administration, management, or             Students requesting course waivers must make formal writ-
marketing major may waive and/or exempt up to 21 credits           ten requests to the Office of Admissions, citing the courses
from the required course of study, which consists of 51 upper      they request to be waived, the courses to be transferred into
division credits. Students may not waive or exempt MGT 350         the required course of study, and the universities where the
MGT 480 or GEN 480.                                                courses were completed. An official catalog course descrip-
Students who select the e-business major may waive and/or          tion and syllabus must accompany the request along with a
exempt up to 30 credits from the required course of study,         copy of the catalog cover from which the course description
which consists of 60 upper division credits. Students may not      was taken. The official transcript from the institution where
waive or exempt MGT 350 or GEN 480.                                the course was completed must also be submitted, unless it
                                                                   has previously been submitted to the University as part of
Students who select the accounting major may waive and/or          the application process.
exempt up to 24 credits from the required course of study,
which consists of 60 upper division credits. The following         BSB Degree Requirements
courses in the accounting major may not be exempted: ACC           1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the
421, ACC 422, ACC 423, ACC 440, ACC 483, ACC 460, ACC              following:
491, ACC 492, BUS 421, BUS 422, MGT 350, and GEN 480.
Students who are interested in taking the Certified Public           a. Completion of the minimum number of upper division
Accounting Examination are advised to contact their respec-          credits that make up the required course of study.
tive State Board of Accountancy for details about eligibility.       b. In addition, students must complete the following
                                                                     Comprehensive General Education Program which
                                                                     includes 54 credits distributed among the Liberal Arts,
                                                                     Interdisciplinary, and Integrating components.




                                                                                                                              51
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Liberal Arts Components                                            Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge
The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-           in making and using tools to enhance materials culture.
gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-           Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general
tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component      education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-
is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-      ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,
tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and   and computer science courses that focus on programming
is distributed as follows:                                         languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses
                                                                   which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-
Communication Arts, 6 credits                                      flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy
Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses            requirements in the social sciences and humanities.
on the development and application of writing, speaking,
                                                                   Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits
group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
                                                                   Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-
Mathematics, 6credits                                              ing two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories
Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative          listed above.
and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which         Interdisciplinary Component
mathematics is merely an applied component (such as                Interdisciplinary, 15 credits
finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics           To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
foundation courses below the level of college algebra.             general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-
                                                                   versity courses other than those in their major field. The
Social Sciences, 6 credits
                                                                   intent of this requirement is to further increase students’
Course work in the social science promotes understanding of        exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of            field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in        professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
social processes and institutions, both past and present.          diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-        fessional knowledge base.
ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
tain communications courses focusing on mass media and             Integrating Component
society typically satisfy these requirements.                      Integrating, 3 credits
Humanities, 6 credits                                              GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
Course work in the humanities focuses on the development           education course that synthesizes general education course
of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic         work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
                                                                   scribed general education course at the completion of the
achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.
                                                                   required course of study.
Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine
arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy       Degree Completion Options
requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science    Students who have successfully completed the required
and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-       course of study and need additional academic work in order
tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-       to fulfill the minimum number of credits required for gradu-
ments.                                                             ation may choose the following options:
Science/Technology, 6credits                                       1. Complete additional upper or lower division elective
Course work in the sciences provides students with an              courses offered by the University of Phoenix;
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with         2. Complete course work in the prerequisite offerings from
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world         the University;
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,
                                                                   3. Complete approved CLEP, ACT/PEP, or DANTES
physics, anatomy an physiology, geology, and environmental
                                                                   examinations;
science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain
courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize          4. Participate in the Prior Learning Assessment process as
the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are     described in this catalog; or
included in the science category, along with highly special-       5. Complete approved courses at other regionally accredited
ized course work in the social sciences such as physical           colleges and universities.
anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology         Students who need additional academic credits to graduate
courses which focus on human physiological processes.              should contact an Academic Counselor to ensure that there is
                                                                   no duplication of course work.



52
                                                                                                                      University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                           COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major                                                    FIN 476G
in Administration                                                                               Managerial Finance II 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             MKT 421G
The following Bachelor of Science in Business/ Administration                                   Marketing 3credits
(BSB/A) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                    EBUS 400G
campus locations: Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Florida, Hawaii,                                   e-Business 3credits
Idaho, Louisiana, Maryland, Milwaukee, New Mexico,                                           GEN 480G
Northern California, Oklahoma City, Ohio, Online, Oregon,                                       Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3credits
Philadelphia, Phoenix, Pittsburgh, Puerto Rico, Sacramento,                                  GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
San Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern California, Southern                                   education course that synthesizes general education course
Colorado, St. Louis, Tulsa, Utah, Vancouver, Washington, and                                 work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
West Michigan.                                                                               scribed general education course at the completion of the
........................................................................................     required course of study.
The Bachelor of Science in Business/Administration program                                   The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
is designed for the working adult employed in a business or                                  ciated with the major and the required course of study. All
public organization. The major is designed to enable                                         must be satisfactorily completed. Courses in which a grade of
graduates to deal effectively with an increasingly complex                                   “F” is earned must be repeated.
business environment. The major stresses skill development
in the areas of financial accounting, managerial finance,
quantitative analysis, economics, marketing, and business-
based research.
Approximately 24 months (based on continuous enrollment)
are required to complete the business administration major
and other requirements of the BSB required course of study.
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log. Course work in the major follows.
BUS 415
  Business Law 3credits
MGT 437
  Project Management 3 credits
ECO 360
  Economics for Business I 3 credits
ECO 361G
  Economics for Business II 3credits
ACC 362
  Financial Accounting I 3credits
ACC 363G
  Financial Accounting II 3credits
FIN 475G
  Managerial Finance I 3credits




                                                                                                                                                    53
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major                                                  MKT 438G
in Management                                                                                 Public Relations 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           MGT 448
The following Bachelor of Science in Business/ Management                                     Global Business Strategies 3credits
(BSB/M) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                  MGT 449G
campus locations: Boston, Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Florida,                                 Quality Management and Productivity 3 credits
Hawaii, Houston, Idaho, Louisiana, Maryland, Milwaukee,                                    EBUS 400G
Nevada, New Mexico, Northern California, Ohio, Oklahoma                                       e-Business 3 credits
City, Online, Oregon, Pittsburgh, Philadelphia, Phoenix,                                   GEN 480G
Puerto Rico, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona,                                         Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3 credits
Southern California, Southern Colorado, St. Louis, Tulsa, Utah,                            GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
Washington, and West Michigan.                                                             education course that synthesizes general education course
........................................................................................
                                                                                           work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
The Bachelor of Science in Business/Management is                                          scribed general education course at the completion of the
designed for the working adult who wants to acquire or                                     required course of study.
build knowledge and skills essential for management in
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
private and public organizations. The management major
                                                                                           ciated with the major and the required course of study. All
emphasizes performance systems, employment law,
                                                                                           course work must be satisfactorily completed. Courses in
marketing, public relations, financial analysis, global
                                                                                           which a grade of “F” is earned must be repeated.
business strategies, and quality management.
Approximately 24 months (based on continuous enrollment)
are required to complete the management major and other
requirements of the BSB required course of study. Courses
requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol follow-
ing the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are identi-
fied in the “Course Descriptions” section of this catalog.
Course work in the major follows.
ECO 360
  Economics for Business I 3credits
MGT 431
  Human Resources Management 3credits
MGT 434
  Employment Law 3credits
FIN 324
  Financial Analysis for Managers I 3 credits
FIN 325G
  Financial Analysis for Managers II
MKT 421G
  Marketing 3 credits




54
                                                                                                                      University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                           COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major                                                    ACC 423G
in Accounting                                                                                   Intermediate Financial Accounting III 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             ACC 440G
The following Bachelor of Science in Business/ Accounting                                       Advanced Financial Accounting 3 credits
(BSB/ACC) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                  ACC 483G
campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Louisiana, Maryland,                                       Income Tax-Individual 3 credits
New Mexico, Northern California, Online, Phoenix, Puerto                                     ACC 460G
Rico, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern                                         Government and Non-Profit Accounting 3credits
California, Southern Colorado, Utah, and West Michigan.                                      ACC 491G
........................................................................................
                                                                                                Contemporary Auditing I 3 credits
The accounting major promotes identification with and                                        ACC 492G
orientation to the accounting profession and is designed to                                     Contemporary Auditing II 3credits
provide the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to a                                   GEN 480G
successful accounting career. Core competencies in                                              Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3credits
technology, critical thinking, and communication are
                                                                                             GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
emphasized throughout the curriculum. Technology, in
                                                                                             education course that synthesizes general education course
particular, is embedded in all accounting courses. Students
                                                                                             work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
also have broad exposure to varied business disciplines
                                                                                             scribed general education course at the completion of the
including management, organizational behavior, economics,
                                                                                             required course of study.
statistics and finance, and learn how the general manager
integrates these disciplines to meet the strategic goals of the                              The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
organization.                                                                                ciated with the major and the required course of study. All
                                                                                             must be satisfactorily completed. Courses in which a grade of
The BSB/ACC coupled with the MBA/ACC is designed to                                          ”F” is earned must be repeated.
meet the education eligibility requirements for all states and
jurisdictions: however, students are encouraged to contact
their State Boards of Accountancy for state-specific require-
ments.
Approximately 24 months (based on continuous enrollment)
are required to complete the accounting major and other
requirements of the BSB required course of study.
ECO 360
  Economics for Business I 3 credits
ACC 362
  Financial Accounting I 3credits
ACC 363G
  Financial Accounting II 3credits
FIN 320
  Corporate Finance 3credits
ACC 330G
  Accounting for Decision Making 3 credits
ACC 340
  Accounting Information Systems I 3 credits
BUS 421
  Contemporary Business Law I 3 credits
BUS 422G
  Contemporary Business 3credits
ACC 421G
  Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3credits
ACC 422G
  Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3credits




                                                                                                                                                    55
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The Bachelor of Science in Business/Major                                                  MKT 467G
in Marketing                                                                                  Integrated Marketing Communications 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           MKT 450 G
The following Bachelor of Science in Business/ Marketing                                      International Marketing 3credits
(BSB/MKT) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                EBUS 400
campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, New Mexico,                                      e-Business 3 credits
Northern California, Ohio, Online, Phoenix, Puerto Rico, San                               GEN 480G
Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern California, Southern                                        Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3 credits
Colorado, Utah, and West Michigan.                                                         GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
........................................................................................
                                                                                           education course that synthesizes general education course
Marketing managers need creative, analytical, and leadership                               work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
abilities to manage the marketing function of the business                                 scribed general education course at the completion of the
enterprise. The marketing major addresses how to identify                                  required course of study.
customer needs, how to communicate information about
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
products and services to customers and potential customers,                                ciated with the major and the required course of study. All
where to market and how to price products and services, and
                                                                                           course work must be satisfactorily completed. Courses in
how to respond to growing demands to markets in different
                                                                                           which a grade of “F” is earned must be repeated.
countries and cultures.
The marketing major includes a foundational marketing
course upon which is based further study in the areas of
buyer behavior, sales management, integrated marketing
communications, marketing research, and international mar-
keting.
Approximately 24 months (based on continuous enrollment)
are required to complete the marketing major and other
requirements of the BSB required course of study. Courses
requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol follow-
ing the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are identi-
fied in the “Course Descriptions” section of this catalog.
Course work in the major follows.
BUS 415
  Business Law 3 credits
ECO 360
  Economics for Business I 3credits
FIN 324
  Financial Analysis for Managers I 3 credits
MKT 421G
  Marketing 3 credits
MKT 438
  Public Relations 3credits
MKT 463G
  Buyer Behavior 3credits
MKT 469G
  Sales Management 3 credits




56
                                                                                                                      University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                           COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




The Bachelor of Science in /Major in                                                         ECO 360G
e-Business                                                                                      Economics for Business I 3 credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             FIN 324
The following Bachelor of Science in Business/e-Business (BSB/                                  Financial Analysis for Managers I 3credits
EB) program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus                                  FIN 325G
locations: Boston, Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Florida, Hawaii,                                  Financial Analysis for Managers II 3credits
Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, New Mexico, Northern                                          MKT 421G
California, Oklahoma City, Ohio, Online, Oregon,                                                Marketing 3credits
Philadelphia, Phoenix, Pittsburgh, Puerto Rico, Sacramento,                                  WEB 350G
San Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern California, Southern                                      The Internet: Concepts and Applications 3credits
Colorado, St. Louis, Tulsa, Utah, Vancouver, Washington, and                                 WEB 400G
West Michigan.                                                                                  Web Programming 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             EBUS 400G
The Bachelor of Science in e-Business (BSB/EB) Program                                          e-Business 3credits
blends business and information technology to address the                                    GEN 480G
emerging field of e-Commerce and e-Business. The program                                        Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3credits
courses provide fundamental knowledge and application in
                                                                                             GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
both business and information technology. The curriculum is
                                                                                             education course that synthesizes general education course
designed to produce graduates ready to function in e-
                                                                                             work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
Business positions with the competencies, skills, and
                                                                                             scribed general education course at the completion of the
attitudes necessary for success in the workplace. It forms the
                                                                                             required course of study.
basis for continued career growth, life-long learning as a
professional or for the student who desires to continue his or                               The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
her education in a graduate program.                                                         ciated with the major and the required course of study.

Business courses include course work in management, orga-
nizational behavior, critical thinking, research and evalua-
tion, financial analysis, and marketing. Information
technology courses include course work in business system
development, project planning, operating systems, program-
ming, databases, networks and telecommunications, the
Internet and Web, and e-business.
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log.
BSA 375G
  Fundamentals of Business Systems Development
  3credits
CMGT 410G
  Project Planning and Implementation 3credits
POS 355G
  Introduction to Operating Systems 3credits
POS 360G
  Programming Concepts 3 credits
DBM 380G
  Database Concepts 3credits
NTC 360G
  Network and Telecommunications Concepts 3credits




                                                                                                                                                    57
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Information Systems and Technology                                            BSIT Core Course of Study:
Programs is within the John Sperling School of Business and                                  CSS 335
offers the Master of Science in Computer Information                                            Computers and Information Processing 3credits
Systems (MSCIS) and the Bachelor of Science in Information                                   MGT 350
Technology (BSIT).                                                                              Critical Thinking: Strategies in Decision Making
The College of Information Systems and Technology also                                          3credits
works cooperatively with the College of Graduate Business                                    CMGT 410
and Management to provide technology course work in the                                         Project Planning and Implementation 3credits
Masters of Business Administration with specializations in                                   BSA 375G
Technology Management and e-Business and with the                                               Fundamentals of Business Systems Development
College of Undergraduate Business and Management to                                             3credits
provide the technology course work comprising the e-                                         BSA 400G
Business major in the Bachelor of Science in Business                                           Business Systems Development II 3credits
program.                                                                                     POS 355G
Bachelor of Science in Information                                                              Introduction to Operating Systems 3credits
Technology                                                                                   POS 370G
........................................................................................        Programming Concepts 3 credits
The following Bachelor of Science in Information Technology                                  POS 400G
(BSIT) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                        Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
campus locations: Hawaii, Idaho, Ohio, Oklahoma City,                                           3credits
Milwaukee, Phoenix, Southern California, Southern Colorado,                                  POS 405G
and Tulsa.                                                                                      Advanced Visual Basic 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             DBM 380G
The Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT)                                        Database Concepts 3credits
program is focused on the acquisition of theory and technical                                DBM 405G
competencies associated with the information technology                                         Database Management Systems 3credits
profession. The courses provide fundamental knowledge                                        POS 410G
and application in both the information systems function and                                    SQL for Business 3 credits
in system development.                                                                       NTC 360G
The curriculum is designed to produce graduates ready to                                        Network and Telecommunications Concepts 3credits
function in information technology positions with the com-                                   NTC 410G
petencies, skills, and attitudes necessary for success in the                                   Networks and Telecommunications II 3credits
workplace. The BSIT is the basis for career growth or the                                    POS 420G
basis for a graduate program. The program/course objec-                                         Introduction to UNIX 3credits
tives and competencies have been benchmarked against sev-                                    POS 426G
eral external guidelines. The program has five main threads:                                    Windows 2000 3 credits
• Business Systems Development                                                               WEB 410G
                                                                                                Web Programming I 3 credits
• Programming and Operating Systems
                                                                                             WEB 420G
• Databases                                                                                     Web Programming II 3 credits
                                                                                             WEB 350G
• Networks and Telecommunications
                                                                                                The Internet: Concepts and Applications 3credits
• The Web                                                                                    GEN 480
                                                                                                Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3credits
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are                                GEN 480, the Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-                                education course that synthesizes general education course
log.                                                                                         work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
                                                                                             scribed general education course at the completion of the
                                                                                             required course of study.



                                                                                                                                                                                59
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The BSIT and Academic Progression                                 Introductory Course Sequence
Students entering the University with fewer than 24 college       Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
credits must complete a prescribed sequence of introductory       able semester credits from regionally, or nationally, accred-
courses. Students must have 60 credits to enroll in the core.     ited or candidate for accreditation colleges and universities
                                                                  must enroll in the following four-course sequence:
As an alternative, enrollment into core also extends to stu-
dents who have completed 45 credits of which 21 credits           GEN 101
were earned at the University.                                       Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3credits
Proficiency Component                                             SOC 101
                                                                     Contemporary Issues in American Business 3credits
In line with mission of the University’s General Education
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels      COMM 102
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,      Communication Skills for Career Growth 3credits
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of     GEN 102
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical          Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3 credits
thinking. Prior to enrolling in their fourth course in the        GEN 101 must be taken as the first course in the student’s
required course of study proficiency requirements can be met      program of study and the four-course sequence must be the
in the following three areas using the approved methods:          first courses completed in the degree program.
1. Written Communication                                          BSIT Admission Requirements
     a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215                           The requirements for admission to the BSIT program are as
                                                                  follows:
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
       English Proficiency Assessment                             1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix
     c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition        undergraduate application and application fee.
      CLEP exam within the past two years                         2. High school graduation or GED certificate.
     d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a    3. Official test scores and official transcripts from all colleges
      regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution   or universities attended.
      within two years of application to the University.
                                                                  4. Current employment or access to an appropriate
2. Mathematics Reasoning                                          organizational environment, which will allow completion of
     a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209                            program course work.
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix      5. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are
      Math Proficiency Assessment                                 less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional
     c. Achieve a passing score on the Mathematics (or            requirements to be considered for admission:
      higher) CLEP exam within the past two years                     a. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a
     d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a         regionally, or a approved nationally, accredited
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution         institution
     within two years of application to the University.                b. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or
3. Critical Thinking                                                    approved nationally, accredited course work
     a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251                                c. Current employment with a minimum of 2 years post-
                                                                       high school work experience
     b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
      Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment                        d. A letter of employment and position verification from
     c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a         employer.
      regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
      within two years of application to the University.
**A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
ciency.




60
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                  COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY




6. Non–native speakers of English must score a 550 or higher    Students requesting course waivers must make formal writ-
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), or 750    ten requests to the Office of Admissions citing the courses
on the Test of English for International Communication The      they request to be waived, the courses to be transferred into
following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to        the required course of study, and the universities where the
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:                                        courses were completed. An official catalog course descrip-
                                                                tion and syllabus must accompany the request along with a
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic             copy of the catalog cover from which the course description
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or        was taken. The official transcript from the institution where
  university in the United States.                              the course was completed must also be submitted unless it
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic             has previously been submitted to the University as part of
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a   the application process.
  country in which English is the official language.            BSIT Degree Requirements
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                              1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the
                                                                following:
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.                              a. Completion of the minimum number of upper
                                                                        division credits that make up the required course of
• Official documents are required.                                      study.
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                                      b. Completion of the following Comprehensive
                                                                        General Education Program which includes 54
BSIT Residency Requirements
                                                                        credits distributed among the following components:
All students are expected to meet the University’s minimum
residency requirement of 30 semester credits of the required    Liberal Arts Components
course of study.                                                The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
                                                                gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
Students may waive and/or exempt up to 30 credits from the
                                                                tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
required course of study, which consists of 60 upper division
                                                                is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
credits. Students may not waive GEN 480.
                                                                tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
Waivers and Exemptions                                          is distributed as follows:
The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a        Communication Arts, 6 credits
required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-      Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:          on the development and application of writing, speaking,
1. Courses are completed within the past three years with a     group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
grade of “C” (2.0) or better at a regionally accredited or      Mathematics, 6 credits
nationally candidate for accreditation college or university.
                                                                Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
2. Courses are comparable in content and credits to the         and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
University course under consideration.                          advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
                                                                mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
3. Courses are officially transcripted by the college or
                                                                finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
university where the credit was earned.
                                                                foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
4. The University defines an exemption as the substitution of
                                                                Social Sciences, 6credits
a required course with a comparable transcripted lower
division course, subject to the same aforementioned             Course work in the social science promotes understanding of
conditions. In order to meet BSIT upper division                human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
requirements, students who exempt a course must make up         social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
the credits by selecting an upper division course offered by    social processes and institutions, both past and present.
the University.                                                 Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
                                                                ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
Students may not exceed the waiver or exemption limits of       tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
their required course of study.                                 society typically satisfy these requirements.




                                                                                                                          61
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Humanities, 6 credits                                             Interdisciplinary Component
Course work in the humanities focuses on the development          Interdisciplinary, 15 credits
of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic        To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.             general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-
Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine       versity courses other than those in their major field. The
arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy      intent of this requirement is to further increase students’
requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science   exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-      field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-      professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
ments.                                                            diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
Science/Technology, 6 credits                                     fessional knowledge base.
Course work in the sciences provides students with an             Integrating, 3 credits
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with
                                                                  GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world
                                                                  education course that synthesizes general education course
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,
                                                                  work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
physics, anatomy an physiology, geology, and environment
                                                                  scribed general education course at the completion of the
science typically satisfy requirements in this area.
                                                                  required course of study.
Certain courses in geography or aerospace studies which
                                                                  2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
emphasize the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and
climate re included in the science category, along with highly    3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
specialized course work in the social sciences such as physi-     Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
cal anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychol-      Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
ogy courses which focus on human physiological processes.
                                                                  Degree Completion Options
Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge      Students who have successfully completed the required
in making and using tools to enhance materials culture.           course of study and need additional academic work in order
Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general     to fulfill the minimum number of credits required for gradu-
education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-       ation may choose the following options:
ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,
and computer science courses that focus on programming            1. Complete additional upper or lower division elective
languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses              courses offered by the University of Phoenix;
which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-        2. Complete course work in the prerequisite offerings from
flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy    the University;
requirements in the social sciences and humanities.               3. Complete approved CLEP, Exceisior, or DANTES
Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits                                Examinations in all instances;
Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-    4. Participate in the Prior Learning Assessment process as
ing two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories   described in this catalog; or
listed above. (Note: For students in the Bachelor of Science in   5. Complete approved courses at other regionally accredited
Nursing program, these credits must be in Natural Sciences.)      colleges and universities.
                                                                  Students who need additional academic credits to graduate
                                                                  should contact an Academic Counselor to ensure that there is
                                                                  no duplication of course work.




62
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Nursing and Health Sciences is within the                                     Health Sciences
Artemis School and offers both undergraduate and graduate                                    The Bachelor of Science in Health Care Services (BSHCS) is
(see the graduate section of this catalog) degrees to prepare                                an applied degree intended to equip students with knowl-
students to expand their career options in the dynamic and                                   edge and basic skills for employment in the health care envi-
rapidly changing health care environment.                                                    ronment. The BSHCS curriculum is grounded in a theoretical
• Bachelor of Science in Nursing                                                             framework derived from the social, behavioral, managerial,
                                                                                             and informational sciences. The BSHCS graduate will have
• Bachelor of Science in Health Care Services                                                an understanding of the variables in health care utilization;
                                                                                             an ability to complete risk assessments of the populations
• Master of Science in Nursing                                                               managed; and an appreciation for the human factor neces-
• Master of Science in Nursing/Family Nurse Practitioner                                     sary in providing health care. The program uniquely blends
                                                                                             the environment of health care with the business principles
• Master of Science in Nursing/Women's Health Care Nurse                                     required in the growing industry of health care.
  Practitioner
                                                                                              Graduate school opportunities for the BSHCS graduate
• Post Master Certificate - Family Nursing Practitioner                                       include programs such as business administration, health
                                                                                              planning, hospital administration, human resources adminis-
• Post Master Certificate - Women’s Health Care Nurse                                         tration, public administration and public health. See the
  Practitioner                                                                                Graduate Business section of this catalog for the Master of
The College of Nursing and Health Sciences works closely                                      Business Administration, Health Care Management pro-
with other academic departments to assure that the students                                   gram.
receive appropriate and well-rounded education. The Col-                                     International Nursing Honor Society
lege also works cooperatively with the College of General                                    ........................................................................................
Studies to give breadth to the undergraduate experience
                                                                                             Sigma Theta Tau International (STTI)
through the integration of general education and profes-
                                                                                             The University of Phoenix Omicron Delta Chapter of Sigma
sional course work. The programs are also designed to assure                                 Theta Tau International was chartered in 1998. This interna-
that computer competencies are incorporated into the curric-
                                                                                             tional nursing honor society is a member of the Association
ulum.
                                                                                             of College Honor Societies. The purposes of the society are to
Nursing                                                                                      foster high professional standards, to encourage creative
The Nursing programs are designed to respond to the educa-                                   work, promote the maximum development of the individual,
tional needs of registered nurses. The College offers                                        and to strengthen commitment to the ideals and purposes of
employed nurses opportunities to participate in accredited                                   the profession of nursing.
degree programs developed to broaden their professional                                       To learn more about Omicron Delta visit the web site at
horizons. All nursing degree programs are accredited by the                                   http://nursing.uophx.edu/omicrondelta/omicron-
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission: 61                                        delta.htm To learn more about STTI visit their web site at
Broadway, New York, NY 10006 (212- 363-5555).                                                 http://nursingsociety. org.
These programs are designed specifically for nurses who                                       Membership by invitation only, is extended annually to stu-
desire a repertoire of skills and knowledge necessary to                                      dents and other members of the nursing community who
respond effectively to today's dynamic health care environ-                                   have demonstrated high qualities of leadership and capacity
ment. The programs also equip nurses with essential skills                                    for professional growth. Students are invited based on grade
necessary to assume a leadership role in resolving the chal-                                  point average, scholastic achievement, academic integrity
lenges faced by health care organizations and personnel.                                      and standing within the university.
Each program has a blend of theory and practice which fos-
ters a learning environment that allows nurses to build their
knowledge base and to effectively and creatively apply what
they have learned.
The University of Phoenix offers BSN students the ability to
transition into the Master of Science in Nursing degree pro-
gram. Students complete three graduate courses as part of
their undergraduate work, thus creating the pathway for a
smooth transition into the graduate program.




                                                                                                                                                                                63
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Bachelor of Science in Nursing                                                             NUR 467G
........................................................................................      Clinical Integration: Nursing Management of Families
The following Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Program is                                 3 credits
offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations:                                   NUR 429
Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, Louisiana, New Mexico, Northern                                    Issues and Strategies in Nursing Research Utilization
California, Online, Phoenix, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern                                  3 credits
Arizona, Southern California, Southern Colorado, Utah, and                                 HCS 438
West Michigan.                                                                                Statistical Applications 3 credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           NUR 471G
One hallmark of the BSN program is that there is no testing                                   Dimensions of Community Nursing Practice
of prior nursing knowledge if the RN is in good standing                                      3 credits
within the state of practice. The BSN program is designed to                               NUR 473G
develop the professional knowledge and skills of working                                      Clinical Integration: Partnerships in Community
registered nurses.                                                                            Practice 3 credits
The curriculum is built upon a foundation of biological,                                   NUR 478
physical, and social sciences which contribute to the science                                 Contemporary Issues and Health Policy 3 credits
of nursing. The liberal arts components enhance the develop-                               NUR 486G
ment of the intellectual, social, and cultural aspects of the                                 Nursing Leadership and Management in Health Care
professional nurse.                                                                           3 credits
The program enhances the foundation in the biological,                                     GEN 480G
physical, and social sciences through an instructional pro-                                   Professional Ethics and Social Responsibility *
gram with behavioral objectives that concentrate on the                                       3 credits (also integrating general education course
development of the nurse’s role as caregiver, teacher, and                                    requirements.)
manager of care. Utilizing a self–care framework, working                                  * Completion of NUR 486 prior to this course.
registered nurses are prepared as generalists who are able to
apply professional skills and knowledge to nursing, clients,                               The University reserves the right to modify the required
and health care systems.                                                                   course of study. All grades of “F” or grades not meeting min-
                                                                                           imum specific course grade requirements must be repeated.
The BSN program has a 36 credit nursing core and a 3 credit
integration requirement. Completion of this required course                                BSN Prerequisites
of study fulfills only part of the 120-semester credit mini-                               NUR 390 must be completed prior to NUR 402.
mum requirement for the degree.                                                            Students must also demonstrate proficiency in mathematics
BSN Required Course of Study                                                               and English and Critical Thinking prior to enrolling in spe-
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol                               cific courses. Proficiency in English foundation skills and
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are                                 critical thinking must be satisfied prior to enrolling in NUR
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-                              402. Proficiency in mathematics foundation skills must be
log.                                                                                       satisfied prior to enrolling in HCS 438.

Nursing Core Course:
NUR 390
  Introduction to Professional Nursing 3 credits

NUR 402G
  Theoretical Foundations of Professional Nursing
  3credits
NUR 420
  Health and Disease Management 3credits
NUR 425
  Health Assessment 3credits
NUR 464G
  Concepts of Family Nursing Theory 3 credits




64
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                               COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




Proficiency Component                                             BSN Clinical Course Academic Standards
In line with mission of the University’s General Education        Students in the BSN program are required to achieve a mini-
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels      mum grade of “C-” in the clinical courses, (NUR 402, NUR
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,   464, NUR 467, NUR 471, NUR 473, and NUR 486). Students
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of     who fail to receive a minimum grade of “C” in any one of
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical       these courses will be scholastically disqualified from the Uni-
thinking. Prior to enrolling in their fourth course in the        versity. Re–admission will be granted if the student complies
required course of study proficiency requirements can be met      with the requirements for re–admission as determined and
in the following three areas using the approved methods:          repeats the clinical course and earns a “C” or better. Students
                                                                  may repeat the same clinical course only once and must have
1. Written Communication
                                                                  the permission of the faculty member, and Campus College
    a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215                            Chair.
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix       BSN Course Waiver Policy
     English Proficiency Assessment
                                                                  Students have the option of waiving fifteen credits from the
    c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition         required course of study by transferring credits for
     CLEP exam within the past two years                          previously completed upper division course work into the
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from       program. To meet waiver criteria, the course to be transferred
    a regionally or approved nationally, accredited               must:
    institution within two years of application to the            1. Be completed within the past ten years with a grade of “C”
    University.                                                   (2.0) or better at a regionally or nationally accredited
2. Mathematics Reasoning                                          university or college or one which is a candidate for
                                                                  accreditation.
    a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209
                                                                  2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
                                                                  Phoenix course being waived.
    Math Proficiency Assessment
    c. Achieve a passing score on the Mathematics (or             3. Be officially transcripted from the college or university
     higher) CLEP exam within the past two years                  where the credit was earned.
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a     Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
    regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution     written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
    within two years of application to the University.            they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
                                                                  versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
3. Critical Thinking                                              course description and syllabus must accompany the request
    a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251                             along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
                                                                  description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
                                                                  tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
    Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment
                                                                  unless it was previously submitted to the University during
    c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a     the application process.
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
     within two years of application to the University.
**A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
ciency.




                                                                                                                            65
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




BSN Admission Requirements                                      BSN Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the undergraduate nurs-       1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the
ing program are as follows:                                     following:
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix                     a. A maximum of 72 lower division transcripted credits,
undergraduate application form and an application fee.               to include a maximum of 30 Nursing credits.
2. Official transcripts from all colleges or universities           b. In addition, students must complete the following
attended and official test scores.                                   Comprehensive General Education Program which
3. A valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license from the           includes 54 credits distributed among the following
United States, kept current throughout the duration of the           components:
required course of study.                                       Liberal Arts Components
4. Associate degree or diploma in Nursing with an               The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
unrestricted RN license will provide student with 30 lower      gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
division nursing credits.                                       tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
5. California: RN’s without a degree-posted transcript must     is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
complete NUR 200 Introduction to Critical Thinking:             tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
Decision Making in Nursing prior to admission. The 30 LD        is distributed as follows:
nursing credits will be held in escrow until this course is     Communication Arts, 6 credits
completed.                                                      Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
6. Students currently employed as a registered nurse must       on the development and application of writing, speaking,
have a minimum of one (1) year health care or RN work           group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
experience. Unemployed students must have a minimum of          Mathematics, 6credits
one (1) year RN work experience and accessibility to a health
                                                                Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
care work environment to complete course projects. In
                                                                and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
addition the BSN program contains a clinical component.
                                                                advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
Applicants are expected to meet minimal RN mental and
                                                                mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
physical qualifications to complete the clinical course
                                                                finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
requirements.
                                                                foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
7. Appropriate access to technology as established by the
                                                                Social Sciences, 6 credits
Student Technology Recommendations and Competencies.
                                                                Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the    of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the     social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
Test of English for International Communication. The            social processes and institutions, both past and present.
following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to        Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:                                        ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic            tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or        society typically satisfy these requirements.
  university in the United States.                              Humanities, 6credits
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic            Course work in the humanities focuses on the development
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a   of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic
  country in which English is the official language.            achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.
                                                                Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                              arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in    requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science
  which English is the official language.                       and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-
                                                                tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-
• Official documents are required.                              ments.
9. Enrollment agreement.




66
                                                                                                       University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                    COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




Natural and Physical Sciences, 12credits                           3. Complete approved courses at other regionally accredited
                                                                   colleges and universities, or those which are candidate for
Course work in the Natural/Physical Science area promotes
                                                                   accreditation.
the study of the structure and behavior of the natural world.
The student is introduced to the scientific method of inquiry      4. Complete approved CLEP, or Dantes, Excelsior
and how science serves society’s needs.                            examinations.
Interdisciplinary Component                                        5. Participate in Prior Learning Assessment process as
Interdisciplinary, 15credits                                       described in this catalog.

To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional        Students who need additional academic credits to graduate
general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-        should contact the campus Academic Counselor to ensure
versity courses other than those in their major field. The         that there is no duplication of course work.
intent of this requirement is to further increase students’        BSN/Master of Science in Nursing Program Pathway
exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
                                                                   Students planning to continue on to the Master of Science in
fields of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
                                                                   Nursing program may complete up to nine graduate credits
professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
                                                                   as part of their upper division interdisciplinary credit
diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
                                                                   requirements. These courses may only be taken after com-
fessional knowledge base.
                                                                   pleting the required course of study. Students taking advan-
BSN:                                                               tage of this pathway can only use the following MSN
                                                                   courses:
HCS 438
  Statistical Application                                          HCS 581.3
                                                                     Change, Negotiation, and Conflict Resolution in Health
Integrating, 3credits                                                Care 3credits
GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general       HCS 582
education course that synthesizes general education course           Health Care Finance 3 credits
work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-      HCS 583
scribed general education course at the completion of the            Data–Based Decision–Making 3 credits
required course of study.                                          Verification of BSN degree completion and application to the
In addition to the 54 credits in this prescribed General Educa-    MSN program is required before additional MSN course
tion program, each major course of study at the University of      work can be completed.
Phoenix’s includes courses that integrate general education        Arizona School Nurse Program
principles. The University of Phoenix educational philoso-         ........................................................................................
phy is based on the integration of theory and practice. Within     In accordance with the guidelines of the Arizona Board of
that philosophical framework, a number of the courses              Education and Arizona State Board of Nursing, the School of
required for the professional programs have a strong general       Health Care provides courses to complete the Arizona School
education component and, where appropriate, have been              Nurse certificate; three Arizona School Nurse Certificate
assigned GE credit.                                                courses and two elective courses are available. Contact the
2. Payment of all tuition and fees.                                campus department of Continuing Education for course
                                                                   availability and program information.
3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s            State of California Public Health Nursing
Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).                         Certificate
                                                                   ........................................................................................
BSN Degree Completion Options                                      The State of California has reviewed the University of Phoe-
Students who have successfully completed the required              nix BSN course requirements and has determined that stu-
course of study and who are found to need additional aca-          dents entering the program after March 1, 1989 meet the
demic work in order to fulfill the minimum 120 semester            state’s standards for Public Health Nursing certification.
credits required for graduation may take advantage of the          Those University of Phoenix students who have successfully
following options:                                                 completed their degree program are eligible to apply for the
1. Complete MSN Pathway courses.                                   California PHN Certificate.

2. Complete additional upper division/lower                        Note: Students who completed the BSN degree program
                                                                   prior to March 1, 1989 will be evaluated on an individual
interdisciplinary courses offered by the University of
                                                                   basis for PHN requirements.
Phoenix.



                                                                                                                                                  67
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Bachelor of Science in Health Care                                                         BSHCS Required Course of Study
Services                                                                                   Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ◊ symbol
........................................................................................
                                                                                           following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
The following Bachelor of Science in Health Care Services                                  identified in the "Course Descriptions" section of this catalog.
(BSHCS) Program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                  All general academic policies of the University of Phoenix
campus locations: Florida, Louisiana, Nevada, Oklahoma City,                               are applicable.
Phoenix, San Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern Colorado,
                                                                                           HCS 418
Tulsa, and West Michigan.
........................................................................................     Skills for Professional Transition 3credits
The BSHCS major is designed to integrate a foundation of                                   GEN 300
general education and applied sciences with the expertise                                    Skills for Professional Development 3 credits
that prepares the graduate for management positions in                                     OR
health care. The BSHCS curriculum addresses the basic body                                 MGT 330
of knowledge, understanding, and skills which are identified
                                                                                              Management: Theory, Practice and Application
to be relevant to health care administration:                                                 3 credits
• Structuring and positioning health organizations to                                      To enroll in the following courses the student must have
  achieve optimal performance.                                                             earned 24 credits and completed the mathematics and
                                                                                           English and critical thinking proficiencies.
• Financial management of health organizations under
  alternative financing mechanisms.                                                        MGT 331
                                                                                              Organizational Behavior 3credits
• Leadership, interpersonal and communications skills in                                   QNT 321G
  managing human resources and health professionals in                                        Statistics in Business I 3 credits
  diverse organizational environments.
                                                                                           MKT 438G
• Managing information resources; and collecting,                                             Public Relations 3credits
  analyzing, and using business and health information in                                  To enroll in the following HCS courses the students must
  decision making.                                                                         have a minimum of 60 credits. As an alternative, enrollment
                                                                                           into this coursework also extends to students who have com-
• Statistical, quantitative, and economic analysis in decision                             pleted 45 credits of which 21 credits were earned at the Uni-
  making.                                                                                  versity.
• Legal and ethical analysis applied to business and clinical                              HCS 402
  decision making.                                                                           Introduction to Health Care in the United States 3credits
• Organizational and governmental health policy                                            HCS 405G
  formulation, implementation, and effect.                                                   Health Care Financial Accounting 3credits
                                                                                           HCS 410
• Assessment and understanding of the health status of                                       Managing and Implementing Information Technology
  populations, determinants of health and illness, and                                       in Health Care 3credits
  managing health risks and behaviors in diverse
                                                                                           HCS 415
  populations.
                                                                                             The Health Care of Populations 3 credits
• The development, organization, financing, performance,                                   HCS 424G
  and change of health systems in diverse communities,                                       Managed Care Models and Issues 3credits
  drawing broadly on the social and behavioral sciences.                                   HCS 427
• Business and health outcomes measurement, process/                                         Human Resources Principles and Practices in Health
  outcome relationships, and methods for process                                             Care 3credits
  improvement in health organizations.                                                     HCS 430
                                                                                             Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance
                                                                                             3 credits
                                                                                           HCS 435
                                                                                             Ethics: Health Care and Social Responsibility
                                                                                             3 credits




68
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                              COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




HCS 440G                                                          3. Critical Thinking
   Economics: The Financing of Health Care
                                                                      a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251
   3credits
                                                                      b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
HCS 445
                                                                       Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment
   The Aging Population: Geriatrics and Long Term Care
   3credits                                                           c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
HCS 451G                                                               regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
   Health Care Quality Management and Outcomes                         within two years of application to the University.
   Analysis 3 credits                                             **A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
HCS 455G                                                          order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
   Health Care Policy: The Past and The Future                    ciency.
   3credits                                                       Introductory Course Sequence
HCS 463G                                                          Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
   Application of Health Care Management Principles               able semester credits from regionally or nationally accredited
   3credits                                                       or candidate for accreditation colleges and universities must
GEN 480G                                                          enroll in the following four-course sequence:
   Professional Ethics and Social Responsibility
                                                                  GEN 101
   3credits
                                                                     Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3credits
The University reserves the right to modify curriculum asso-
                                                                  SOC 101
ciated with the major and the required course of study. All
                                                                     Contemporary Issues in American Business 3 credits
course work must be satisfactorily completed. Courses in
which a grade of "F" is earned must be repeated.                  COMM 102
                                                                     Communication Skills for Career Growth 3 credits
BSHCS Academic Progression                                        GEN 102
In line with mission of the University’s General Education           Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3credits
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels      GEN 101 must be taken as the first course in the student’s
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,   program of study and the four-course sequence must be the
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of     first courses completed in the degree program.
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical
thinking. Prior to enrolling in their fourth course in the
required course of study proficiency requirements can be met
in the following three areas using the approved methods:
1. Written Communication
    a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
     English Proficiency Assessment
    c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition
     CLEP exam within the past two years
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
     within two years of application to the University.
2. Mathematics Reasoning
    a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
    Math Proficiency Assessment
    c. Achieve a passing score on the Mathematics (or
     higher) CLEP exam within the past two years
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
    regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
    within two years of application to the University.



                                                                                                                          69
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




BSHCS Admission Requirements                                       BSHCS Residency Requirements
The requirements for admission to the BSHCS program are            All students are expected to meet the University's minimum
as follows:                                                        residency requirement of 30 semester credits of the required
                                                                   course of study.
1. The completed and signed University of Phoenix
undergraduate application and application fee.                     BSHCS Waivers and Exemptions
2. High school graduation or GED certificate.                      Students may waive a maximum of 21credits from the
                                                                   required course of study, which consists of 54 upper division
3. Official test scores and transcripts from all colleges or       credits. Students may not waive or exempt HCS 463, Appli-
universities attended.                                             cation of Health Care Management Principles or GEN 480
4. Current employment, or access to an appropriate                 which is a University of Phoenix capstone course.
organizational environment, which will allow completion of         The University defines a waiver as the substitution or a
program course work.                                               required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-
5. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are        sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:
less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional       1. Courses are completed within the past 10 years with a
requirements to be considered for admission:                       grade of “C-” (2.0) or better at a regionally or nationally
     a. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a                accredited or candidate for accreditation college or
      regionally, or approved nationally, accredited institution   university.
     b. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or             2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
     approved nationally accredited course work                    Phoenix course being waived.
     c. Current employment with a minimum of 2 years post-         3. Be officially transcripted from the college or university
      high school work experience                                  where the credit was earned.

     d. A letter of employment and position verification from      Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
     employer                                                      written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
                                                                   they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
6. Non-native speakers of English must score a 550 or higher       versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750        course description and syllabus must accompany the request
on the Test of English for International Communication. The        along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to           description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:                                           tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic                unless it was previously submitted to the University of Phoe-
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or           nix as part of the application process.
  university in the United States.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a
  country in which English is the official language.

• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.
• Official documents are required.
7. Enrollment agreement.




70
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                               COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




BSHCS Degree Requirements                                         Science/Technology, 6credits
Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the fol-      Course work in the sciences provide students with an under-
lowing in addition to the major course of study:                  standing of nature and the physical world, along with
                                                                  knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world
1. Completion of the 51 upper division credits that make up
                                                                  around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,
the major course of study.
                                                                  physics, anatomy, physiology, geology, and environmental
2. Liberal Arts Component which is comprised of 36 credits        science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain
distributed among traditional liberal arts categories. The        courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize
purpose of this component is to ensure that students are          the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are
exposed to a breadth of traditional liberal arts essential to a   included in the science category, along with highly special-
baccalaureate experience it is distributed as follows:            ized course work in the social sciences such as physical
                                                                  anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology
Communication Arts, 6credits
                                                                  courses which focus on human physiological processes.
Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
on the development and application of writing, speaking,          Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge
group process, and interpersonal communication skills.            in making and using tools to enhance material culture.
                                                                  Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general
Mathematics, 6 credits
                                                                  education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-
Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative         ence, electronics course that emphasize theory and design,
and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and            and computer science courses that focus on programming
advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which        languages and hardware/software engineering. Course
mathematics is merely an applied component (such as               which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-
finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics          flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy
foundation courses below the level of college algebra.            requirements in the social sciences and humanities.
Social Science, 6credits
                                                                  Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits, Students will pursue more
Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding         depth in the liberal arts by selecting two additional courses
of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of        in any of the liberal arts categories listed above.
social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
social processes and institutions, both past and present.         Interdisciplinary Component
Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-       Interdisciplinary Requirement, 15 credits, To fulfill this
ies, geography, political science, psychology, history and cer-   requirement, students may select additional general educa-
tain communications courses focusing on mass media and            tion courses, or they may select from any University courses
society typically satisfy these requirements                      other than those in their major field. The intent of this
Humanities, 6credits                                              requirement is to further increase students’ exposure to the
Course work in the humanities focuses on the development          liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to fields of study
of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic        beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their professional
achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.             interest. Students are encouraged to explore diverse content
Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine       areas to add depth to their academic and professional knowl-
arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy      edge base.
requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science   Integrating Requirement, 3 credits, GEN 480, The Interdisci-
and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-      plinary Capstone Course, is a general education course that
tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-      synthesizes general education course work with the required
ments.                                                            course of study and is taken as a prescribed general educa-
                                                                  tion course at the completion of the required course of study.




                                                                                                                            71
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




In addition to the 54 credits in this prescribed General Educa-   BSHCS Degree Completion Options
tion program, each major course of study at the University of     Students who have successfully completed the required
Phoenix includes courses that integrate general education         course of study and need additional academic work in order
principles. The University of Phoenix’s education philosophy      to fulfill the minimum number of credits required for gradu-
is based on the integration of theory and practice. Within that   ation may choose the following options:
philosophical framework, a number of the course required
for the professional programs have a strong general educa-        1. Complete additional upper or lower division elective
tion component and, where appropriate, have been assigned         courses offered by the University of Phoenix.
GE credit. The specific major courses that further the stu-       2. Complete course work in the prerequisite offerings from
dent’s exposure to general education are as follows:              the University of Phoenix.
BSHCS:                                                            3. Complete approved CLEP, Excelsior, or DANTES
MGT 331                                                           examinations.
  Organizational Behavior                                         4. Participate in the prior Learning Assessment process as
QNT 321                                                           described in this catalog.
  Statistics in Business I
                                                                  5. Complete approved courses at other regionally accredited
MKT 438                                                           colleges and universities.
  Public Relations
                                                                  Students should contact an Academic Counselor to ensure
3. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.         that there is no duplication of course work.
4. Payment of all tuition and fees.
5. Students attending the Nevada campus are required by
Nevada Regulatory Statue to complete course work in the
essentials of the Constitution of the United States and the
Constitution of the State of Nevada.




72
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Counseling and Human Services offers the                                      BSHS 350
Bachelor of Science in Human Services for those wanting a                                      Field Experience/Part I 3 credits
degree in human service work and preparation for advanced                                    BSHS 360
degrees in counseling, psychology, social work, and marriage                                   Research and Statistics for the Social Sciences
and family therapy. The College also offers graduate degree                                    3credits
programs and non-degree programs in mediation,                                               BSHS 370
gerontological counseling, mental health, marriage and                                         Child Development 3 credits
family therapy, and addictions.
                                                                                             BSHS 380
The College of Counseling and Human Services works                                             Adult and Family Development 3credits
closely with other academic schools to provide and adminis-                                  BSHS 390
ter academic programming. In cooperation with the College                                      Working with Groups 3credits
of Graduate Business, the College provides the certificate in                                BSHS 400
Mediation. The College works cooperatively with the Col-                                       Professional, Ethical, and Legal Issues in Human
lege of General Studies to give breadth to the undergraduate                                   Services 3credits
experience through integration of general education and pro-                                 BSHS 410
fessional course work. The College also works with the Col-                                    Field Experience/Part II 3 credits
lege of Education to provide quality courses for school
counseling.                                                                                  BSHS 420
                                                                                               Case Management 3credits
The Bachelor of Science in Human                                                             BSHS 430
Services                                                                                       Dependency and Addictions 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             BSHS 440
The following Bachelor of Science in Human Services (BSHS)                                     Advocacy and Mediation 3credits
Program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus                                     BSHS 450
locations: Colorado, Nevada, Oregon, and Phoenix.                                              Program Design and Proposal Writing 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             BSHS 460
The Bachelor of Science in Human Services (BSHS) provides                                      Building Community in Organizations 3 credits
students the opportunity to learn the skills, knowledge, and
                                                                                             BSHS 470
attitudes of a professional human service worker. Through
                                                                                               Mental Health and Crisis Intervention Practices
course work, students learn about human development,
                                                                                               3credits
problems in human functioning, programs for helping peo-
ple with their problems, advocacy and influencing public                                     BSHS 480
policy, and crisis intervention. In field experience, students                                 Advanced Interpersonal Communication 3credits
learn how to apply what they have learned to manage cases,                                   BSHS 490
organize helping services and programs, assess need, and                                       Field Experience/Part III 3credits
provide help.                                                                                The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                             course of study.
BSHS Required Course of Study
BSHS 300
  Introduction to Human Services 3credits
BSHS 310
  Models of Effective Helping 3 credits
BSHS 320
  Introduction to Interpersonal Communication 3 credits
BSHS 330G
  Technology in Human Services 3credits
BSHS 340G
  Lifelong Learning and Professional Development
  3credits




                                                                                                                                                                                73
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The Bachelor of Science in Human                                                           BSHS 450
Services/ Management                                                                         Program Design and Proposal Writing 3 credits
........................................................................................   BSHS 400
The Bachelor of Science in Human Services (BSHS/M) pro-                                      Professional, Ethical, and Legal Issues in Human
vides students the opportunity to learn the skills, knowledge,                               Services 3credits
and attitudes of a professional human service worker.                                      BSHS 430
Through course work, students learn about human develop-                                     Chemical Dependency 3 credits
ment, problems in human functioning, programs for helping
                                                                                           BSHS 420
people with their problems, advocacy and influencing public
                                                                                             Case Management 3credits
policy, and crisis intervention. In field experience, students
learn how to apply what they have learned to manage cases,                                 BSHS 440
organize helping services and programs, assess need, and                                     Advocacy and Mediation 3 credits
provide help.                                                                              MGT 449.1
                                                                                             Quality Management and Productivity 3 credits
BSHS/M Required Course of Study
                                                                                           BSHS 410
BSHS 300                                                                                     Field Experience Part II 3 credits
  Introduction to Human Services 3credits                                                  GEN 480
MGT 300                                                                                      Interdisciplinary Capstone Course 3 credits
  Management: Theory, Practice, Application 3credits                                       The University reserves the right to modify the required
BSHS 320G                                                                                  course of study.
  Introduction to Interpersonal Communication 3credits
BSHS 330
  Technology in Human Services 3credits
BSHS 370
  Child Development 3credits
MGT 436
  Critical Thinking and Decision-Making 3 credits
BSHS 380
  Adult and Family Development 3 credits
FIN 324
  Financial Analysis for Mangers I 3credits
MGT 331
  Organizational Behavior 3 credits
BSHS 470
  Mental Health and Crisis Intervention Practices 3credits
BSHS 350.1
  Field Experience I 3credits
MKT 421
  Marketing 3 credits




74
                                                                                                University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                             COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




The BSHS and Academic Progression                                   Introductory Course Sequence
Students entering the University with fewer than 24 college         Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
credits must complete a prescribed sequence of introductory         able semester credits from regionally accredited or candidate
courses. Students must have 60 credits to enroll in the core.       for accreditation colleges and universities must enroll in the
                                                                    following four-course sequence:
As an alternative, enrollment into major course work also
extends to students who have completed 45 credits of which          GEN 101
21 credits were earned at the University.                              Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3credits
Proficiency Component                                               SOC 101
                                                                       Contemporary Issues in American Business 3 credits
In line with the mission of the University’s General Educa-
tion program to ensure that students have reached baseline          COMM 102
levels in basic skills before entering into the professional pro-      Communication Skills for Career Growth 3 credits
grams, students must demonstrate current proficiency in the         GEN 102
areas of written communication, mathematical reasoning,                Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3credits
and critical thinking. Prior to enrolling in their fourth course    GEN 101 must be taken as the first course in the student’s
in the required course of study proficiency requirements can        program of study and the four-course sequence must be the
be met in the following three areas using the approved meth-        first courses completed in the degree program.
ods:
                                                                    BSHS Admission Requirements
1. Written Communication                                            The requirements for admission to the BSHS program are as
  a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215                                follows:
  b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix           1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix
     English Proficiency Assessment                                 undergraduate application and application fee.
  c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition             2. High school graduation or GED certificate.
     CLEP exam within the past two years
                                                                    3. Official test scores and official transcripts from all colleges
  d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
                                                                    or universities attended.
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
     within two years of application to the University.             4. Current employment or access to an appropriate
                                                                    organizational environment, which will allow completion of
2. Mathematics Reasoning
                                                                    program course work.
  a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209                                 5. All students must be 23 years of age.
  b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix
     Math Proficiency Assessment                                    Applicants who are less than 23 years of age must meet the
                                                                    following additional requirements to be considered for
  c. Achieve a passing score on the Mathematics (or higher)         admission:
     CLEP exam within the past two years
                                                                         1. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a
  d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
                                                                            regionally or approved nationally, accredited
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
                                                                            institution.
     within two years of application to the University.
                                                                         2. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or
3. Critical Thinking                                                        approved nationally, accredited course work.
  a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251                                      3. Current employment. with a minimum of 2 years
  b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix                   post-high school work experience.
     Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment                            4. A letter of employment and position verification from
  c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a                 employer.
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
     within two years of application to the University.
**A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
ciency.




                                                                                                                                 75
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




6. Non-native speakers of English must score a 550 or higher    Students requesting course waivers must make formal writ-
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750     ten requests to the Office of Admissions citing the courses
on the Test of English for International Communication. The     they request to be waived, the courses to be transferred into
following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to        the required course of study, and the universities where the
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:                                        courses were completed. An official catalog course descrip-
                                                                tion and syllabus must accompany the request along with a
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic             copy of the catalog cover from which the course description
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or        was taken. The official transcript from the institution where
  university in the United States.                              the course was completed must also be submitted unless it
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic             has previously been submitted to the University as part of
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a   the application process.
  country in which English is the official language.            BSHS Degree Requirements
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                              1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the
                                                                following:
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.                        a. A minimum number of upper division credits that make
                                                                  up the required course of study.
• Official documents are required.
                                                                  b. In addition, students must complete the following
BSHS Residency Requirements                                       Comprehensive General Education Program which
All students are expected to meet the University’s minimum        includes 54 credits distributed among the following
residency requirement of 30 semester credits of the required      components:
course of study.
                                                                Liberal Arts Components
Students may waive 30 credits from the required course of       The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
study, which consists of 60 upper division credits. Students    gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
may not waive or exempt the Field Experience Courses or         tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
GEN 480. (a required General Education capstone course).        is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
Waivers and Exemptions                                          tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
                                                                is distributed as follows:
The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a
required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-      Communication Arts, 6 credits
sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:
                                                                Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
1. Courses are completed within the past 10 years with a        on the development and application of writing, speaking,
grade of “C” (2.0) or better at a regionally or nationally      group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
accredited or candidate for accreditation college or
                                                                Mathematics, 6credits
university.
                                                                Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
2. Courses are comparable in content and credits to the
                                                                and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
University course under consideration.
                                                                advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
3. Courses are officially transcripted by the college or        mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
university where the credit was earned.                         finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
                                                                foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
4. The University defines an exemption as the substitution of
a required course with a comparable transcripted lower          Social Sciences, 6 credits
division course, subject to the same aforementioned
                                                                Course work in the social sciences promotes understanding
conditions. In order to meet upper division requirements
                                                                of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
students who exempt a course must make up the credits with
                                                                social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
upper division course work.
                                                                social processes and institutions, both past and present.
Students may not exceed the waiver or exemption limits of       Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
their required course of study.                                 ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
                                                                tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
                                                                society typically satisfy these requirements.




76
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                           COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




Humanities, 6credits                                              Interdisciplinary Component
Course work in the humanities focuses on the development          Interdisciplinary, 15credits
of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic
achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.             To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine       general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-
arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy      versity courses other than those in their major field. The
requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science   intent of this requirement is to further increase students’
and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-      exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-      field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
ments.                                                            professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
                                                                  diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
Science/Technology, 6credits                                      fessional knowledge base.
Course work in the sciences provides students with an             Integrating, 3credits
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world        GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,            education course that synthesizes general education course
physics, anatomy an physiology, geology, and environment          work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain      scribed general education course at the completion of the
courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize         required course of study.
the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate re     In addition to the 54 credits in this prescribed General Educa-
included in the science category, along with highly special-      tion program, each major course of study at the University of
ized course work in the social sciences such as physical          Phoenix’s includes courses that integrate general education
anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology        principles. The University of Phoenix’s educational philoso-
courses which focus on human physiological processes.             phy is based on the integration of theory and practice. Within
Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge      that philosophical framework, a number of the courses
in making and using tools to enhance materials culture.           required for the professional programs have a strong general
Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general     education component and, where appropriate, have been
education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-       assigned GE credit. The specific major courses that further
ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,       the students’ exposure to general education are as follow:
and computer science courses that focus on programming            2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses
which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-        3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy    Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
requirements in the social sciences and humanities.               Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).

Additional Liberal Arts, 6credits                                 4. Signed graduation application.

Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-
ing two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories
listed above.




                                                                                                                            77
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




The Bachelor of Science in Criminal                                                        CJA 360
Justice Administration                                                                        Interpersonal Communication 3credits
........................................................................................   CJA 370
The following Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice                                         Introduction to Policing 3credits
Administration (BSCJA) Program is offered at these University                              CJA 380
of Phoenix campus locations: The Campus Locations have not                                    Criminal Court Systems 3credits
been determined at the time of printing.                                                   CJA 390
........................................................................................
                                                                                              Introduction to Corrections 3 credits
The Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration                                 CJA 400
provides students interested in policing, criminal law, or                                    Juvenile Justice 3credits
corrections with an interdisciplinary study of crime and                                   CJA 410
justice in American society. The program's inclusion of                                       Ethics in Criminal Justice 3 credits
interpersonal skills and managerial and administrative
                                                                                           CJA 420
subject matter prepares students for positions of
                                                                                              Cultural Diversity in Criminal Justice 3credits
responsibility and leadership within the criminal justice
community and related professions.                                                         CJA 430
                                                                                              Research Methods in Criminal Justice 3credits
Students enrolled in the Criminal Justice Administration                                   CJA 440
program will examine the criminal justice process and its key                                 Organizational Behavior and Management 3credits
components while at the same time learn the skills needed for                              CJA 450
effective interpersonal communication, administrative                                         Criminal Justice Administration 3 credits
decision -making and personnel management.
                                                                                           CJA 460
Contemporary issues such as human relations and social
                                                                                              Criminal Justice Policy Analysis 3credits
conflict, professionalism and ethics, and the injection of
technology into crime and its detection are also addressed.                                CJA 470
                                                                                              Managing Criminal Justice Personnel 3credits
The Criminal Justice Administration curriculum will appeal                                 CJA 480
to students professionals who are currently employed and                                      Futures of Criminal Justice 3 credits
seeking advancement within the criminal justice community,                                 GEN 480
or to working adults pursuing a new career in a criminal                                      Critical Thinking and Decision Making 3 credits
justice-related field. Graduates of the program may find
                                                                                            The University reserves the right to modify the required
employment opportunities within public and private
                                                                                           course of study.
policing agencies, corrections, the court system, social
services, and in corporate security.

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to the courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log.
CJA 300
  Organized and White Collar Crime 3credits
CJA 310
  Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice 3credits
CJA 320
  Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 credits
CJA 330
  Criminology 3 credits
CJA 340
  Criminal Law 3 credits
CJA 350
  Criminal Procedure 3 credits




78
                                                                                              University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                           COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




The BSCJA and Academic Progression                                Introductory Course Sequence
Students entering the University with fewer than 24 college       Students entering the University with fewer than 24 transfer-
credits must complete a prescribed sequence of introductory       able semester credits from regionally accredited, or approved
courses. To enroll in the required course of study students       nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation colleges
must have a minimum of 24 credits. Students who have 24           and universities must enroll in the following four-course
credits may take any of the Business Foundation courses.          sequence:
Students must have 60 credits to enroll in the major.
                                                                  GEN 101
As an alternative, enrollment into major course work also            Skills for Lifelong Learning I 3credits
extends to students who have completed 45 credits, of which
                                                                  SOC 101
21 credits were earned at the University.
                                                                     Contemporary Issues in American Business 3 credits
Proficiency Component
                                                                  COMM 102
In line with mission of the University’s General Education           Communication Skills for Career Growth 3 credits
program to ensure that students have reached baseline levels      GEN 102
in basic skills before entering into the professional programs,      Skills for Lifelong Learning II 3credits
students must demonstrate current proficiency in the areas of
                                                                  GEN 101 must be taken as the first course in the student’s
written communication, mathematical reasoning, and critical
thinking. Proficiency requirements can be met in the follow-      program of study and the four-course sequence must be the
ing three areas using the approved methods:                       first courses completed in the degree program.

1. Written Communication                                          BSCJA Admission Requirements
                                                                  The requirements for admission to the BS/CJA program are
    a. Earn “C-” or better in COMM 215**                          as follows:
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix       1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix
    English Proficiency Assessment                                undergraduate application and application fee.
    c. Achieve a passing score on the College Composition         2. High school graduation or GED certificate.
     CLEP exam within the past two years
                                                                  3. Official test scores and official transcripts from all colleges
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a     or universities attended.
    regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
    within two years of application to the University.            4. Current employment or access to an appropriate
                                                                  organizational environment, which will allow completion of
2. Mathematical Reasoning                                         program course work.
    a. Earn “C-” or better in MTH 209**                           5. All students must be 23 years of age. Applicants who are
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix       less than 23 years of age must meet the following additional
    Math Proficiency Assessment                                   requirements to be considered for admission:

    c. Achieve a passing score on Mathematics (or higher)             a. A minimum of 30 transferable credits from a
     CLEP exam within the past two years                               regionally, or a approved nationally, accredited
                                                                       institution
    d. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
    regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution         b. A minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA in regionally, or
    within two years of application to the University.                 approved nationally, accredited course work

3. Critical Thinking                                                  c. Current employment, with a minimum of 2 years post-
                                                                       high school work experience
    a. Earn “C-” or better in PHL 251**
                                                                      d. A letter of employment and position verification from
    b. Achieve a passing score on the University of Phoenix            employer
    Critical Thinking Proficiency Assessment
    c. A grade of “B” or better in a comparable course from a
     regionally or approved nationally, accredited institution
     within two years of application to the University.
**A grade of “C-” or better must be earned in these courses in
order to be awarded credit and demonstrate current profi-
ciency.



                                                                                                                               79
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




6. Non-native speakers of English must score 550 or higher         Students requesting course waivers must make formal writ-
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750        ten requests to the Office of Admissions, citing the courses
on the Test of English or International Communication              they request to be waived, the courses to be transferred into
(TOEIC). The following may exempt a non-native speaker             the required course of study, and the universities where the
from having to take the TOEFL or TOEIC:                            courses were completed. An official catalog course descrip-
                                                                   tion and syllabus must accompany the request along with a
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic                copy of the catalog cover from which the course description
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or           was taken. The official transcript from the institution where
  university in the United States.                                 the course was completed must also be submitted, unless it
• Successful completion of 30 transferable academic                has previously been submitted to the University as part of
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a      the application process.
  country in which English is the official language.               BSCJA Degree Requirements
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                                 1. Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the
                                                                   following:
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.                           a. Completion of the minimum number of upper division
                                                                    credits that make up the required course of study.
• Official documents are required.
                                                                    b. In addition, students must complete the following
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                                   Comprehensive General Education Program which
BSCJA Residency Requirements                                        includes 54 credits distributed among the Liberal Arts,
                                                                    Interdisciplinary, and Integrating components.
All students are expected to meet the University’s minimum
residency requirement of 30 semester credits of the required       Liberal Arts Components
course of study.                                                   The liberal arts component of the General Education Pro-
Students may waive 30 credits from the required course of          gram is comprised of 36 credits distributed among tradi-
study, which consists of 60 upper division credits. Students       tional liberal arts categories. The purpose of this component
may not waive or exempt the GEN 480 required General               is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of tradi-
Education capstone course.                                         tional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and
                                                                   is distributed as follows:
Waivers and Exemptions
                                                                   Communication Arts, 6 credits
The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a
required course with a comparable transcripted upper divi-         Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses
sion course, subject to the conditions outlined below:             on the development and application of writing, speaking,
                                                                   group process, and interpersonal communication skills.
1. Courses are completed within the past 10 years with a
grade of “C” (2.0) or better at a regionally, or approved          Mathematics, 6credits
nationally, or accredited or candidate for accreditation college
                                                                   Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative
or university. Courses used to waive the Information System
                                                                   and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and
course in the e-business major must have been completed in
                                                                   advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which
the past 5 years.
                                                                   mathematics is merely an applied component (such as
2. Courses are comparable in content and credits to the            finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics
University course under consideration.                             foundation courses below the level of college algebra.
3. Courses are officially transcripted by the college or           Social Sciences, 6 credits
university where the credit was earned.
                                                                   Course work in the social science promotes understanding of
The University defines an exemption as the substitution of a       human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of
required course with a comparable transcripted lower divi-         social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in
sion course, subject to the same aforementioned conditions.        social processes and institutions, both past and present.
In order to meet upper division requirements, students who         Courses in anthropology, sociology, ethnic and gender stud-
exempt a course must make up the credits with upper divi-          ies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and cer-
sion, course work.                                                 tain communications courses focusing on mass media and
                                                                   society typically satisfy these requirements.
Students may not exceed the waiver or exemption limits of
their required course of study.




80
                                                                                            University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                           COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




Humanities, 6credits                                              Interdisciplinary Component
Course work in the humanities focuses on the development          Interdisciplinary, 15 credits
of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic        To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional
achievements, and the evaluation of human experience.             general education courses, or they may select from any Uni-
Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine       versity courses other than those in their major field. The
arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy      intent of this requirement is to further increase students’
requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science   exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to
and intellectual history emphasizing the development of cul-      field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their
tural thought processes may also satisfy humanities require-      professional interest. Students are encouraged to explore
ments.                                                            diverse content areas to add depth to their academic and pro-
Science/Technology, 6credits                                      fessional knowledge base.
Course work in the sciences provides students with an             Integrating Component
understanding of nature and the physical world, along with        Integrating, 3 credits
knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world
around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry,            GEN 480, The Interdisciplinary Capstone Course, is a general
physics, anatomy an physiology, geology, and environmental        education course that synthesizes general education course
science typically satisfy requirements in this area. Certain      work with the required course of study and is taken as a pre-
courses in geography or aerospace studies which emphasize         scribed general education course at the completion of the
the earth’s physical characteristics, weather, and climate are    required course of study.
included in the science category, along with highly special-      In addition to the 54 credits in this prescribed General Educa-
ized course work in the social sciences such as physical          tion program, each major course of study at the University of
anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology        Phoenix’s includes courses that integrate general education
courses which focus on human physiological processes.             principles. The University of Phoenix’s educational philoso-
Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge      phy is based on the integration of theory and practice. Within
in making and using tools to enhance materials culture.           that philosophical framework, a number of the courses
Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general     required for the professional programs have a strong general
education requirements includes engineering, materials sci-       education component and, where appropriate, have been.
ence, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design,
and computer science courses that focus on programming
languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses
which focus primarily on the social and environmental con-
flicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy
requirements in the social sciences and humanities.
Additional Liberal Arts, 6credits
Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by select-
ing two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories
listed above.




                                                                                                                            81
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
GENERAL INFORMATION
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Admission Procedures                                                                         Foreign Transcripts
........................................................................................
                                                                                             All academic records from countries other than the United
Application Process                                                                          States, Canada, and Mexico must be evaluated by an evalua-
Working adults seeking admission to the University’s gradu-                                  tion service approved by the University of Phoenix. The eval-
ate programs in business, management, information systems,                                   uation services follow standards approved by the National
nursing, counseling, or education begin the admission pro-                                   Council on the Evaluation of Foreign Credentials. A special
cess by submitting a complete and accurate application along                                 application form and fee is required for the evaluation.
with an application fee. Applicants are then responsible for                                 Applicants with non–U.S. education should contact a Uni-
ensuring the completion of their admission files. No appli-                                  versity of Phoenix campus for the appropriate application. If
cant will be accepted for formal admission until the admis-                                  the academic records are in another language, a certified
sion file is complete. An application which is later verified to                             English translation is required. The University will accept
contain incomplete, false, or misleading information may be                                  translations from the issuing institution or an official transla-
grounds for dismissal.                                                                       tion service.
The University will advise students which admission file                                      An applicant relying on education completed outside the
documents are required in order to begin a program of study.                                  United States or Canada for admission will not be eligible to
Students may attend their first three courses under Regis-                                    attend classes prior to the University receiving a favorable
tered status. Students, however, must submit all admission                                    evaluation from the approved credentials evaluation services
documentation and gain Admitted status prior to the start of                                  and fulfilling all other admission requirements. Official doc-
their fourth course. In extenuating circumstances, students                                   umentation of the applicant’s foreign education and the offi-
may receive permission from the campus Vice President/                                        cial evaluation report must be submitted with the admission
Director for enrollment in up to five courses prior to Admit-                                 file.
ted status being granted. Students failing to submit all docu-
mentation prior to the end of the required time frame will be                                Non–Native Speakers of English
withdrawn until formally admitted by the Corporate Office                                    An applicant whose native language is not English will not
of Admissions. The University cannot guarantee that a stu-                                   be eligible to attend classes under Registered status. Official
dent who begins course work under Registered status will be                                  documentation demonstrating successful completion of the
admitted to the degree program.                                                              Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), or the Test of
                                                                                             English for International Communication (TOEIC), must be
Applications of individuals who have not gained admission                                    submitted with the admission file before the applicant may
or enrolled in the University will be kept on file for one year.                             begin the program.
After that time, the applicant is required to submit a new
application and material. A second application fee is not                                    Admission Appeal Process
required.                                                                                    Any applicant who has been denied admission to the Univer-
                                                                                             sity has the right to appeal the decision to the Student
Transcript Requests of Other Institutions
                                                                                             Appeals Committee. All appeals, including any evidence to
Because institutions vary in the time they take to respond to                                be considered, must be submitted in writing to the Student
transcript requests, all transcripts should be requested imme-                               Appeals Committee. The written appeal may consist of a let-
diately upon submission of an application and application                                    ter of explanation for academic deficiencies and lack of expe-
fee. University staff will process all requests for transcripts                              rience, and any other factors which might be of benefit when
on behalf of the student. However, it remains the student’s                                  the Student Appeals Committee conducts its review. The Stu-
responsibility to ensure that all transcripts are submitted to                               dent Appeals Committee will carefully review all materials
the University. The student must sign a “Transcript Request                                  submitted and notify the applicant of its decision within ten
Form” for each transcript being requested from educational                                   working days.
institutions and national testing centers. The University’s
application fee covers the student’s expense for requesting
official transcripts.




                                                                                                                                                                                83
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Graduate Business and Management is within                                     The MAOM emphasizes fundamental curriculum, critical
the John Sperling School of Business and offers the Master of                                 thinking, and decision-making that have been positioned to
Business Administration and the Master of Arts in                                             respond to the changing business environment. Students will
Organizational Management. MBA students may choose to                                         be required to give due consideration to the broader implica-
pursue the regular MBA or a specialization in one or more of                                  tions of decisions, such as their potential effect on human
the following areas: accounting, e-business, global business,                                 resources, marketing, and finance. Students will also be
health care management, and technology management.                                            exposed to leading edge concepts about conflict management
                                                                                              system design, corporate culture, change management, and
Master of Arts in Organizational                                                              learning organizations.
Management
........................................................................................      This degree program has a 39 credit requirement. All courses
                                                                                              in the required course of study must be satisfactorily com-
The following Master of Arts in Organizational Management
                                                                                              pleted or must be repeated. All course work must be satisfac-
(MAOM) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                      torily completed prior to taking the MAOM Capstone
campus locations: Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Florida, Hawaii,                                 Course.
Houston, Idaho, Louisiana, Maryland, Milwaukee, Missouri,
Nevada, New Mexico, Northern California, Oklahoma City,                                      MAOM Required Course of Study
Online, Oregon, Philadelphia, Phoenix, Sacramento, San                                       Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern California, Southern                                       following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are
Colorado, St.Louis, Tulsa, Utah, Washington, and West                                        identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
Michigan.                                                                                    log.
........................................................................................
                                                                                             MGT 507
The Master of Arts in Organizational Management (MAOM)                                         Management 2000 3credits
is designed to develop or enhance the management skills                                      ECO 515
necessary to function effectively within private businesses,                                   Economics of the Marketplace 3 credits
non-profit organizations, and public agencies. The program                                   MKT 520
concentrates on managing human and fiscal resources within                                     Marketing –The Quest for the Consumer 3credits
the structure, culture, and mission of any organization. The
                                                                                             FIN 510
curriculum addresses executive management issues, human
                                                                                               Money: The Bottom Line 3credits
resources management, conflict management, strategic
planning, managing technology, managing change, the                                          ORG 510
learning organization, financial management, and marketing                                     The Cultures of Organizations 3credits
management.                                                                                  MGT 545G
                                                                                               Technology and Organizations 3 credits
Program Structure                                                                            MGT 563
The program is structured with five primary goals in mind:                                     Managing Change 3credits
1. To provide students with a broad based understanding of                                   ORG 525G
the management and leadership skills necessary for                                             The Learning Organization 3credits
successful achievement of organizational goals.                                              HR 535
2. To prepare students to recognize and respond to the                                         Advanced Human Resources Management 3 credits
implications of change on organizational stakeholders, e.g.,                                 BUS 550G
employees, consumers/clients, vendors, and society.                                            Conflict Management Systems 3credits
                                                                                             HR 565G
3. To educate students about the impact of technology on
                                                                                               Human Resources Issues 3credits
every aspect of an organization, and how technology creates
its own change.                                                                              MGT 590G
                                                                                               Planning the Organization’s Future 3 credits
4. To prepare students to function as consultants and internal                               BUS 593G
change agents to lead and inspire organizational leadership                                    MAOM Capstone Course 3 credits
toward a more productive future.
                                                                                             The University reserves the right to modify the required
5. To prepare students to manage human and material                                          course of study as necessary.
resources effectively, efficiently, and ethically, within a global
environment.



                                                                                                                                                                                85
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MAOM Course Waiver Policy                                          6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
Students may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their               access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
required course of study on the basis of transferable course       classroom assignments.
work. Students attending campuses located in the state of          7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
California may waive a maximum of six graduate credits
from their required course of study on the basis of transfer-      8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
able course work. To meet the criteria for transfer, the course    Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the
to be transferred must:                                            Test of English for International Communication. The
                                                                   following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to
1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”      take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited,
or candidate for accreditation, college or university.             • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
                                                                     semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of         university in the United States.
Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
                                                                   • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
                                                                     semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
the credit was earned.
                                                                     country in which English is the official language.
Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course     • U.S. high school diploma or GED.
they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-       • Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
versity where the course was completed. An official catalog          which English is the official language.
course description and syllabus must accompany the request
along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course       • Official documents are required to meet the requirements.
description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
                                                                   MAOM Degree Requirements
tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
unless it was previously submitted to the University during        Students in the Master of Arts in Organizational Manage-
the application process.                                           ment program must fulfill the following requirements to
                                                                   graduate:
COMM 515, Managerial Communication may not be waived.
                                                                   1. Completion of the 39 semester credit required course of
BUS 593, MAOM Capstone Course, may not be waived.                  study with a minimum grade point average of “B” (3.0).
MAOM Admission Requirements                                        2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
The requirements for admission to the MAOM program are
                                                                   Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
as follows:
                                                                   Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate           Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
application and an application fee.
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved
nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
institution outside of the United States.
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.
4. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0=A
scale) as shown by the undergraduate degree posted
transcript.
5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
time, post high school work experience related to the degree
program.




86
                                                                                                                    University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                              COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




Master of Business Administration                                                          Note: Students who enter the MBA program with an under-
........................................................................................   graduate degree that is not in business will be required to
The following Master of Business Administration (MBA)                                      complete Web-based material (introduced during the Mana-
program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus                                   gerial Communication course) covering the fields of
locations: Colorado, Dallas/Ft.Worth, Florida, Hawaii,                                     Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
Houston, Idaho, Louisiana, Maryland, Milwaukee, Missouri,                                  dents must complete the Web-based materials and the
Nevada, New Mexico, Northern California, Ohio, Oklahoma                                    included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
City, Online, Oregon, Pittsburgh, Philadelphia, Phoenix,                                   Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics courses in the
Puerto Rico, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona,                                      core. The Web-based materials will familiarize the students
Southern California, Southern Colorado, St. Louis, Tulsa, Utah,                            with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
Washington, and West Michigan.                                                             course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
........................................................................................   presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
The Master in Business Administration (MBA) develops stu-                                  courses. The Web-based materials may also serve as a useful
dents for the role managers play in defining business prob-                                review for students who have studied these subjects as
lems, assessing information, considering alternatives, and                                 undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
choosing the best solution. Imagine the manager as the hub
                                                                                           MBA Required Course of Study
of a wheel. From the hub radiate spokes, each representing a
specific discipline, such as finance, law, marketing, opera-                               Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
tions, information systems, etc. Each of these “spokes” gener-                             following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are
ates inputs for the manager to assess and incorporate into the                             identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
decision-making process. The manager is a critical user of                                 log.
these inputs in making the decision. Although generally not                                COM 515
the original producer of the information, the manager must be                                Managerial Communication 1credit
able to assess the validity and reliability of the information in                          ORG 502G
building a business case for the decision.                                                   Human Relations and Organizational Behavior 3 credits
To prepare students for this decision-making role, the MBA                                 LAW 529G
has been designed to introduce the theory or principles that                                 Legal Environment of Business 3credits
frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
                                                                                           MKT 551G
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
                                                                                             Marketing Management 3 credits
these theories to allow students to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.                                                         QNT 530G
                                                                                             Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial
The MBA consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit hours                                 Decisions 3credits
constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit hours                              MGT 554G
complete the MBA. The core begins with a one-credit, three-                                  Operations Management 3credits
week, Managerial Communication course designed to build
strategies for success in the MBA. It is a prerequisite to all the                         ECO 533G
courses that follow. The remainder of the core consists of 10,                               Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
three-credit courses, which all students who receive an MBA                                ACC 529G
from the University of Phoenix must complete. Those stu-                                     Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
dents in the MBA without specialization will complete five                                 FIN 544G
additional prescribed courses to hone their problem solving                                  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
skills.                                                                                    CIS 564.4G
Each University of Phoenix MBA student will create and                                       Information Management in Business 3credits
maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s                                  EBUS 500.1G
achievements throughout the MBA program. It will include                                     e-Business Principles and Practices 3credits
assignments from each course, typically individual assign-                                 QNT 531G
ments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish to                                     Advanced Problems in Statistics and Research Methods
add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s abil-                                  3credits
ity to solve business problems at the graduate level and serve
                                                                                           FIN 545G
as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mastered.
                                                                                             Advanced Problems in Finance 3credits




                                                                                                                                                  87
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MGT 573G                                                           3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
  Project Management in the Business Environment                   toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
  3credits                                                         attempted.
MGT 578G                                                           4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
  Strategy Formulation and Implementation 3credits                 (on a 4.0=A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
MGT 599G                                                           posted transcript.
  Cases in Decision Making 3 credits
                                                                   5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
The University reserves the right to modify the required           time, post high school work experience with exposure to
course of study.                                                   organizational systems and management processes.
MBA Course Waiver Policy                                           6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their            access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
required course of study on the basis of transferable course       classroom assignments.
work. Students attending campus locations in California may
                                                                   7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
waive a maximum of six graduate credits from their required
course of study on the basis of transferable course work. To       8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be transferred       Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 for the
must:                                                              Test of English for International Communication. The
1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”      following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to
                                                                   take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited,
or candidate for accreditation, college or university.             • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of         semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.         university in the United States.

3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where   • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
the credit was earned.                                               semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
                                                                     country in which English is the official language.
Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course     • U.S. high school diploma or GED.
they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
versity where the course was completed. An official catalog        • Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
course description and syllabus must accompany the request           which English is the official language.
along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course       • Official documents are required.
description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
tion where the course was completed must also be submitted         MBA Degree Requirements
unless it was previously submitted to the University during        The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
the admission process.                                             MBA degree:
COM 515, Managerial Communication, and MGT 599, Cases              1. Completion of the 46-semester credit required course of
in Decision Making, may not be waived.                             study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
MBA Admission Requirements                                         2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
The requirements for admission to the MBA program are as           3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
follows:
                                                                   Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate           Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
application and an application fee.
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved
nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
institution outside of the United States.




88
                                                                                                                     University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                              COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




Master of Business Administration/                                                         The MBA/ACC consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit
Accounting                                                                                 hours constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit
........................................................................................   hours complete the MBA/ACC. The core begins with one-
The following Master of Business Administration/ Accounting                                credit, three-week, Managerial Communication course
(MBA/ACC) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                designed to build strategies for success in the MBA/ACC. It
                                                                                           is a prerequisite to all the courses that follow. The remainder
campus locations: New Mexico, Online, Puerto Rico,
                                                                                           of the core consists of 10, three-credit courses, which all stu-
Sacramento, and Tucson.
........................................................................................   dents who receive an MBA from the University of Phoenix
                                                                                           must complete. Those students in the MBA/ACC specializa-
The MBA/ACC is designed to develop or enhance the finan-
                                                                                           tion will complete five additional prescribed courses to hone
cial management skills necessary to function effectively
                                                                                           their accounting skills.
within private businesses, non-profit organizations, and pub-
lic agencies. The program concentrates on managing fiscal                                  Each University of Phoenix MBA/ACC student will create
resources within the structure, culture, and mission of any                                and maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s
organization. The accounting specialization addresses                                      achievements throughout the MBA/ACC program. It will
advanced costing techniques, accounting theory, accounting                                 include assignments from each course, typically individual
information systems, and issues in corporate taxation, among                               assignments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish
other subjects. This program, when combined with a BSB/                                    to add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s
ACC, should provide sufficient credits to sit for the CPA                                  ability to solve business problems at the graduate level and
exam. Students should always contact the Board of Accoun-                                  serve as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mas-
tancy in the state in which they plan to sit for the CPA exami-                            tered.
nation to determine the state-specific requirements. A CPA                                 Note: Students who enter the MBA/ACC program with an
exam review course is strongly recommended before sitting                                  undergraduate degree that is not in business will be required
for the exam.                                                                              to complete Web-based material (introduced during the
The MBA/ACC develops students for the role managers                                        Managerial Communication course) covering the fields of
play in defining business problems, assessing information,                                 Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
considering alternatives, and choosing the best solution.                                  dents must complete the Web-based material and the
Imagine the manager as the hub of a wheel. From the hub                                    included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
radiate spokes, each representing a specific discipline, such                              Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics courses in the
as finance, law, marketing, operations, information systems,                               core. The Web-based material will familiarize the students
etc. Each of these “spokes” generates inputs for the manager                               with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
to assess and incorporate into the decision-making process.                                course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
The manager is a critical user of these inputs in making the                               presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
decision. Although generally not the original producer of the                              courses. The Web-based material may also serve as a useful
information, the manager must be able to assess the validity                               review for students who have studied these subjects as
and reliability of the information in building a business case                             undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
for the decision.
To prepare students for the decision-making role, the MBA/
ACC has been designed to introduce the theory or principles
that frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
these theories to allow students to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.




                                                                                                                                                     89
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MBA/ACC Required Course of Study                                MBA/ACC Course Waiver Policy
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are      required course of study on the basis of transferable course
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   work. Students attending campus locations in California may
log.                                                            waive a maximum of six graduate credits from their required
                                                                course of study on the basis of transferable course work. To
COM 515
                                                                meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be transferred
  Managerial Communication 1credit
                                                                must:
ORG 502G
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior                   1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”
  3credits                                                      or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally accredited,
LAW 529G                                                        or candidate for accreditation, college or university.
  Legal Environment of Business 3 credits                       2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
MKT 551G                                                        Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
  Marketing Management 3credits                                 3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
QNT 530G                                                        the credit was earned.
  Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial
  Decisions 3 credits                                           Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
                                                                written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
MGT 554G
                                                                they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
  Operations Management 3credits
                                                                versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
ECO 533G                                                        course description and syllabus must accompany the request
  Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits             along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
ACC 529G                                                        description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
  Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits            tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
FIN 544G                                                        unless it was previously submitted to the University during
  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits               the admission process.
CIS 564.4G                                                      COM 515, Managerial Communication, and ACC 595, Cap-
  Information Management in Business 3credits                   stone Course, may not be waived.
EBUS 500.1G
  e-Business Principles and Practices 3credits
ACC 563G
  Advanced Accounting Information Systems
  3credits
ACC 573G
  Advanced Cost Accounting 3 credits
ACC 583G
  Advanced Corporate Income Tax 3credits
ACC 593G
  Accounting Theory 3credits
ACC 595G
  Capstone Course 3credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required
course of study.




90
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                      COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




MBA/ACC Admission Requirements.                                    MBA/ACC Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the MBA/ACC program              The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
are as follows:                                                    MBA/ACC degree:
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate           1. Completion of the 46 semester credit required course of
application and an application fee.                                study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved          2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
                                                                   Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
                                                                   Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
institution outside of the United States.
                                                                   Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.
4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
(on a 4.0=A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
posted transcript.
5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
time, post high school work experience with exposure to
organizational systems and management processes.
6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
classroom assignments.
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 (213 on
the computer based exam) on the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the Test of English for
International Communication (TOEIC). The following may
exempt a non–native speaker from having to take the TOEFL
or TOEIC:
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
  country in which English is the official language
• U.S. high school diploma or GED
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language

• Official documents are required to meet these
  requirements




                                                                                                                           91
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master of Business Administration/                                                         Each University of Phoenix MBA/EB student will create and
e-Business                                                                                 maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s
........................................................................................   achievements throughout the MBA/EB program. It will
The following Master of Business Administration/ e-Business                                include assignments from each course, typically individual
(MBA/EB) program is offered at these University of Phoenix                                 assignments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish
campus locations: Ohio, Online, and Phoenix.                                               to add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s
........................................................................................   ability to solve business problems at the graduate level and
                                                                                           serve as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mas-
The MBA/EB was created in response to the rise of elec-
                                                                                           tered.
tronic business and the ways it is changing how tradi-
tional firms operate and structure their organizations. The                                Note: Students who enter the MBA/EB program with an
dynamics of e-business have also required companies to                                     undergraduate degree that is not in business will be required
compete in innovative ways, as well as opened the doors                                    to complete Web-based material (introduced during the
of opportunity for creating global businesses. To accom-                                   Managerial Communication course) covering the fields of
modate the emerging e-Business marketplace, the Univer-                                    Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
sity of Phoenix offers a comprehensive MBA/e-Business                                      dents must complete the Web-based material and the
program to equip managers with the necessary skills to                                     included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
conduct business in an e-business environment. The                                         Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics courses in the
                                                                                           core. The Web-based material will familiarize the students
MBA/EB specialization is based upon courses in e-busi-
                                                                                           with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
ness operations, e-business marketing, e-law and risk
                                                                                           course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
management, e-strategy, and creating the e-business.
                                                                                           presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
The MBA/EB develops students for the role managers play                                    courses. The Web-based material may also serve as a useful
in defining business problems, assessing information, con-                                 review for students who have studied these subjects as
sidering alternatives, and choosing the best solution. Imagine                             undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
the manager as the hub of a wheel. From the hub radiate
spokes, each representing a specific discipline, such as
finance, law, marketing, operations, information systems, etc.
Each of these “spokes” generates inputs for the manager to
assess and incorporate into the decision-making process. The
manager is a critical user of these inputs in making the deci-
sion. Although generally not the original producer of the
information, the manager must be able to assess the validity
and reliability of the information in building a business case
for the decision.
To prepare students for the decision-making role, the MBA/
EB has been designed to introduce the theory or principles
that frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
these theories to allow students to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.
The MBA/EB consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit
hours constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit
hours complete the MBA/EB. The core begins with one-
credit, three-week, Managerial Communication course
designed to build strategies for success in the MBA/EB. It is
a prerequisite to all the courses that follow. The remainder of
the core consists of 10, three-credit courses, which all stu-
dents who receive an MBA from the University of Phoenix
must complete. Those students in the MBA/EB will com-
plete five additional prescribed courses to hone their skills in
managing an e-business.




92
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                   COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




MBA/EB Required Course of Study                                 MBA/EB Course Waiver Policy
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are      required course of study on the basis of transferable course
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   work. Students attending campus locations in California may
log.                                                            waive a maximum of six graduate credits from their required
                                                                course of study on the basis of transferable course work. To
COM 515
                                                                meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be transferred
  Managerial Communication 1credit
                                                                must:
ORG 502G
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior                   1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”
  3credits                                                      or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally accredited,
LAW 529G                                                        or candidate for accreditation, college or university.
  Legal Environment of Business 3credits                        2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
MKT 551G                                                        Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
  Marketing Management 3 credits                                3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
QNT 530G                                                        the credit was earned.
  Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial
  Decisions 3credits                                            Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
                                                                written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
MGT 554G
                                                                they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
  Operations Management 3 credits
                                                                versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
ECO 533G                                                        course description and syllabus must accompany the request
  Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits             along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
ACC 529G                                                        description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
  Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3 credits           tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
FIN 544G                                                        unless it was previously submitted to the University during
  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits               the admission process.
CIS 564.4G                                                      COM 515, Managerial Communication, and EBUS 550, Creat-
  Information Management in Business 3credits                   ing the e-Business, may not be waived.
EBUS 500.1G
                                                                MBA/EB Admission Requirements.
  e-Business Principles and Practices 3 credits
                                                                The requirements for admission to the MBA/EB program are
EBUS 510
                                                                as follows:
  e-Business Operations 3credits
EBUS 520                                                        1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate
  e-Marketing Theory and Application 3credits                   application and an application fee.
EBUS 530                                                        2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved
  e-Law and Risk Management 3 credits                           nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
EBUS 540                                                        or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
  e-Strategy Formulation and Implementation 3credits            institution outside of the United States.
EBUS 550                                                        3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
  Creating the e-Business 3credits                              toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
The University reserves the right to modify the required        attempted.
course of study.
                                                                4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
                                                                (on a 4.0=A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
                                                                posted transcript.
                                                                5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
                                                                time, post high school work experience with exposure to
                                                                organizational systems and management processes.




                                                                                                                          93
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify        MBA/EB Degree Requirements
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete      The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
classroom assignments.                                          MBA/EB degree:
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                               1. Completion of the 46 semester credit required course of
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 (213 on   study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
the computer-based exam) on the Test of English as a Foreign    2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the Test of English for
International Communication. The following may exempt a         3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
non–native speaker from having to take the TOEFL or             Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
TOEIC:                                                          Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).

• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
  country in which English is the official language
• U.S. high school diploma or GED
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language

• Official documents are required to meet these
  requirements




94
                                                                                                                    University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                              COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




Master of Business Administration/Global                                                   Each University of Phoenix MBA/GM student will create
Management                                                                                 and maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s
........................................................................................   achievements throughout the MBA/GM program. It will
The following Master of Business Administration/ Global                                    include assignments from each course, typically individual
Management (MBA/GM) program is offered at these                                            assignments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish
                                                                                           to add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s
University of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida,
                                                                                           ability to solve business problems at the graduate level and
Hawaii, Maryland, New Mexico, Northern California, Online,
                                                                                           serve as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mas-
Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Phoenix, Puerto Rico, San Diego,
                                                                                           tered.
Southern Arizona, Southern Colorado, Utah, and West
Michigan.                                                                                  Note: Students who enter the MBA/GM program with an
........................................................................................   undergraduate degree that is not in business will be required
Globalization has increased the need for individuals with                                  to complete Web-based material (introduced during the
specialized knowledge and skills necessary to manage                                       Managerial Communication course) covering the fields of
multicultural and multinational workforces effectively in a                                Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
rapidly changing environment. The MBA/GM program has                                       dents must complete the Web-based material and the
been developed to provide those individuals the opportunity                                included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
to study in a program specifically designed for their needs as                             Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics course in the
current or future managers in the global business                                          core. The Web-based material will familiarize the students
environment.                                                                               with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
                                                                                           course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
The MBA/GM develops students for the role managers play                                    presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
in defining business problems, assessing information, con-                                 courses. The Web-based material may also serve as a useful
sidering alternatives, and choosing the best solution. Imagine                             review for students who have studied these subjects as
the manager as the hub of a wheel. From the hub radiate                                    undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
spokes, each representing a specific discipline, such as
finance, law, marketing, operations, information systems, etc.
Each of these “spokes” generates inputs for the manager to
assess and incorporate into the decision-making process. The
manager is a critical user of these inputs in making the deci-
sion. Although generally not the original producer of the
information, the manager must be able to assess the validity
and reliability of the information in building a business case
for the decision.
To prepare students for this decision-making role, the MBA/
GM has been designed to introduce the theory or principles
that frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
these theories to allow student to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.
The MBA/GM consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit
hours constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit
hours complete the MBA/GM. The core begins with a one-
credit, three-week, Managerial Communication course
designed to build strategies for success in the MBA/GM. It is
a prerequisite to all the courses that follow. The remainder of
the core consists of 10, three-credit courses, which all stu-
dents who receive an MBA from the University of Phoenix
must complete. Those students in the MBA/GM will com-
plete five additional prescribed courses to hone their prob-
lem solving skills in global management.




                                                                                                                                                   95
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MBA/GM Required Course of Study                                 MBA/GM Course Waiver Policy
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are      required course of study on the basis of transferable course
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   work. Students attending campuses located in the state of
log.                                                            California may waive a maximum of six graduate credits
COM 515                                                         from their required course of study on the basis of
  Managerial Communication 1credit                              transferable course work. To meet the criteria for transfer, the
                                                                course to be transferred must:
ORG 502G
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior 3credits          1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”
LAW 529G                                                        or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally accredited,
  Legal Environment of Business 3 credits                       or candidate for accreditation, college or university.
MKT 551G                                                        2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
  Marketing Management 3credits                                 Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
QNT 530G
                                                                3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
  Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial
                                                                the credit was earned.
  Decisions 3 credits
MGT 554G                                                        Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
  Operations Management 3credits                                written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
                                                                they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the Uni-
ECO 533G
                                                                versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
  Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
                                                                course description and syllabus must accompany the
ACC 529G                                                        request, along with a copy of the catalog cover from which
  Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits            the course description was taken. The official transcript from
FIN 544G                                                        the institution where the course was completed must also be
  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits               submitted unless it was previously submitted to the Univer-
CIS 564.4G                                                      sity during the admission process.
  Information Management in Business 3credits                   COM 515, Managerial Communication, and GMGT 550, Glo-
EBUS 500.1G                                                     bal Management Capstone Course, may not be waived.
  e-Business Principles and Practices 3credits
                                                                MBA/GM Admission Requirements
GMGT 510G
  Global Business Organization and Culture 3credits             The requirements for admission to the MBA/GM program
GMGT 520G                                                       are as follows:
  External Environment of Global Business 3credits              1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate
GMGT 530G                                                       application and an application fee.
  Internal Environment of Global Business 3credits              2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved
GMGT 540G                                                       nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
  Global Strategy Formulation and Implementation                or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
  3credits                                                      institution outside of the United States.
GMGT 550G
                                                                3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
  Global Management Capstone Course 3credits
                                                                toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
The University reserves the right to modify the required        attempted.
course of study.
                                                                4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
                                                                (on a 4.0=A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
                                                                posted transcript.
                                                                5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
                                                                time, post high school work experience with exposure to
                                                                organizational systems and management processes.




96
                                                                                          University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                   COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify        MBA/GM Degree Requirements
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete      The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
classroom assignments.                                          MBA/GM degree:
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                               1. Completion of the 46 semester credit required course of
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 (213 on   study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
the computer-based exam) on the Test of English as a Foreign    2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the Test of English for
International Communication (TOEIC). The following may          3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
exempt a non–native speaker from having to take the TOEFL       Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
or TOEIC:                                                       Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).

• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or university in a
  country in which English is the official language
• U.S. high school diploma or GED
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language

• Official documents are required.




                                                                                                                        97
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master of Business Administration/Health                                                   Each University of Phoenix MBA/HCM student will create
Care Management                                                                            and maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s
........................................................................................   achievements throughout the MBA/HCM program. It will
The following Master of Business Administration/ Health Care                               include assignments from each course, typically individual
Management (MBA/HCM) program is offered at these                                           assignments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish
University of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida,                                 to add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s
Hawaii, Louisiana, New Mexico, Online, Phoenix, San Diego,                                 ability to solve business problems at the graduate level and
Southern Arizona, Southern California, Utah, and West                                      serve as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mas-
Michigan.                                                                                  tered.
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Note: Students who enter the MBA/HCM program with an
The MBA/HCM is designed to provide students with the                                       undergraduate degree that is not in business will be required
business management skills needed to manage successfully                                   to complete web-based material (introduced during the Man-
in today’s health care delivery systems. The MBA/HCM pro-                                  agerial Communication course) covering the fields of
gram emphasizes the identification, analysis, and solution of                              Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
complex management problems with a foundation of health                                    dents must complete the web-based material and the
care concepts and decision models that will support the vari-                              included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
ety of management roles that can be seen in today’s health                                 Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics courses in the
care environment. The MBA/HCM specialization is based                                      core. The web-based material will familiarize the students
upon courses in health care organizations, health care                                     with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
finance, quality and data base management, health care                                     course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
infrastructure, and health care strategic management.                                      presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
The MBA/HCM develops students for the role managers                                        courses. The web-based material may also serve as a useful
play in defining business problems, assessing information,                                 review for students who have studied these subjects as
considering alternatives, and choosing the best solution.                                  undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
Imagine the manager as the hub of a wheel. From the hub
radiate spokes, each representing a specific discipline, such
as finance, law, marketing, operations, information systems,
etc. Each of these “spokes” generates inputs for the manager
to assess and incorporate into the decision-making process.
The manager is a critical user of these inputs in making the
decision. Although generally not the original producer of the
information, the manager must be able to assess the validity
and reliability of the information in building a business case
for the decision.
To prepare students for the decision-making role, the MBA/
HCM has been designed to introduce the theory or principles
that frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
these theories to allow students to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.
The MBA/HCM consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit
hours constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit
hours complete the MBA/HCM. The core begins with one-
credit, three-week, Managerial Communication course
designed to build strategies for success in the MBA/HCM. It
is a prerequisite to all the courses that follow. The remainder
of the core consists of 10, three-credit courses, which all stu-
dents who receive an MBA from the University of Phoenix
must complete. Those students in the MBA/HCM will com-
plete five additional prescribed courses to hone their skills in
health care management.




98
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                   COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




MBA/HCM Required Course of Study                                MBA/HCM Course Waiver Policy
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are      required course of study on the basis of transferable course
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   work. Students attending campuses located in the state of
log.                                                            California may waive a maximum of six graduate credits
                                                                from their required course of study on the basis of transfer-
COM 515
                                                                able course work. To meet the criteria for transfer, the course
  Managerial Communication 1credit
                                                                to be transferred must:
ORG 502G
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior 3 credits         1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”
LAW 529G                                                        or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally accredited,
  Legal Environment of Business 3credits                        or candidate for accreditation, college or university.
MKT 551G                                                        2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
  Marketing Management 3 credits                                Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
QNT 530G                                                        3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
  Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial                the credit was earned.
  Decisions 3credits
                                                                Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
MGT 554G
                                                                written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
  Operations Management 3 credits
                                                                they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
ECO 533G                                                        versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
  Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits             course description and syllabus must accompany the request
ACC 529G                                                        along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
  Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3 credits           description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
FIN 544G                                                        tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits               unless it was previously submitted to the University during
CIS 564.4G                                                      the admission process.
  Information Management in Business 3credits                   COM 515, Managerial Commutation, and HCS 586, Health
EBUS 500.1G                                                     Care Strategic Management, may not be waived.
  e-Business Principles and Practices 3 credits
                                                                MBA/HCM Admission Requirements
HCS 521G
                                                                The requirements for admission to the MBA/HCM program
  Healthcare Infrastructure 3credits
                                                                are as follows:
HCS 530G
  Health Care Organizations 3 credits                           1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate
HCS 579G                                                        application and an application fee.
  Health Care Finance 3 credits                                 2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved
HCS 584G                                                        nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
  Quality and Date Base Management 3 credits                    or university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
HCS 586G                                                        institution outside of the United States.
  Health Care Strategic Management 3credits                     3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
The University reserves the right to modify the required        toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
course of study.                                                attempted.
                                                                4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
                                                                (on a 4.0=A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
                                                                posted transcript.
                                                                5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
                                                                time, post high school work experience related to the degree
                                                                program.




                                                                                                                          99
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify        MBA/HCM Degree Requirements
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete      The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
classroom assignments.                                          MBA/HCM degree:
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.                               1. Completion of the 46 semester credit required course of
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550(213 on    study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
the computer-based exam) on the Test of English as a Foreign    2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the Test of English for
International Communication (TOEIC). The following may          3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
exempt a non–native speaker from having to take the TOEFL       Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
or TOEIC:                                                       Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).

• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
  country in which English is the official language.
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.

• Official documents are required.




100
                                                                                                                     University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                              COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




Master of Business Administration/                                                         The MBA/TM consists of 46 credit hours. Thirty-one credit
Technology Management                                                                      hours constitute the core curriculum and 15 additional credit
........................................................................................   hours complete the MBA/TM. The core begins with one-
The following Master of Business Administration/ Technology                                credit, three-week, Managerial Communication course
Management (MBA/TM) program is offered at these University                                 designed to build strategies for success in the MBA/TM. It is
                                                                                           a prerequisite to all the courses that follow. The remainder of
of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Louisiana, New
                                                                                           the core consists of 10, three-credit courses, which all stu-
Mexico, Northern California, Online, Oregon, Philadelphia,
                                                                                           dents who receive an MBA/TM from the University of Phoe-
Pittsburgh, Phoenix, Puerto Rico, Southern California,
                                                                                           nix must complete. Those students in the MBA/TM will
Southern Arizona, Washington, and West Michigan.                                           complete five additional prescribed courses to hone their
........................................................................................
                                                                                           skills in technology management.
The importance of management in a technical environment is
a core concept of the MBA/TM program. “Technical” is                                       Each University of Phoenix MBA/TM student will create and
defined to be much broader than computer information sys-                                  maintain an electronic portfolio reflecting the student’s
tems and technology. It includes engineering, pharmaceuti-                                 achievements throughout the MBA/TM program. It will
cal, chemical, and other technical enterprises. The program                                include assignments from each course, typically individual
and its faculty and staff are dedicated to the linkage of tech-                            assignments, as well as other outcomes the student may wish
nical and business cultures as integrated functions of the                                 to add. These assignments will demonstrate the student’s
technology-based organization. The MBA/TM specialization                                   ability to solve business problems at the graduate level and
is based upon courses in strategy formulation and imple-                                   serve as a partial catalog of the skills the student has mas-
mentation, project management in the technological environ-                                tered.
ment management of research and development and                                            Note: Students who enter the MBA/TM program with an
innovation processes technology transfer in the global econ-                               undergraduate degree that is not in business will be required
omy, and application of technology management.                                             to complete Web-based material (introduced during the
The MBA/TM develops students for the role managers play                                    Managerial Communication course) covering the fields of
in defining business problems, assessing information, con-                                 Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics. These stu-
sidering alternatives, and choosing the best solution. Imagine                             dents must complete the web-based material and the
the manager as the hub of a wheel. From the hub radiate                                    included self-assessments for each course prior to taking the
spokes, each representing a specific discipline, such as                                   Accounting, Finance, Statistics, and Economics courses in the
finance, law, marketing, operations, information systems, etc.                             core. The Web-based material will familiarize the students
Each of these “spokes” generates inputs for the manager to                                 with the terms and concepts covered in a foundational
assess and incorporate into the decision-making process. The                               course in that subject. That foundational knowledge will be
manager is a critical user of these inputs in making the deci-                             presumed by the faculty members who teach the core
sion. Although generally not the original producer of the                                  courses. The Web-based material may also serve as a useful
information, the manager must be able to assess the validity                               review for students who have studied these subjects as
and reliability of the information in building a business case                             undergraduates, but would benefit from a refresher.
for the decision.
To prepare students for the decision-making role, the MBA
has been designed to introduce the theory or principles that
frame a wide range of problems or issues in each of the
courses. The most current techniques or tools are applied to
these theories to allow students to practice making decisions
to solve a wide range of problems.




                                                                                                                                                  101
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MBA/TM Required Course of Study                                 MBA/TM Course Waiver Policy
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Students may waive a maximum of nine credits from their
following the course number. Prerequisites to a course are      required course of study on the basis of transferable course
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   work. Students attending campus locations in California may
log.                                                            waive a maximum of six graduate credits from their required
                                                                course of study on the basis of transferable course work. To
COM 515
                                                                meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be transferred
  Managerial Communication 1credit
                                                                must:
ORG 502G
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior 3credits          1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”
LAW 529G                                                        or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally accredited,
  Legal Environment of Business 3 credits                       or candidate for accreditation, college or university.
MKT 551G                                                        2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
  Marketing Management 3credits                                 Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
QNT 530G                                                        3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university where
  Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial                the credit was earned.
  Decisions 3 credits
                                                                Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
MGT 554G
                                                                written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the course
  Operations Management 3credits
                                                                they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-
ECO 533G                                                        versity where the course was completed. An official catalog
  Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits             course description and syllabus must accompany the request
ACC 529G                                                        along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
  Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits            description was taken. The official transcript from the institu-
FIN 544                                                         tion where the course was completed must also be submitted
  Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits               unless it was previously submitted to the University during
CIS 564.4G                                                      the application process.
  Information Management in Business 3credits                   COM 515, Managerial Communication, and TMGT 590,
EBUS 500.1G                                                     Applications of Technology Management, may not be
  e-Business Principles and Practices 3credits                  waived.
TMGT 578
  Strategy Formulation and Implementation 3credits
TMGT 510G
  Project Management in the Technological Environment
  3credits
TMGT 540G
  Management of Research and Development and
  Innovation Processes 3 credits
TMGT 550G
  Technology Transfer in the Global Economy 3credits
TMGT 590G
   Applications of Technology Management 3 credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required
course of study.




102
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                      COLLEGE OF GRADUATE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT




MBA/TM Admission Requirements                                      MBA/TM Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the MBA/TM program               The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
are as follows:                                                    MBA/TM degree:
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate           1. Completion of the 46 semester credit required course of
application and an application fee.                                study with a minimum grade point average of “B” (3.0).
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved          2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college
                                                                   3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
or University, or a comparable degree from a recognized
                                                                   Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
institution outside of the United States.
                                                                   Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.
4. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0=A
scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree posted
transcript.
5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
time, post high school work experience with exposure to
organizational systems and management processes.
6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
classroom assignments.
7. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the
Test of English for International Communication (TOEIC).
The following may exempt a non–native speaker from
having to take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
  country in which English is the official language.
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.

• Official documents are required.




                                                                                                                         103
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
SCHOOL OF DOCTORAL STUDIES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Doctor of Management in Organizational                                                        At the half way point in Year One and Year Two the learners
Leadership                                                                                    will meet again for a weekend seminar. This will be an
........................................................................................      opportunity to reacquaint the learners to one another and the
The Doctor of Management (DM) degree program in                                               program. As well as, to continue discussions regarding the
Organizational Leadership offered by the University of                                        Doctoral Project.
Phoenix provides those with a professional master’s degree a
                                                                                              All learners must attend all of the residencies.
means of exploring their personal readiness to become
leaders in their professions or their current organizations.                                  The learner will also keep a journal during the duration of
Learners gain a mastery of leadership literature, and                                         the program. The journal will be graded during residency in
demonstrate their competence in applying what they learn.                                     Year Two and Year Three. Each time the journal is graded and
They also:                                                                                    the learner successfully passes the learner will earn 1 credit.
                                                                                              (The journal is worth a total of 2credits.)
• Explore the functions of management inherent in the act of
  organizational leadership and identify and illuminate the                                   The learner is also required to complete a comprehensive
                                                                                              paper after Year One and required to successfully pass a
  challenges managers will face in the 21st century.
                                                                                              comprehensive exam after Year Two.
• Analyze present organizational circumstances, and                                          Doctoral Project
  discover the meaning of their professional experience and
                                                                                             One of the major activities for the DM degree is the successful
  the purpose of their leadership mission.
                                                                                             completion of a publishable book-length manuscript which
• Create new ideas about what organizations are and can                                      adds new thinking to the literature of organizations and
  become.                                                                                    leadership. Because of the highly independent nature of the
                                                                                             program, learners must be truly self-disciplined self-starters
• Experience leadership and evaluate their personal                                          and highly motivated to earn this degree.
  readiness to succeed as a leader.
                                                                                              The book provides the learner the opportunity to demon-
The DM program creates a perfect opportunity for mid-                                         strate his or her mastery of the leadership literature and abil-
career professionals to refresh and recreate their commitment                                 ity to demonstrate their competence by applying what
to the tasks required of organizational leaders. Learners will                                they’ve learned.
think deeply about the current state of organizations and
their leadership; create imaginative new applications from
what is learned and contribute new knowledge to the profes-
sion and society.
The DM program has a 60 credit requirement and involves
two different delivery modalities. The majority of the pro-
gram will be delivered online in a virtual classroom setting.
The learner will not be working alone, but with a cohort of
approximately 10 students. The learner will be required to
spend approximately 25 hours a week on course work
required in the program.
The learner should also expect to spend 2 weeks in residency
during each year (Year One, Two and Three). The two-week
residencies build foundations for other courses and are a
highly interactive. They are very comprehensive and cover a
variety of areas essential to the program.




                                                                                                                                                                              105
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




DM Admission Requirements                                         7. Payment of all tuition and fees.
The requirements for admission to the DM program are as           8. Completion of the graduation packet.
follows:
                                                                  9. Completion of all degree requirements within six years of
1. Completion of a master’s degree from a regionally              the first residency.
accredited institution of higher learning (official transcripts
are required) with a G.P.A. of 3.0 or higher. For admission to    DM Required Course of Study
regular status the degree must be in an area of administration    Following is an outline of the DM program.
(e.g. MBA, MPA, M.Ed., M.Eng.Mgmt., MPH Admin, etc.)              LDR 700R
Provisional admission may be granted an exceptional
                                                                    Catalytic Leadership and Group Processes: A Skillshop
applicant with a master’s degree from another field of study
                                                                    4 credits
under the condition that the applicant complete an additional
                                                                  DOC 700R
course program in management from our MBA program (or
                                                                    Finding Your Passion: Thinking About and Designing
transfer equivalents from another regionally accredited
institution of higher learning). This core comprises the            Your Doctoral Project 2 credits
following sequence of courses: 1. Financial Accounting, 2.        DOC 791OR
Human Relations and Organizational Behavior, 3. Advanced            Learning Leader Journal I Orientation 0 credit
Marketing Management, 4. Strategy Formulation and                 DOC 701
Implementation, 5. Statistics for Managerial Decision               The Philosophy of Knowledge 3 credits
Making.                                                           DOC 702
2. A minimum of seven years supervisory experience.                 Inventing the World: How We Construct Meaning
                                                                    3 credits
3. Three references.                                              ORG 700
4. Internet access and a computer.                                  Organization Theory: The Structural Conventions of the
                                                                    Industrial Paradigm 3credits
5. A 10-page personal leadership statement in response to a
leadership question posed in the application packet.              DOC 793R
                                                                    Learner Led Seminar I 2credits
6. A score of at least 600 on the TOEFL exam for non-native       LDR 701
speakers of English.
                                                                    Leadership Theory: The Human Conventions of the
7. Membership in a research library.                                Industrial Paradigm 3credits
8. Successful completion of the first residency.                  ORG 704
                                                                    Organizational Culture and Change 3credits
DM Degree Requirements                                            DOC 791
The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the DM         Learning Leader Journal I 1 credit
degree:                                                           End of Year One
1. Completion of the 60 semester credit required course of        Comprehensive Paper Due
study with a minimum GPA of 3.0.                                  LDR 751R
2. Successful completion of all residencies.                        The Essence of Leadership: Communicating, Team
                                                                    Building and Coaching: A Skillshop 3 credits
3. Successful completion of the comprehensive
                                                                  LDR 704R
examination.
                                                                    Group and Individual Renewal 3credits
4. Successful completion of the comprehensive paper.              DOC 790R
5. Satisfactory completion of the Learning Leader Journal.          Getting Focused 0 credits
                                                                  DOC 795R
6. Satisfactory completion and presentation of the Doctoral
Project.                                                            How to Choose a Doctoral Project Mentor 0 credits
                                                                  DOC 791R
                                                                    Learning Leader Journal II 0 credits
                                                                  MGT 700
                                                                    The Mind of the Manager/The Mind of the Managed
                                                                    3 credits




106
                                                                                     University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                      SCHOOL OF DOCTORAL STUDIES




MGT 701                                                    DM Course Waiver Policy
  Distant Voices: Unconventional Wisdom and the Anti-      Students may waive a maximum of 6 elective credits from
  establishment Challenge 3 credits                        their required course of study through transfer.
ORG 701
                                                           To waive a course a course in the DM program students must
  Organizations and Systems Thinking: The Web of
                                                           have completed a previous course which meets the following
  Inclusion 3 credits
                                                           criteria:
DOC 794R
  Learner Led Seminar 2 credits                            1. The course must have been completed and transcripted
LDR 703                                                    from a regionally accredited, or candidate for accreditation,
  The Moral and Social Responsibility of Leadership        college or university.
  3credits                                                 2. The course must have been completed within the past ten
DOC 797                                                    years with a grade of "B-" (3.0) or better.
  Research Methods for Social Science Discovery 3credits   3. The course must be comparable in content and credits to
DOC 792                                                    the University course it is replacing and must be a doctoral
  Learning Leader Journal II 1 credit                      level course.
End of Year Two                                            Dropping from Program
                                rd                         Any student dropping from the program must follow the
Comprehensive Exam Taken at 3        Residency
                                                           proper reentry procedures to reenroll in the program. A
DOC 792R                                                   student who has completed all the course work and is
  Learning Leader Journal II 3 credits                     dropping prior to finishing the Doctoral Project (DOC/799)
DOC 796R                                                   must show continuous involvement with the University and
  Finalizing the Design of the Doctoral Project            the program by enrolling, paying and attending DOC/799O.
  3credits
DOC 789
  Readings and Conference 3credits
DOC 798
  Doctoral Project Research/Writing 3 credits
DOC 799
  Preparing the Doctoral Project 3credits




                                                                                                                  107
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Nursing and Health Sciences is within the                                     Master of Science in Nursing
Atremic School and was established to respond to the                                         ........................................................................................
educational needs of registered nurses. The College offers                                   The following Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) program is
working nurses opportunities to participate in degree                                        offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations:
programs developed to broaden their professional horizons.                                   Florida, Hawaii, Louisiana, New Mexico, Northern California,
These programs are designed specifically for nurses who                                      Online, Phoenix, Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona,
desire a repertoire of skills and knowledge necessary to                                     Southern California, Utah, and West Michigan.
respond effectively to today’s dynamic health care                                           ........................................................................................
environment. They also equip nurses with essential skills                                     The MSN program is designed to develop and enhance the
necessary to assume a leadership role in resolving the                                        knowledge and skills of registered nurses. It is also designed
challenges being faced by health care organizations and                                       for those nurses who want to pursue more advanced posi-
personnel. Each program has a blend of theory and practice                                    tions in today’s challenging health care environment. The
which fosters a learning environment that allows nurses to                                    program blends nursing theory with advanced practice con-
build their knowledge base and to effectively and creatively                                  cepts necessary to successfully work within the structure,
apply what they have learned. Master of Science in Nursing                                    culture, and mission of any size health care organization or
(MSN), Master of Science in Nursing/Women’s Health Care                                       educational setting.
Nurse Practitioner (MSN/WHCNP), and Master Science
Nursing/Family Nurse Practitioner (MSN/FNP) programs                                          The MSN program consists of three major areas: the core, the
which can be taken at selected University of Phoenix                                          major, and the cognate. The core incorporates the major foci
campuses. In addition, the WHCNP and FNP programs can                                         of a Master of Science in Nursing degree: the theory of Nurs-
be taken as a post masters certificate program.                                               ing, ethical Nursing issues, and the influence of Nursing
                                                                                              research on the advanced practice of Nursing. The major
The MSN Programs are developed for nurses who want to                                         includes advanced course work in Nursing: management of
ground their professional nursing decisions and actions with                                  families and aggregates, administration, and education. The
appropriate nursing theories, research principles, and                                        cognate includes course work concerning today’s health care
practices. The MSN curriculum builds on baccalaureate                                         environment: health care infrastructure, health care finance
education through the development of advanced practice                                        and data-based decision making.
roles of caregiver, teacher, and manager of care.
                                                                                              Classes meet in formal session once each week for four
International Nursing Honor Society                                                           hours. Additional time is required outside of class for home-
........................................................................................      work, study group meetings, and project activities.
Sigma Theta Tau International
                                                                                              The MSN program is 39 credits. The course sequence will be
The University of Phoenix Omicron Delta Chapter of Sigma                                      completed in the order determined by the University. The
Theta Tau International (STTI) was chartered in 1998. This                                    University reserves the right to modify and/or resequence
international nursing honor society is a member of the Asso-                                  the curriculum as necessary. All course work must be com-
ciation of College Honor Societies. The purposes of the soci-                                 pleted satisfactorily or be repeated. All courses in which an
ety are to foster high professional standards, to encourage                                   “F“ was earned must be repeated in the required course of
creative work, promote the maximum development of the                                         study.
individual, and to strengthen commitment to the ideals and
purposes of the profession of nursing.
Membership by invitation only is extended annually to stu-
dents and other members of the nursing community who
have demonstrated qualities of leadership and capacity for
professional growth. Students are invited based on grade
point average, scholastic achievement, academic integrity
and standing within the university.




                                                                                                                                                                              109
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Nursing Practicum/ Clinical Hours                               NUR 584
The Nursing Practicum allows students the opportunity to          Dynamics of Nursing Administration 3credits
apply what they have learned in the program. Students           HCS 582
develop learning objectives for the experience and, along         Health Care Finance 3credits
with a faculty member and mentor, they achieve the objec-       NUR 586.3
tives through placement at an approved agency. There is a         Curriculum Development and Program Design
minimum of 60 hours applied practicum required. A mini-           3 credits
mum of 21 graduate credits must be completed before enroll-     NUR 598
ment in the Practicum course.                                     Nursing Research Utilization Project 3credits
NUR 540 and NUR 543 have the student apply course con-          NUR 590AG
cepts through a clinical application project. A minimum of 16     Nursing Practicum 1credit
clinical hours per course has been established to allow stu-    NUR 590BG
dents time to achieve the course objectives.                      Nursing Practicum 2credits
MSN Course of Study                                             The University reserves the right to modify the required
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    course of study.
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
nix are applicable.
HCS 501
  Introduction to Nursing Graduate Studies
  2credits
NUR 515.3
  Advanced Nursing Theory 3credits
NUR 517
  Research Methods 2credits
NUR 540
  Advanced Nursing Management: Individuals and
  Families 3credits
NUR 543
  Advanced Nursing Management: Communities
  3credits
HCS 520
  Health Care Infrastructure 3 credits
HCS 583
  Data-Based Decision–Making 3credits
NUR 576
  Ethical Issues in Nursing 2credits
HCS 581.3
  Change, Negotiation, and Conflict Resolution in Health
  Care 3credits




110
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                             COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




MSN Admission Requirements                                      7. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
The requirements for admission to the MSN program are as        Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the
follows:                                                        Test of English for International Communication. The
                                                                following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate        take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
application and an application fee.
                                                                • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
2. An undergraduate degree in a nursing program with an
                                                                  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
upper division major in nursing from a regionally accredited
                                                                  university in the United States.
college or university or one which is a candidate for
accreditation or a comparable degree from a recognized          • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
institution outside of the United States.                         semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
Nurses who hold baccalaureate degrees in non-nursing pro-         country in which English is the official language.
grams from a regionally accredited college or university        • U.S. high school diploma or GED.
must meet the BSN equivalency. The BSN equivalency is
accomplished after successful completion of the University      • Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
of Phoenix Bridge Program.                                        which English is the official language.
NUR 402                                                         • Official documents are required.
    Theoretical Foundations of Professional Nursing
    3credits.                                                   8. Enrollment agreement.
NUR 429                                                         MSN Waiver Policy
    Issues and Strategies in Nursing Research Utilization       Students may transfer up to nine semester hours of graduate
    3credits                                                    credit toward completion of any of the graduate major
NUR 464                                                         curriculum. Students at a California campus may transfer 6
    Concepts of Family Nursing Theory 3credits                  credits. To meet the criteria for transfer into the program, the
Credits for graduate course may not be counted toward the       course transferred must:
degree unless the admission prerequisites have been ful-
                                                                     a. Be completed within the past ten years with a
filled.
                                                                        minimum grade of “B” (3.0) at a regionally, or
1. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned                approved nationally, accredited college or university
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work               or one which is a candidate for accreditation.
attempted.
                                                                     b. Be comparable in content and credits to the
2. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0=A            University of Phoenix course;
scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree posted
                                                                     c. Be a graduate level course; and
transcript.
                                                                     d. Be officially transcripted from the college or
3. Verification of a minimum of three years full-time RN work
                                                                        university where the credit was earned.
experience or 2 years experience as an RN and 1 year health
care experience within the last 10 years.                       Because of the importance to the degree, the following
4. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify        courses, may not be waived:
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete      NUR 598 Nursing Research Utilization Project and NUR/
classroom assignments. In addition the MSN program              590AB Nursing Practicum
contains a clinical component. Applicants are expected to
                                                                Students can petition to waive the admission RN-MSN
meet minimal RN mental and physical qualifications to
                                                                Bridge courses. A maximum of two courses can be waived
complete the clinical course requirements.
                                                                from the RN-MSN Bridge.
5. A valid, unrestricted and unencumbered RN license from
                                                                The previously identified waiver policy indicated above
the state in which the applicant is practicing, kept current
                                                                applies to these pre-requisite courses.
throughout the duration of the required course of study.
6. Appropriate access to technology as established by the
Student Technology Recommendations and Competencies.




                                                                                                                         111
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master of Science in Nursing Women’s                                                       MSN Nurse Practitioner Admission Requirements
Health Care Nurse Practitioner or                                                          Students must provide the following documentation prior to
Family Nurse Practitioner                                                                  starting the MSN/FNP or MSN/WHCNP program.
........................................................................................
                                                                                           The requirements for admission to the MSN nurse practitio-
The following Nurse Practitioner Master of Science in Nursing                              ner program are as follow:
(MSN) programs are offered at these University of Phoenix
campus locations: Hawaii, Phoenix, Sacramento, and Southern                                1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate
California.                                                                                application and an application fee.
........................................................................................
                                                                                           2. An undergraduate degree in a nursing program with an
The MSN Nurse Practitioner program is designed for those                                   upper division major in nursing from a regionally accredited
nurses who want to pursue more advanced positions in                                       or candidate for accreditation college or university or a
today’s challenging health care environment. The program                                   comparable degree from a recognized institution outside of
blends nursing theory with advanced practice concepts nec-                                 the United States.
essary to successfully work within the structure, culture, and
                                                                                           Nurses who hold baccalaureate degrees in non-nursing pro-
mission of any size health care organization or educational
                                                                                           grams from a regionally accredited college or university
setting.
                                                                                           must meet the BSN equivalency. The BSN equivalency is
The MSN Nurse Practitioner programs courses require the                                    accomplished after successful completion of the University
student to complete 46 graduate credits.                                                   of Phoenix Bridge Program which include:
Classes meet in formal sessions a minimum of eight hours                                   NUR 402
per week to accommodate delivery of required didactic the-                                   Theoretical Foundations of Professional Nursing
ory hours. Scheduling of these class sessions will be deter-                                 3 credits
mined by each campus offering the program. Additional                                      NUR 429
time is required outside of class for clinical hours, labs,                                  Issues and Strategies in Nursing Research Utilization
homework and project activities. Upon satisfactory comple-                                   3 credits
tion of the didactic hours students will complete a clinical                               NUR 464
preceptorship. This component requires the student to com-                                   Concepts of Family Nursing Theory 3credits
plete a minimum of 20 hours of preceptored clinical experi-
ences over 23 weeks.                                                                       3. Credits for graduate courses may not be counted toward
                                                                                           the degree unless the admission prerequisites have been
Students enrolling in this program should consider the sig-                                fulfilled.
nificant time required. For guidance with program require-
ments students should contact the campus Nurse                                             4. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
Practitioner Clinical Coordinator.                                                         toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
                                                                                           attempted.
Graduate cognate courses must be completed prior to enter-
ing the nurse practitioner course sequence. The course                                     5. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.0=A
sequence will be completed in the order determined by the                                  scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree posted
University. The University reserves the right to modify the                                transcript.
curriculum as necessary.                                                                   6. Verification of a minimum of three years full-time RN work
                                                                                           experience within the last 10 years.
                                                                                           7. Appropriate access to technology as established by the
                                                                                           Student Technology Recommendations and Competencies.




112
                                                                                           University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                              COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




8. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify         MSN/FNP Waiver Policy
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete       Students may transfer up to nine semester hours of graduate
classroom assignments.                                           credit toward completion of any of the graduate major curric-
9. A valid, unrestricted, and unencumbered RN license from       ulum. Students at a California campus may transfer 6 credits.
the state in which the applicant is practicing, kept current     To meet the criteria for transfer into the program, the course
throughout the duration of the required course of study.         transferred must:
10. Two letters of recommendations from professionals who             a. Be completed within the past ten years with a
can evaluate the applicant’s potential success in the program.           minimum grade of “B” (3.0) at a regionally, or
                                                                         approved nationally, accredited or candidate for
11. Current Basic Cardiac Life support certification.                    accreditation college or university;
12. A completed Preceptor Identification Form.                        b. Be comparable in content and credits to the
13. A signed Physical Assessment Release Form.                           University of Phoenix course;
14. Current Documentation of Hepatitis Vaccination or                 c. Be a graduate level course; and
signed University of Phoenix declination form;
                                                                      d. Be officially transcripted from the college or
immunization for TD and MMR; and a negative TB skin test
                                                                         university where the credit was earned.
or University of Phoenix TB symptom survey questionnaire.
                                                                 In addition to the above, students have the option of waiving
15. Advanced Practice Role Essay. Criteria are provided to
                                                                 a maximum of 9 nurse practitioner credits, using assessed or
guide applicants in completing this requirement.
                                                                 transfer credits.
16. For non-native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
                                                                 Course work completed at non-regionally accredited institu-
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the
                                                                 tions will be evaluated through Assessment of Prior Learning
Test of English for International Communication. The
                                                                 and must meet the following criteria to be reviewed for
following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to
                                                                 assessed credit:
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
                                                                 1. Be completed within the last 10 years with a minimum
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic             grade of “B”.
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States.                               2. Course work must be taken after completion of
                                                                 baccalaureate degree.
• Successful completed of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a    3. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
                                                                 Phoenix.
  country in which English is the official language.
                                                                 4. Be officially transcripted from the institution where
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                               student completed the course work.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in     Because of the importance to the degree, the following
  which English is the official language.                        courses, may not be waived:
• Official documents are required.                               NUR 598 Nursing Research Utilization Project and NRP 530
                                                                 or NRP 533.
17. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
18. Technology requirement. Appropriate access to
technology as established by the Student Technology
Recommendations and Competencies.




                                                                                                                            113
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MSN/FNP Course of Study                                         MSN/WHCNP Course of Study
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are       following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-   log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
nix are applicable.                                             nix are applicable.
NRP 502                                                         NRP 502
  Role of the Nurse Practitioner 3credits                         Role of the Nurse Practitioner 3credits
NUR 515.3                                                       NUR 515.3
  Advanced Nursing Theory 3credits                                Advanced Nursing Theory 3 credits
NUR 517                                                         NUR 517
  Research Methods 2credits                                       Research Methods 2credits
HCS 583                                                         HCS 583
  Data-Based Decision Making 3 credits                            Data-Based Decision Making 3credits
HCS 505G                                                        HCS 505G
  Advanced Pathophysiology 3 credits                              Advanced Pathophysiology 3credits
HCS 507G                                                        HCS 507G
  Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics 3credits                          Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics 3 credits
NRP 514G                                                        NRP 514G
  Advanced Health Assessment (48 hours supervised lab)            Advanced Physical Assessment (48 hours supervised lab)
  4credits                                                        4 credits
HCS 523G                                                        HCS 523G
  Health Promotion/Prevention 3credits                            Health Promotion/Prevention 3credits
NRP 524G                                                        NRP 518G
  Family I Pediatrics & Adolescents (60 hours clinical)           Nursing Management of the Childbearing Client (25
  5credits                                                        hours clinical preceptorship) 4credits
NRP 525G                                                        NRP 521G
  Family II Adults & Geriatrics (75 hours clinical)               Nursing Management of the High Risk Childbearing
  7credits                                                        Client (25 hours clinical preceptorship) 4credits
NRP 528G                                                        NRP 523G
  Family III Women’s Issues (45 hours clinical)                   Nursing Management of Complex Women’s Health
  4credits                                                        Issues (25 hours clinical preceptorship)
NRP 533G                                                          4 credits
  Preceptorship (425 hours clinical) 3credits                   NRP 526G
NUR 598G                                                          Nursing Management of Complex Women’s Health
  Nursing Research Utilization Project 3credits                   Issues (25 hours clinical Preceptorship)
The University reserves the right to modify the required          4 credits
course of study.                                                NRP 530G
                                                                  Preceptorship (460 hours) 3credits
                                                                NUR 598G
                                                                  Nursing Research Utilization 3credits
                                                                The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                course of study.




114
                                                                                                                    University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                                       COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




Post Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner                                                    FNP Course of Study
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
The following Nurse Practitioner Post Master’s program are                                 following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations:                                   identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
Hawaii, Phoenix, Sacramento, and Southern California.                                      log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
........................................................................................   nix are applicable.
The Nurse Practitioner Post Master’s Program is designed to                                NRP 502
develop and enhance the knowledge and skills of registered                                   Role of the Nurse Practitioner 3 credits
nurses. It is also designed for those nurses who want to pur-
                                                                                           HCS 505G
sue more advanced positions in today’s challenging health
                                                                                             Advanced Pathophysiology 3credits
care environment. The program blends nursing theory with
advanced practice concepts necessary to successfully work                                  HCS 507G
within the structure, culture, and mission of any size health                                Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics 3credits
care organization or educational setting. This program                                     NRP 514G
allows a Masters of Nursing prepared nurse to complete a                                     Advanced Health Assessment (48 hours supervised lab)
nurse practitioner program and apply for state licensure.                                    4credits
                                                                                           HCS 523G
Each Nurse Practitioner Post Master’s program curriculum
consists of 35 credits.                                                                      Health Promotion/Prevention 3credits
                                                                                           NRP 524G
The course sequence will be completed in the order deter-                                    Family I Pediatrics & Adolescents (60 hours clinical)
mined by the University. The University reserves the right to                                5credits
modify the curriculum as necessary.
                                                                                           NRP 525G
Students must provide the following documentation prior to                                   Family II Adults & Geriatrics (75 hours clinical)
starting either NP certificate program.                                                      7credits.
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate                                   NRP 528G
application and an application fee.                                                          Family III Women’s Issues (45 hours clinical)
                                                                                             4credits
2. Official transcript verifying a nursing graduate degree.
                                                                                           NRP 533G
3. A valid, unrestricted, and unencumbered RN license from                                   Preceptorship (425 hours clinical) 3credits
the state in which the applicant is practicing, kept current
throughout the duration of the required course of study.
4. Two letters of recommendations from professionals who
can evaluate the applicant’s potential success in the program.
5. Current Basic Cardiac Life support certification.
6. A completed Preceptor Identification Form.
7. A signed Physical Assessment Release Form.
8. Current Documentation of Hepatitis Vaccination or signed
University of Phoenix declination form; immunization for TD
and MMR; and a negative TB skin test, chest x–ray, or
University of Phoenix TB symptom survey questionnaire.
9. Advanced Practice Role Essay. Criteria are provided to
guide applicants in completing this requirement.
10. Technology requirement. Appropriate access to
technology as established by the Student Technology
Recommendations and Competencies.
11. A signed Enrollment Agreement.




                                                                                                                                                 115
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Nurse Practitioner Certificate Waiver Policy                    MSN/FNP-WHCNP Degree Requirements
Students may transfer up to 9 semester hours of graduate        The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
credit toward completion of any of the graduate major curric-   MSN/NP degree:
ulum.
                                                                1. Completion of the curriculum with a minimum grade
      a. Be completed within the past ten years with a          point average of “B” (3.0).
        minimum grade of “B” (3.0) at a regionally, or
                                                                2. Satisfactory completion of the Nursing Research
        approved nationally, accredited or candidate for
                                                                Utilization course.
        accreditation college or university;
                                                                3. Payment of all tuition and fees.
      b. Be comparable in content and credits to the
         University of Phoenix course;                          4. Completion of all required clinical documentation and
                                                                clinical hours for either Nurse Practitioner program.
      c. Be a graduate level course; and
                                                                Post Master’s Nurse Practitioner Degree
      d. Be officially transcripted from the college or
                                                                Requirements
         university where the credit was earned.
                                                                The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
In addition to the above, students have the option of waiving   FNP or WHCNP post master’s certificate.
a maximum of 9 nurse practitioner credits using assessment
credits.                                                        1. Completion of the curriculum with a minimum grade
                                                                point average of “B” (3.0).
Course work completed at non-regionally accredited institu-
tions will be evaluated through Assessment of Prior Learning    2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
and must meet the following criteria to be reviewed for         3. Completion of all required clinical documentation and
assessed credit:                                                clinical hours for Nurse Practitioner program.
1. Be completed within the last 10 years with a minimum
grade of “B”.
2. Course work must be taken after completion of
baccalaureate degree.
3. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
Phoenix course.
4. Be officially transcripted from the institution where
student completed the course work.
MSN Degree Requirements
The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
MSN degree:
1. Completion of the curriculum with a minimum grade
point average of “B” (3.0).
2. Satisfactory completion of the Nursing Research
Utilization courses and practicum.
3. Completion of all required clinical hours.
4. Payment of all tuition and fees.
5. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).




116
                                                                                                                     University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                                        COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




Masters of Science in Nursing/Master of                                                    MSN/MBA/HCM Required Course of Study
Business Administration Health Care                                                        Course requiring prerequisites are identified by a G Symbol
Management                                                                                 following the course number. Prerequisite to a course are
........................................................................................   identified in the “Course Descriptions: section of this catalog.
The MSN/MBA/HCM program is designed to provide                                             COM 515
nurses with a unique blend of advanced nursing and busi-                                      Managerial Communication 1credit
ness management skills needed to manage today’s innova-
                                                                                           ORG 502
tive health care delivery systems. The program combines
                                                                                              Human Relations and Organizational Behavior 3 credits
essentials from both degree programs to provide students
                                                                                           LAW 529
with the knowledge and skills necessary to enhance and sup-
port patient services. The MBA/HCM program emphasizes                                         Legal Environment of Business 3credits
the identification, analysis, and solution of complex manage-                              MKT 551
ment problems that require technical understanding and bal-                                   Marketing Management 3 credits
anced decision making. Although a functional knowledge of                                  QNT 530
accounting, finance, and management underlies the pro-                                        Statistics and Research Methods for Managerial
gram, equal attention is given to the development of report                                   Decisions 3credits
writing, oral reporting, and group process skills.                                         MGT 554
Students develop additional expertise in the solution of per-                                 Operations Management 3credits
sistent management problems through the completion of an                                   ECO 533
applied management science project which relates the stu-                                     Economics for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
dent’s professional interests or responsibilities to the goal of                           ACC 529
improved managerial functioning. The applied management                                       Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
science project, therefore, serves not only to provide a vehicle                           FIN 544
for the application of theory to practice, but also serves to                                 Finance for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
demonstrate that MBA/HCM candidate can perform in a                                        CIS 564.4
variety of sophisticated management roles in a health care
                                                                                              Information Management in Business 3credits
environment with the confidence and self-discipline
expected of the MBA/HCM program graduate.                                                  EBUS 500.1
                                                                                              e-Business Principles and Practices 3credits
The MSN program is designed to develop and enhance the                                     HCS 521
knowledge and skill of registered nurses. It is also designed                                 Healthcare Infrastructure 3credits
for those nurses who want to pursue more advanced posi-
                                                                                           HCS 530
tions in today’s challenging health care environment. The
                                                                                              Healthcare Organizations 3credits
program blends nursing theory with advanced practice con-
cepts necessary to successfully work within the structure,                                 HCS 579
culture, and mission of any size health care organization or                                  Healthcare Finance 3 credits
educational setting.                                                                       HCS 584
                                                                                              Quality and Database Management 3credits
The MSN program consists of three major areas: the core, the
                                                                                           HCS 586
major, and the cognate. The core incorporates the major foci
                                                                                              Healthcare Strategic Management 3credits
of a Master of Science in Nursing degree: the theory of Nurs-
ing, ethical Nursing issues, and the influence of Nursing                                  NUR 541
research on the advanced practice of Nursing. The major                                       Models of Health Behavior 3credits
includes advanced course work in Nursing: management of                                    NUR 543
families and aggregates, administration, and education. The                                   Advanced Nursing Management: Communities 3credits
cognate is fulfilled through the MBA/HCM program con-                                      NUR 586
tent.                                                                                         Curriculum Development and Program Design 3credits
The MSN/MBA/HCM program is 61credits. All MBA/HCM                                          NUR 515.3
course work must be completed prior to enrolling in the                                       Advanced Nursing Theory 3credits
Applied Management Science Project Seminar. All course
work and clinical requirements must be completed satisfac-
torily, or be repeated.




                                                                                                                                                   117
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




NUR 590A                                                           MSN/MBA/HCM Admission Requirements
  Nursing Practicum 2 credits                                      Students must complete the admission requirements for both
NUR 590B                                                           degree programs. The requirements for admission to the
  Nursing Practicum 2 credits                                      MBA/HCM program are as follows:
The university reserves the right to modify the required           1. The complete and signed University of Phoenix graduate
course of study.                                                   application and application fee.
Nursing Practicum/Clinical Hours                                   2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited or
The Nursing Practicum allows students the opportunity to           candidate for accreditation college or university, or a
apply what they have learned in the program. Students              comparable degree from a recognized institution outside of
develop learning objectives for the experience and, along          United States.
with a faculty member and mentor, they achieve the objec-
                                                                   3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
tives through placement at an approved agency. There is a
                                                                   toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
minimum 60 hours applied practicum required. A minimum
                                                                   attempted.
of 21 graduate credits must be completed before enrollment
in the Practicum course.                                           4. A minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
                                                                   (on a 4.0= A scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree
NUR 540 and NUR 543 have the student apply course con-
                                                                   posted transcript.
cepts through a clinical application project. A minimum of 16
clinical hours per course has been established to allow stu-       5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full-
dents time to achieve the course objectives.                       time, post-high school work experience related to the degree
                                                                   program.
MSN/MBA/HCM Course Waiver Policy
Students may waive a maximum of 12 credits from their              6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
required course of study on the basis of transferable course       access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
work. Students attending campuses located in the state of          classroom assignments.
California may waive a maximum of 6 graduate credits from          7. For non-native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
their required course of study on the basis of transferable        Test for English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 on the
course work. To meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be   Test of English for International Communication. The
transferred must:                                                  following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to
1. Be completed within the last ten years with a grade of “B”      take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
or higher at a regionally accredited or candidate for              • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
accreditation college or university.                                 semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of         university in the United States.
Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
                                                                   • Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
3. Be officially transcribed by the college or university where      semester credits a recognized college of University in a
the credit was earned.                                               country in which English is the official language.
Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal             • U.S. high school diploma or GED
written request to the Office of Admission, citing the course
they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and the uni-       • Equivalent of an U.S. high school diploma from a country
versity where the course was completed. An official catalog          in which English is the official language.
course description and syllabus must accompany the request
                                                                   • Official documents are required.
along with a copy of the catalog cover from which the course
description was taken.                                             • Appropriate access to technology as established by the
The official transcript from the institution where the course        Student Technology Recommendations and
was completed must also be submitted unless it was previ-            Competencies.
ously submitted to the University during the admission pro-        8. A signed Enrollment Agreement.
cess.




118
                                                                                          University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                             COLLEGE OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES




MSN Admission Requirements                                      MSN/MBA/HCM Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the MSN program are as        The following requirements must be satisfied to earn these
follows:                                                        dual degrees:
1. The completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate      1. Completion of the 61 semester credit required course of
application and an application fee.                             study with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (“B”).
2. An undergraduate degree in a nursing program with an         2. Satisfactory completion of the HCS 586and Nursing
upper division major in nursing from a regionally accredited    Practicum.
or candidate for accreditation college or university or a
                                                                3. Completion of all required clinical hours.
comparable degree from a recognized institution outside of
the United States.                                              4. Payment of all tuition and fees.
Nurses who hold baccalaureate degrees in non-nursing pro-       5. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
grams from a regionally accredited college or university        Assessment (COCA) post-test as part of the University’s
must meet the BSN equivalency. The BSN equivalency in           Adult Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
accomplished after successful completion of the University
of Phoenix Bridge Program.
NUR402
  Theoretical Foundation of Professional Nursing
  3credits
NUR429
  Issues and Strategies in Nursing Research Utilization
  3credits
NUR464
  Concepts of Family Nursing Theory 3credits
Credits for graduate course may not be counted toward the
degree unless the admission prerequisites have fulfilled.
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.
4. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0= A
scale) as shown on the undergraduate degree posted
transcript.
5. Verification of a minimum of three year’s full-time RN
work experience or 2 years RN experience and 1 year health
care experience within the last 10 years.
6. Current employment. Unemployment applicants must
verify access to a suitable work environment in which to
complete classroom assignments. In addition the MSN
program contains a clinical component. Applicants are
expected to meet minimal RN mental and physical
qualifications to complete the clinical course requirements.
7. A valid, unrestricted, and unencumbered RN license from
the state in which the applicant is practicing, kept current
throughout the duration of the required course of study.
8. Official documents are required.




                                                                                                                       119
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Information Systems and Technology                                            MSCIS Course of Study
Programs offers the Master of Science in Computer                                            Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
Information Systems (MSCIS) degree.                                                          following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
                                                                                             identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this
Master of Science in Computer Information
                                                                                             catalog.
Systems
........................................................................................
                                                                                             COM 515
The following Master of Science in Computer Information                                        Management Communication 3credits
Systems (MSCIS) program is offered at these University of                                    ORG 502G
Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, Idaho,                                    Human Relation & Organizational Behavior 3credits
Maryland, Milwaukee, Nevada, New Mexico, Northern                                            LAW 529G
California, Oklahoma City, Online, Phoenix, Sacramento, San                                    Legal Environment of Business 3credits
Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern Colorado, Tulsa, Utah, and                                 ACC 529G
West Michigan.                                                                                 Accounting for Managerial Decision Making 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                             CSS 561G
The Master of Science in Computer Information Systems                                          Programming Concepts 3 credits
(MSCIS) program is focused on the acquisition of                                             CMGT 555G
information technology theory and the application of theory                                    Systems Analysis & Development 3credits
and practice to real world business opportunities and
                                                                                             CMGT 575
challenges. The course provide current theory and
                                                                                               CIS Project Management 3credits
knowledge of essential information technology components,
as well as interpersonal and intra-organizational                                            CMGT 576G
communication. While courses examine a broad range of                                          Programming Management 3credits
information technology resources, the courses emphasize the                                  CSS 558G
management of such resources in order to meet an                                               Data Base Concepts I 3credits
organization’s challenges and goals. The program has six                                     CSS 559G
main threads:                                                                                  Data Base Concepts II 3credits
                                                                                             TCM 537G
• Business Management
                                                                                               Networks/DataCom I 3credits
• Business Systems Analysis and Development                                                  TCM 538G
                                                                                               Networks/DataCom II 3credits
• Programming Management
                                                                                             CMGT 585
• Databases                                                                                    CIS Risk Management & Strategic Planning
                                                                                               3credits
• Network and Telecommunications
                                                                                             The University reserves the right to modify the required
• The Web                                                                                    course of study.




                                                                                                                                                                              121
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MSCIS Admission Requirements                                       MSCIS Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the MSCIS program are as         The following requirements must be satisfied to earn the
follows:                                                           MSCIS degree:
1. The completed and signed University of Phoenix                  1. The completion of the 37 semester graduate credit
graduate application and an application fee.                       curriculum with a minimum grade point average of “B” (3.0).
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved          2. Payment of all tuition and fees.
nationally, accredited or candidate for accreditation college or
                                                                   3. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
                                                                   Assessment (COCA) pre-test as part of the University’s Adult
institution outside of the United States.
                                                                   Learning Outcomes Assessment (ALOA).
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
                                                                   MSCIS Course Waiver Policy
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.                                                         Students may waive a maximum of 9 credits (not to exceed
                                                                   three University courses) from their required course of study
4. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 as shown          on the basis of transferable course work. Students in a
by the undergraduate degree posted transcript.                     California campus are limited to waiving 6 credits (2
5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant         courses). To meet the criteria for transfer, the course to be
full–time, post high school work experience.                       transferred must:
6. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must                  1. Be completed within the last five years with a grade of
verify access to a suitable work environment in which to           “B” or higher at a regionally, or approved nationally,
complete classroom assignments.                                    accredited or candidate for accreditation college or
                                                                   university.
7. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or 750 for the       2. Be comparable in content and credits to the University of
Test of English for International Communication. The               Phoenix course being waived, and be a graduate level course.
following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to
                                                                   3. Be officially transcripted by the college or university
take the TOEFL or TOEIC:
                                                                   where the credit was earned.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic               Students who wish to waive a course must make a formal
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or           written request to the Office of Admissions, citing the
  university in the United States.                                 courses they wish waived, the course to be transferred, and
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic               the university where the course was completed. An official
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a      catalog course description and syllabus must accompany the
  country in which English is the official language.               request along with a copy of the catalog cover from which
                                                                   the course description was taken. The official transcript from
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.                                 the institution where the course was completed must also be
                                                                   submitted unless it was previously submitted to the Univer-
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
                                                                   sity during the application process.
  which English is the official language.
• Official documents are required.
8. All University students must complete the Adult Learning
Outcomes Assessment prior to enrolling in their required
course of study.




122
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

College of Counseling and Human Services                                                      The curriculum, course work, and clinical experiences are
The College of Counseling and Human Services is within the                                    designed to produce outcomes in knowledge, critical think-
Artemis School and offers graduate counseling programs                                        ing, affective development, and counseling skills. These out-
which meet the educational standards for certification and                                    comes, based on accepted counselor education standards, are
licensure by State Boards of Behavioral Health. The counsel-                                  also based on competencies required of the working counsel-
ing curriculum prepares students to take the National Board                                   ing professional. Attention is given to the development of
for Certified Counselors Examination for national and state                                   oral presentation skills, group process skills, research utiliza-
certification. Curriculum in Master of Counseling in Mar-                                     tion, and exposure to and practice of a wide range of counsel-
riage and Family Therapy (MC/MFT), Master of Counseling                                       ing approaches.
in Mental Health Counseling (MC/MHC), Master of Coun-                                         The Community Counseling (MC/CC) Program has a 51–
seling in Community Counseling (MC/CC) and Master of                                          credit requirement for graduation. The MC/MFCC program,
Counseling With a Specialization in Marriage Family, and                                      designed for California, carries a 52 credit graduation
Child Counseling (MC/MFCC) prepare students for licen-                                        requirement. MC/MFT and MC/MHC programs, where
sure in most states. The Community Counseling Program in                                      available, have a 60–credit requirement. Course work will be
Phoenix, and Southern Arizona is accredited by the Council                                    completed in the order determined by the University. The
for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational                                       University reserves the right to revise course work as neces-
Programs (CACREP) 5999 Stevenson Avenue, Alexandria,                                          sary. All courses in the major course of study must be satis-
VA 22304, (703) 829800, the national accrediting body affili-                                 factorily completed to be eligible for graduation.
ated with the American Counseling Association (ACA).
                                                                                              Program length is approximately two and one–half to three
In addition to designing, implementing, and maintaining                                       and one–half years. Classes meet on weekends, weeknights,
curriculum for the MC degrees, the School develops intern-                                    or a combination of both. Additional time will be required
ship placement agreements with community behavioral                                           for homework, student group meetings, project activities,
health organizations and maintains Counseling Skills Center                                   and clinical work. The program involves a variety of formats
(CSC) laboratory facilities. In the CSC, students practice                                    depending on the subject matter and the competencies to be
counseling skills with intensive clinical supervisory support.                                developed. These formats include lecture, discussion, dem-
At the internship sites, supervised interns practice their                                    onstration, field trips, exercises, role–play, seminar, self–
counseling skills with diverse populations.                                                   directed learning, and supervised clinical experiences.
Master of Counseling                                                                         Clinical Courses
........................................................................................
                                                                                             Each program includes Clinical courses (CNSL 527, CNSL
Master of Counseling (MC) programs are currently offered at                                  537, CNSL 548, CNSL 553, CNSL 591, CMHC 538, CMHC
these University of Phoenix campus locations: Hawaii, New                                    585, MFCC 535, MFCC 550, MFCC 565) and Internship
Mexico, Phoenix, San Diego, Sacramento, Southern Arizona,                                    courses (CNSL 599 A/B, MFCC 570A/B/C, and CMHC 599
and Utah.                                                                                    A/B/C) which must be passed with a grade of “B” or better
........................................................................................
                                                                                             before a student will be allowed to continue the program.
MC programs are designed to meet the needs of the working                                    These courses provide the student with the opportunity to
adult professional who will benefit from a graduate educa-                                   practice basic counseling skills, family therapy, theory based
tion in counseling. Because counseling and jobs requiring the                                counseling strategies, group facilitation skills, and psycho-
skills of counselors are expected to grow in both the public                                 logical assessment in supervised settings. Sessions are video-
and private sectors throughout the 2000’s, students from a                                   taped and critiqued by the facilitator, study group, and class.
variety of settings and backgrounds should find the interper-
sonal, communication, and therapeutic skills offered in this
program useful in advancing their careers.




                                                                                                                                                                              123
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio                       Community Counseling Course of Study
Courses                                                            Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
The MC program includes three “portfolio” evaluations              following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
wherein the student’s progress in the areas of counseling          identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
skills, interpersonal skills, communication, and critical think-   log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
ing are assessed. These evaluations must be successfully           nix are applicable.
completed before proceeding in the program.                        CNSL 501
CNSL 511                                                              Introduction to Graduate Portfolio 0credits
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I–This              CNSL 511
  assessment is part of the admission process.                        Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I
                                                                      0 credits
CNSL 530
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II–                 CNSL 505
  Students must pass with a grade of “B” or better in order           Life Span Development 3credits
  to progress in the program.                                      CNSL 515
CNSL 599A/B                                                           Professional Counseling Communication Skills
  Internship– Students must pass with a grade of “B” or               2 credits
  better in order to graduate.                                     CNSL 520
                                                                      Counseling Models and Theories 3credits
Internship
                                                                   CNSL 527
The Community Counseling (MC/CC) and the Marriage                     Legal and Ethical Issues in Professional Counseling
Family and Child Counseling (MC/MFCC) Internship is 6                 3 credits
credits (two 3–credit courses), 600 hours, and requires the
                                                                   CNSL 534
student to spend at least 240 hours in direct contact with cli-
                                                                      Social and Multicultural Foundations 3credits
ents. Each section of the internship must be passed with a
grade of “B” or better before the student will be allowed to       CNSL 537
continue the program or to graduate. The MC/MFT, and                  Introduction to Clinical Assessment 4credits
MC/MHC specializations require 9–credit (three 3–credit            CNSL 548
courses) internships.                                                 Individual Counseling 4credits
                                                                   CNSL 553
Students are given the opportunity to engage in activities
that counselors in counseling agencies are expected to per-           Group Counseling 4credits
form. The experience takes place at a University approved          CNSL 530.4G
site, such as a community counseling agency, and is closely           Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II 1credit
supervised by an approved and trained site supervisor as           CNSL 540
well as a faculty member. Weekly supervision is required              Career and Life Planning 3credits
throughout the duration of the internship.                         CNSL 591O
The site supervisor is responsible for day–to–day training            Practicum/Internship Orientation 0credits
and evaluation of the student’s growth and progress. The           CNSL 555
student is expected to develop a professional relationship            Counseling Psychometrics 2credits
with his or her site supervisor and use the site supervisor as a   CNSL 570
primary resource person.                                              Critical Analysis in Research 3credits
The faculty supervisor acts as a consultant to both the site       CNSL 580
supervisor and the student, and has responsibility for liaison,       Management and Supervision in Professional
special training, and grading of the internship experience.           Counseling 2credits
                                                                   CNSL 586
Prerequisites
                                                                      Seminar in Community Counseling 4 credits
All MC Students must fulfill the following program prereq-         CNSL 591
uisites:                                                              Counseling Practicum 4credits
CNSL 511                                                           CNSL 599AG
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I 0credits             Internship/Portfolio III Part A 3 credits
                                                                   CNSL 599B
                                                                      Internship/Portfolio III Part B 3credits




124
                                                                                         University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                        COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




Master of Counseling with a Specialization in                   MFCC 570A/CG
Marriage, Family, and Child Counseling                            Internship/Portfolio III Part A/C 6 credits
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol    The University reserves the right to modify the required
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are       course of study.
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   Master of Counseling in Marriage and Family Therapy
log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
                                                                Course of Study
nix are applicable.
                                                                Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
The following course of study for the MC/MFCC degree pro-       following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
gram is designed to meet the Article I Regulation require-      identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
ments enumerated in sections 4980.37, 4980.40, and              log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-
subdivisions (a) and (d) of section 4980.41 of the Business     nix are applicable.
and Professions Code of California, Chapter 13.
                                                                CNSL 501
CNSL 501                                                          Introduction to Graduate Portfolio 0 credits
  Introduction to Graduate Portfolio 0 credits                  CNSL 511
CNSL 511                                                          Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I 0credit
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I                CNSL 505
   0 credits                                                      Life Span Development 3credits
MFCC 540                                                        CNSL 520
  Family Development 3credits                                     Counseling Models and Theories 3credits
CNSL 520                                                        CNSL 537
  Counseling Models and Theories 3credits                         Introduction to Clinical Assessment 4 credits
CNSL 537                                                        CNSL 548
  Introduction to Clinical Assessment 4 credits                   Individual Counseling 4 credits
CNSL 548                                                        MFCC 550
  Individual Counseling 4 credits                                 Legal and Ethical Issues in Marriage and Family
CNSL 534                                                          Therapy 3credits
  Social and Multicultural Foundations 3credits                 CNSL 534
MFCC 550                                                          Social and Multicultural Foundations 3credits
  Legal and Ethical Issues in Marriage and Family               CNSL 530
  Therapy 3credits                                                Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II 1 credit
MFCC 555                                                        CMHC 565
  Family Systems Theory 3credits.                                 Advanced Personality Theory 3credits
CNSL 530G                                                       CMHC 560
  Portfolio Counseling Assessment Portfolio II                    Dependency and Addictions 3credits
  1credit
                                                                CNSL 570
CNSL 553                                                          Critical Analysis in Research 3credits
  Group Counseling 4credits
                                                                CMHC 550G
CMHC 550                                                          Human Sexuality 3credit
  Human Sexuality 3credits
                                                                MFCC 535
CMHC 560                                                          Child Therapy 3credits
  Dependency and Addictions 3credits
                                                                MFCC 540
MFCC 535                                                          Family Development 3credits
  Child Therapy 3credits
                                                                MFCC 545
CNSL 570                                                          Family Dynamics and Communications 3 credits
  Critical Analysis in Research 3credits
                                                                MFCC 555
MFCC 560                                                          Family Systems Theory 3credits
  Family Interventions 3credits
                                                                MFCC 560
MFCC 565                                                          Family Interventions 3credits
  Advanced Marriage and Family Therapy 3 credit
                                                                MFCC 565
                                                                  Advanced Marriage and Family Therapy 3credits



                                                                                                                      125
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




MFCC 570A/B/C                                                   CMHC 570
  Internship/Portfolio III Part A/B/C 9credits                    Seminar in Mental Health Counseling 4 credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required        CNSL 591
course of study.                                                  Counseling Practicum (100 hours) 4credits
Master of Counseling in Mental Health Counseling                CMHC 599A/B/C
Course of Study                                                   Internship/Portfolio III Part A/B/C 9credits
                                                                The University reserves the right to modify the required
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
                                                                course of study.
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-   MC Admission Requirements
log. All general academic policies of the University of Phoe-   The requirements for admission to the Master of Counseling
nix are applicable.                                             program are as follows:
CNSL 501                                                        1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate
  Introduction to Graduate Portfolio 0credits                   application and an application fee.
CNSL 511
                                                                2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally, or approved
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio I
                                                                nationally, accredited or candidate for accreditation college or
  0credits
                                                                university, or a comparable degree from a recognized
CNSL 505                                                        institution outside of the United States.
  Life Span Development 3credits
CNSL 520                                                        3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
  Counseling Models and Theories 3 credits                      toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
                                                                attempted.
CNSL 534
  Social and Multicultural Foundations 3credits                 4. A cumulative GPA of (3.0) or better for prior graduate
CNSL 537                                                        work.
  Introduction to Clinical Assessment 4credits                  5. At least 18 credit hours pertinent to one of the “helping
CNSL 527                                                        professions,” e.g., psychology, counseling, etc., with a
  Legal and Ethical Issues in Professional Counseling           minimum grade of “C” in each course.
  3credits
                                                                6. Verification of a minimum of three years of full–time, post
CNSL 548                                                        high school professional work experience.
  Individual Counseling 4credits
CNSL 553                                                        7. Three recommendations from professionals evaluating the
                                                                applicant’s potential success as a counseling professional.
  Group Counseling 4credits
CNSL 530                                                        8. Verification of professional liability insurance at $1 million
  Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II 1credit       per occurrence, $3 million aggregate, kept current
CMHC 538                                                        throughout course work.
  Advanced Clinical Assessment 2 credits                        9. Current employment in a professional position.
CNSL 570                                                        Unemployed applicants must verify access to a suitable work
  Critical Analysis in Research 3 credits                       environment in which to complete classroom assignments.
CMHC 560                                                        10. Successful completion of Professional Counseling
  Dependency and Addictions 3 credits                           Assessment Portfolio I (CNSL 511). If the student is denied
CMHC 575                                                        admission because of the portfolio grade, the student can
  Mental Health Psychometrics 3 credits                         reapply in six months. A student failing CNSL 511 a second
CMHC 545                                                        time must wait one year before reapplying.
  Psychopharmacology 3credits                                   11. A signed copy of the Statement of Admission
CNSL 5910                                                       Requirements.
  Practicum/Internship Orientation 0credits
CNSL 540
  Career and Life Planning 3credits
CMHC 585
  Counselor Supervision 1credit




126
                                                                                          University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                         COLLEGE OF COUNSELING AND HUMAN SERVICES




12. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the    Because of the importance of the following courses, they may
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the Test of     not be waived:
English for International Communication. The following may
                                                                 CNSL 527
exempt a non–native speaker from having to take the TOEFL
                                                                   Legal and Ethical Issues in Professional Counseling
or TOEIC:
                                                                 CNSL 530
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic               Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or         CNSL 537
  university in the United States.                                 Introduction to Clinical Assessment
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic             CNSL 548
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a       Individual Counseling
  country in which English is the official language.             CNSL 553
                                                                   Group Counseling
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
                                                                 CNSL 591
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in       Counseling Practicum
  which English is the official language.                        CNSL 599A/B
                                                                   Internship /Portfolio III Part A
• Official documents are required.
                                                                 MFCC 535
13. All University students must complete the Adult                Child Therapy
Learning Outcomes Assessment prior to enrolling in their         MFCC 550
required course of study.                                          Legal & Ethical Issues in Marriage and Family Therapy
MC Degree Requirements                                           MFCC 565
Students in the Master of Counseling program must fulfill          Advanced Marriage and Family Therapy
the following requirements to graduate:                          MFCC 570 A/B/C
                                                                   Internship
1. Completion of the 51 or 60 semester credit major
                                                                 CMHC 599A/B/C
curriculum with a minimum overall grade point average of
                                                                    Internship
“B” (3.0).
2. Completion of all Clinical courses (CNSL 527, CNSL 537,
CNSL 548, CNSL 553, CNSL 591, CMHC 538, CMHC 585,
MFCC 535, MFCC 550, MFCC 565) and Internship courses
(CNSL 599A/B, MFCC 570 A/B/C, and CMHC 599 A/B/C)
with a minimum grade of “B” (3.0).
3. The University may transfer up to nine semester hours of
graduate credit toward completion of the major. Students
attending campuses located in the state of California may
only transfer six credits.
4. In order to have credits accepted for transfer, the student
must:
    a. Submit an official transcript of course work from a
       regionally accredited or candidate for accreditation
       institution.
    b. Demonstrate that the course work is the same in
       content and credit to the University of Phoenix course;
       and is a graduate-level course.
    c. Verify that the course was completed within the past
       five years with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better.
5. Payment of all tuition fees.




                                                                                                                      127
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The University of Phoenix offers Professional Certificate                                    A+
programs to organizations and individuals with professional                                  ........................................................................................
development or specialized training needs. The programs                                      The following certificate program is offered at these University
effectively blend theory and practice, enabling the individual                               of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Hawaii,
to rapidly become a more effective manager or specialist.                                    Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Phoenix, Southern
Certificate programs are currently available in several fields:                              Arizona, Southern California, and Utah.
                                                                                             ........................................................................................
education, human resource management, operations and
supply chain management, project management, purchasing,                                      The A+ Program is an entry level program intended for stu-
and quality management performance excellence.                                                dents who are not currently in the IT field and for others who
                                                                                              are in the IT field who are interested in gaining knowledge in
Administration and Supervision Initial
                                                                                              basic PC hardware and operating systems. The A+ program
Administrator License                                                                         provides an opportunity for students to determine if they are
........................................................................................
                                                                                              interested in the IT field prior to entering more advanced IT
The following certificate program is offered at these University
                                                                                              certificate program such as the MCSE program. The A+ pro-
of Phoenix campus locations: Oregon.
........................................................................................      gram also allows students to gain prerequisite skills and
The concepts covered in Administration and Supervision                                        knowledge so they are more likely to be successful in the IT
include finance, school law, the role of the principal, commu-                                Certificate program.
nity relations, and supervision of personnel.                                                CITC 100.1
EDA 520                                                                                        A+ Computer Service Technician 3 credits
   Leadership Assessment Seminar I 1credit                                                   The University reserves the right to modify the required
EDA 525                                                                                      course of study.
   Oregon’s Plan for The 21st Century 1 credit
Specialization:
EDA 532
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior in
  Education 3 credits
EDA 590A
  Administration Internship 1credit
EDA 538
  Education Finance and Budgeting 3 credits
EDA 545
  School Law for Educators 3credits
EDA 550
  Human Resources Management in Education 3credits
EDA 590B
  Administrative Internship 1 credit
EDA 554
  Instructional Program Management and Evaluation
  3credits
EDD 558
  Curriculum Design and Development 3credits
EDA 564
  The Role and Functions of the Principal 3 credits
EDA 590C²
  Administrative Internship 1 credit
The University reserves the right to modify the required
course of study.



                                                                                                                                                                              129
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Arizona Principal Certification Program                                                    Arizona School Guidance Counselor
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Endorsement
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix campus locations: Southern Arizona.                                             The following certificate program is offered at these University
........................................................................................
                                                                                           of Phoenix campus locations: Phoenix, and Southern Arizona.
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The concepts covered in Administration and Supervision
include finance, school law, the role of the principal, commu-                             The Educational Counseling covers counseling theories and
nity relations, and supervision of personnel.                                              their application with groups and individuals, assessment
EDD 520                                                                                    and evaluation, legal and ethical issues in counseling, critical
  Critical Issues in Education 3 credits                                                   issues facing counselors, career planning, and supervised
                                                                                           clinical experiences.
EDA 532
  Human Relations and Organizational Behavior in                                           ECN 531
  Education 3credits                                                                         Professional Assessment, Part I 1credit
EDA 538                                                                                    ECN 518
  Educations Finance and Budgeting 3 credits                                                 Educational Counseling Theories 3credits
EDA 545                                                                                    ECN 540
  School Law for Educators 3 credits                                                         Introduction to School Guidance Counseling
EDA 550                                                                                      3 credits
  Human Resources Management in Education                                                  ECN 545
  3credits                                                                                   Student Career Counseling 3credits
EDA 554                                                                                    ECN 520
  Instructional Program Management and Evaluation                                            Legal and Ethical Issues in Educational Counseling
  3credits                                                                                   3 credits
EDD 558                                                                                    ECN 573
  Curriculum Design and Development 3credits                                                 Social and Multicultural Issues in Educational
EDA 564                                                                                      Counseling 3credits
  The Role and Functions of the Principal 3credits                                         ECN 555
ADM 590                                                                                      Student Assessment and Evaluation in Educational
  Internship on the Principalship 3credits                                                   Counseling 3credits
ELEC 501                                                                                   ECN 560
  Graduate Elective I 3 credits                                                              Educational Counseling of the Individual
The University reserves the right to modify the required                                     3 credits
course of study.                                                                           ECN 565
                                                                                             Educational Counseling of Groups 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 532
                                                                                             Professional Assessment, Part II 1credit
                                                                                           ECN 596
                                                                                             Educational Counseling Practicum 3 credits
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




130
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                        PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS




Certificate in Marriage and Family Therapy                                                 Colorado English as a Second Language
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Certificate
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The following Certificate in Marriage and Family Therapy
program is offered at these University of Phoenix campus                                   The following certificate program is offered at these University
locations: The Campus Locations have not been determined at                                of Phoenix campus locations: Southern Colorado.
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
the time of printing.
........................................................................................
                                                                                           The concepts covered in the English as a Second Language
The Certificate in Marriage and Family Therapy is designed                                 and special education specialization include language acqui-
to provide education and training in the practice of Marriage                              sition and assessment, methods and materials for ESL class-
and Family Therapy for professionals wishing to increase                                   rooms, family and community involvement, and supervised
their knowledge, skills, and marketability. Designed specifi-                              practicum experiences.
cally for each state, the courses included in the Certificate are
                                                                                           ESL 520
intended to meet the requirements for licensure as a Mar-
                                                                                             Foundations of ESL Education 3credits
riage and Family Therapist. Depending on graduate degree
course work, additional courses may be required by the                                     ESL 521
licensing body. Certificate courses include preparation in sys-                              Understanding Language Acquisition and Cognition
tems theory, family development and dynamics, sexuality,                                     3credits
and therapeutic interventions.                                                             ESL 598/599O
                                                                                             Orientation to Pracica 0 credit
MFCC 540.2
                                                                                           ESL 522
  Family Development 3 credits
                                                                                             Identification and Assessment of Linguistically Diverse
MFCC 555.2                                                                                   Populations 3credits
  Family Systems Theory 3 credits
                                                                                           ESL 523
MFCC 545                                                                                     Methods and Materials for ESL Classrooms (Part I,
  Family Dynamics and Communications 3 credits                                               Language Arts and Literacy) 3credits
CMHC 550                                                                                   ESL 524
  Human Sexuality 3 credits                                                                  Methods and Materials for ESL Classrooms (Part II,
MFCC 560.2                                                                                   Content Area Instruction) 3credits
  Family Interventions 3 credits                                                           ESL 525
MFCC 565.2                                                                                   Family and Community Involvement in Educational
  Advanced Marriage and Family Therapy 3 credits                                             Programs 3 credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required                                   ESL 598
course of study.                                                                             Integrating Language Acquisition and Content
                                                                                             Instruction (Part I, Language Arts and Literacy
                                                                                             Practicum Seminar) 3credits
                                                                                           ESL 599
                                                                                             Integrating Language Acquisition and Content
                                                                                             Instruction (Part II, Content Area Instruction Practicum
                                                                                             Seminar) 3credits
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




                                                                                                                                                                        131
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Colorado Principal License                                                                 Cisco Certified Network Associate
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University                           The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado and Southern Colorado.                               of Phoenix campus locations: New Mexico, Nevada, Southern
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Colorado, and Tucson.
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The concepts covered in Administration and Supervision
include finance, school law, the role of the principal, commu-                             The University of Phoenix CCNA (Cisco Certified Network
nity relations, and supervision of personnel.                                              Associate) program will provide students with a basic foun-
EDD 520                                                                                    dation and apprentice knowledge in networking by teaching
                                                                                           them how to design, install, and maintain computer net-
  Critical Issues in Education 3 credits
                                                                                           works using Cisco switch and router technology for small
EDD 558                                                                                    networks (100 nodes or fewer). The University of Phoenix
  Curriculum Design and Development 3credits                                               Cisco Certified Network Associate program is designed to
EDA 538                                                                                    prepare students to take and pass the CCNA 640-507 exam so
  Education Finance and Budgeting 3credits                                                 that they may garner the highly recognized CCNA designa-
EDA 545                                                                                    tion from Cisco. The Cisco Certified Network Associate des-
  School Law for Educators 3 credits                                                       ignation is the first of three levels of certification that
EDA 550                                                                                    represent increasing levels of expertise in networking with
  Human Resources Management in Education 3credits                                         Cisco technologies.
EDA 554                                                                                    CITS 120
  Instructional Program Management and Evaluation                                            Cisco Networking Fundamentals 3credits
  3credits                                                                                 CITS 122
EDA 564                                                                                      Cisco Network Router Technologies 3credits
  The Role and Functions of the Principal 3credits                                         CITS 124
EDA 599                                                                                      Advanced Cisco Routing and Switching 3credits
  Practicum in School Administration 6 credits                                             CITS 126
The University reserves the right to modify the required                                     Cisco Wide Area Networking 2 credits
course of study.                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




132
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                        PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS




E-Education Certificate Program                                                            Human Resource Management
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University                           The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix locations: Michigan, Nevada, Online, Phoenix,                                   of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico,
Southern Arizona, and Utah.                                                                Phoenix, Southern Arizona, and Southern California.
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The E-Education specialization is designed for individuals                                 The Certificate Program in Human Resource Management
teaching in a post-secondary setting or business training                                  addresses issues that the human resource employee faces
environment. The program addresses the study of adult                                      daily, from legal matters to staff recruitment and
learning theories., instructional design, multiple distance                                development. This program series is designed for those who
education modalities, and assessment and evaluations.                                      have functional responsibility to carry out the duties of an
                                                                                           organization’s human resource department; seasoned human
Master’s degree not required for admission.
                                                                                           resource staff members wishing to keep current; newcomers
EDTC 524                                                                                   to the field requiring new knowledge and skills; or specialists
  Instructional Design 3 credits                                                           wanting to broaden their knowledge.
EDTC 526
                                                                                           Major topic areas that are covered include the role of human
  Assessment and Evaluation in E-Education 3 credits
                                                                                           resources; employment practices; employment law; compen-
EDTC 550                                                                                   sation; benefits, safety, and health; and employee develop-
  Information Technology 3 credits                                                         ment. Students acquire knowledge and skills that are
EDTC 555                                                                                   essential in order to face the challenges of the human
  Internet and Distance Education Delivery 3credits                                        resource profession.
EDTC 560
                                                                                           HRM 422
  Applications of Multimedia and Web Page Design
                                                                                             Employment Practices 3 credits
  3credits
                                                                                           HRM 434
EDTC 570
                                                                                             Employment Law 3credits
  Courseware Authoring 3 credits
                                                                                           HRM 424
EDTC 575
                                                                                             Compensation 3 credits
  E-Education in the Global Environment 3credits
                                                                                           HRM 425
The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                             Benefits, Safety, and Health 3credits
course of study.
                                                                                           HRM 426
                                                                                             Employee Development 3credits
                                                                                           HRM 427G
                                                                                             Critical Issues in Human Resource Management
                                                                                             3credits
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




                                                                                                                                                                        133
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master Certified Internet Webmaster -                                                      Master Certified Internet Webmaster -
Administrator                                                                              Designer
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University                           The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix campus locations: Nevada, Oregon, Southern                                      of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Nevada, Oregon, San
Colorado, Tulsa, and Tucson.                                                               Diego, Southern Colorado, Tucson, and Tulsa.
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The Master Certified Internet Webmaster Administrator                                      The Master Certified Internet Webmaster Designer (MCIWD)
(MCIWA) certificate is designed to prepare the students for                                certificate is designed to prepare the students for the CIW
the CIW certification examinations. The courses are designed                               certification examinations. The Master CIW Designer pro-
to provide knowledge in corporate e-business solutions                                     gram is built upon the Site Designer and E-Commerce
infrastructure including Web, FTP, news and mail servers for                               Designer Series. This program prepares students to apply
midsize to large businesses, managing corporate Internet and                               human-factors to the design, implementation, and mainte-
intranet infrastructure; design, manage and troubleshoot                                   nance of hypertext-based publishing sites using authoring
enterprise TCP/IP networks. The design of the courses will                                 and scripting languages, content creation and management
assist in preparing students to become a working profes-                                   tools, and digital media tools. Additionally, students will
sional in a complex network-computing environment for                                      focus on the standards, technologies and practices in both
medium to large organizations.                                                             business-to-business and business-to-consumer e-commerce
                                                                                           environments.
CITP 100
  Internet and Web Page Authoring Fundamentals 1 credit                                    CITP 100
CITP 101                                                                                     Internet and Web Page Authoring Fundamentals 1 credit
  Networking Fundamentals 1 credit                                                         CITP 101
CITP 104                                                                                     CIW Networking Fundamentals 1credit
  Internet Systems Management 1credit                                                      CITP 120
CITP 106                                                                                     Design Methodology 2 credits
  Advanced Internet Systems Management 1credit                                             CITP 122
CITP 108                                                                                     E-Commerce Strategies and Practices 2credits
  TCP/IP Internetworking 1 credit                                                          The University reserves the right to modify the required
CITP 110                                                                                   course of study.
  Advance TCP/IP 1credit
CITP 112
  Networking Security & Firewalls 1credit
CITP 114
  Operating Systems Security & Auditing 1credit
The University reserves the right to modify the required
course of study.




134
                                                                                                                    University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                         PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS




2+MCSE (A+, Network+, and MCSE 2000)                                                       CITM 240
........................................................................................     Supporting Windows 2000 Professional and Server
The following certificate program is offered at these University                             2credits
of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Hawaii,                                    CITM 242.1
Louisiana, New Mexico, Oregon, Oklahoma City, Phoenix,                                       Supporting Windows 2000 Professional and Server
Sacramento, San Diego, Southern California, Southern                                         3credits
Colorado, Tucson, Tulsa, and West Michigan.                                                CITM 244.1
........................................................................................
The 2+MCSE program is designed to prepare the novice                                         Supporting a Windows 2000 Network Infrastructure
computer users for the more advanced Microsoft Certified                                     3credits
Systems Engineer (MCSE) track. A+ and Network+ are great                                   CITM 246.1
introduction courses that will assist the student in being                                   Implementing and Administering Windows 2000
more successful in the MCSE program.                                                         Directory Services 3 credits
The A+ track consists of one, 40-hour course. The course will                              CITM 248
be offered for credit and is intended to prepare students for                                Designing a Windows 2000 Directory Services
the A+ exams from CompTIA. There are two exams for the                                       Infrastructure 2 credits
A+ certification, a Core exam and a DOS/Windows exam.                                      CITM 250.1
The exams are offered at VUE testing centers. Earning the A+                                 Designing a Windows 2000 Networking Services
certification means that the student possesses the knowledge                                 Infrastructure 3 credits
needed to configure and install the TCP/IP client. The A+                                  CITM 252.1
Module structures the course in (10) 4-hour workshops. It is                                 Designing a Secure Windows 2000 Network 3 credits
intended that this course will be held twice a week for 5                                  The University reserves the right to modify the required
weeks. Any campus may choose an alternate schedule.                                        course of study.
The Network+ track consists of one, 40-hour course. The
course will be offered for credit and is intended to prepare
students for the Network+ exam from CompTIA. There is
one exam for the Network+ certification. The objectives are
in two distinct groups: Knowledge of Networking Technol-
ogy and Knowledge of Networking Practices. The exams are
offered at VUE and Sylvan Prometric testing centers. Earning
the Network+ certification means that the student possesses
the knowledge needed to configure and install the TCP/IP
client. The Network+ Module structures the course in (10) 4-
hour workshops. It is intended that this course will be held
twice a week for 5 weeks. Any campus may choose an alter-
nate schedule.
The Windows 2000 Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer
(MCSE) certificate is intended for students who are inter-
ested in becoming MCSE certified. Becoming an MCSE quali-
fies IT professionals to plan, implement, maintain, and
support network systems, using Microsoft Windows 2000
server. The Windows 2000 MCSE certificate track consists of
seven (7) courses. All seven courses will be offered for credit,
with a track total of 19 credits. The A+ or Network+ tracks
and/or Exams are recommended prerequisites for the Win-
dows 2000 MCSE track.
CITC 100.1
  A+ Computer Service Technician 3 credits
CITC 110.1
  Network+ Networking Technology Essentials 3credits




                                                                                                                                                135
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Network+                                                                                   Nevada School Guidance Counselor
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Endorsement
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix locations: Phoenix, Colorado, New Mexico, Online,                               The following certificate program is offered at these University
and Southern Arizona.                                                                      of Phoenix campus locations: Nevada.
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The Network+ Program is designed to prepare students to                                    The Educational Counseling covers counseling theories and
become a Network+ certified technician. For the beginning                                  their application with groups and individuals, assessment
non-technical student, this course provides an entry point to                              and evaluation, legal and ethical issues in counseling, critical
prepare students to begin the Microsoft Certified System                                   issues facing counselors, career planning, and supervised
Engineer (MCSE) certification program. Earning the Net-                                    clinical experiences.
work+ certification means that the student possesses the
                                                                                           ECN 531
knowledge needed to configure and install the TCP/IP cli-
                                                                                             Professional Assessment, Part I 1credit
ent. This course will also serve students interested in learn-
ing broad based vendor independent networking concepts                                     PSYCH 538
utilized by NT, NetWare and UNIX networks.                                                   Lifespan Development and Learning 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 518
CITC 110.1
                                                                                             Educational Counseling Theories 3credits
  Network+: Networking Technology Essentials 3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 540
The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                             Introduction to School Guidance Counseling
course of study.
                                                                                             3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 571
                                                                                             Family Interventions in Educational Counseling
                                                                                             3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 572
                                                                                             Dependency and Addictions in Children & Families
                                                                                             3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 573
                                                                                             Social and Multicultural Issues in Educational
                                                                                             Counseling 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 560
                                                                                             Educational Counseling of the Individual
                                                                                             3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 565
                                                                                             Educational Counseling of Groups 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 532
                                                                                             Professional Assessment, Part II 1credit
                                                                                           ECN 545
                                                                                             Student Career Counseling 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 555
                                                                                             Student Assessment and Evaluation in Educational
                                                                                             Counseling 3credits
                                                                                           ECN 551
                                                                                             Seminar in School Counseling 3 credits
                                                                                           ECN 590
                                                                                             Counseling Practicum: Elementary Education
                                                                                           OR
                                                                                           ECN 591
                                                                                             Counseling Practicum: Secondary Education 3credits
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




136
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                        PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS




Nursing Informatics Certificate                                                            Operations & Supply Chain Management
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Professional Certificate Program Summary
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix campus locations: Phoenix                                                       The following certificate program is offered at these University
........................................................................................
                                                                                           of Phoenix campus locations: Phoenix
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The University of Phoenix Nursing Informatics Certificate
meets the needs of practicing professional nurses who want                                 Operations & Supply Chain Management is a six course,
to specialize in informatics. The post baccalaureate certificate                           application based, undergraduate level professional
is comprised of four, credit courses. Upon successful                                      certificate program. Students enrolled into this program will
completion of all four courses and provided that all other                                 address cutting edge issues and solutions faced by today’s
American Nurses’ Credentialling Center (ANCC) criteria are                                 service and manufacturing industry professionals.
met, students will be prepared to sit for the Nursing                                      Practitioner faculty will lead students through Strategic
Informatics Certification Examination.                                                     Supply Chain Management, Operations Management, Lean
                                                                                           Enterprise, Global Sourcing & Procurement, Integrated
NIS 560
                                                                                           Logistics Management, & e-Commerce in Supply chain
  Professional Practice/Trends, Issues, and Theories
                                                                                           Management. Student will address both domestic and global
  3credits
                                                                                           issues in supplier and customer relations, such as the need to
NIS 561                                                                                    collaborate on planning, forecasting, and replenishment of
  System Analysis/Design and Human Factors 3 credits                                       raw materials and finished goods. Course topics include, but
NIS 562                                                                                    are not limited to: sales and operations planning, lean
  System Implementation, Support, Testing, and                                             manufacturing techniques, global procurement, inventory
  Evaluation 3 credits                                                                     management, distribution management, logistics and reverse
NIS 563                                                                                    logistics (both domestic and global), electronic commerce,
  Information/Database Management and Computer                                             information technologies including the Internet and
  Technology 3 credits                                                                     information management systems, supply chain
The University reserves the right to modify the required                                   management strategies and supply chain performance
course of study.                                                                           measurements. Student s who successfully complete each of
                                                                                           these courses will be awarded three transcripted upper
                                                                                           division credits per course and a professional certificate upon
                                                                                           completion of the six courses.
                                                                                           Course work requiring prerequisites are identified by a G
                                                                                           symbol following the course number. Prerequisites to the
                                                                                           courses are identified in the Course Description section of
                                                                                           this catalog.
                                                                                           OSC 300
                                                                                             Strategic Supply Chain Management 3credits
                                                                                           OSC 301G
                                                                                             Operations Management 3credits
                                                                                           OSC 302G
                                                                                             Lean Enterprise 3 credits
                                                                                           OSC 303G
                                                                                             Global Sourcing & Procurement 3credits
                                                                                           OSC 304G
                                                                                             Integrated Logistics Management 3 credits
                                                                                           OSC 305G
                                                                                             The Role of e-Business in Supply Chain Management
                                                                                             3credits
                                                                                           The University reserves the right to modify the required
                                                                                           course of study.




                                                                                                                                                                        137
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Project Management                                                                         Purchasing Certificate Program
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The following certificate program is offered at these University                           The following certificate program is offered at these University
of Phoenix campus locations: Phoenix.                                                      of Phoenix campus locations: Phoenix.
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The Professional Certificate in Project Management focuses                                 The Purchasing Certificate Program focuses on the profes-
on the professional success of its students. It emphasizes real-                           sional success of its students. It emphasizes real-world appli-
world application with assignments designed to apply the                                   cation with assignments designed to apply the newfound
newfound skills and knowledge to the workplace. Practical                                  skills and knowledge to the workplace. Courses address the
study materials, team activities, and personations to the class                            importance of effective purchasing practices to the contem-
foster teamwork, critical thinking, self-confidence, and                                   porary organization, the analysis of past and current trends
application of project ethnical and leadership on a real-time                              in purchasing, the benefits of incorporating technology into
basis.                                                                                     the procurement process, and supply chain management
                                                                                           strategies that best fit the needs of an organization.
CPMGT 438
  Project Management 3credits                                                              PMT 300
                                                                                             Procurement Fundamentals 3 credits
CPMGT 441
  Strategic Management of Cross-Functional Projects                                        PMT 302
  3credits                                                                                   Supply Chain Management 3credits
CPMGT 442                                                                                  PMT 304
  Contracting and Risk Management for Project Managers                                       Procurement Process Management 3credits
  3credits                                                                                 PMT 306
CPMGT 443                                                                                    Materials Management 3credits
  Project Estimating and Control Techniques 3credits                                       The University reserves the right to modify the required
CPMGT 326                                                                                  course of study.
  Managing Project Organizations in High Performance
  Environment 3credits
CPMGT 444
  Project Management Capstone 3credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required
course of study.




138
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                        PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS




Windows 2000 Microsoft Certified Systems                                                   Certificate Awards
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
Engineer
........................................................................................   Upon completion of all courses in a certificate program,
                                                                                           submission of the Request for Certification form, and
The following certificate program is offered at these University
                                                                                           certificate processing fee, a certificate and a certificate posted
of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado, Florida, Hawaii,
                                                                                           transcript will be processed.
Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Phoenix, Southern
Arizona, Southern California, and Utah.                                                    Accreditation and Affiliations
........................................................................................   ........................................................................................
The Windows 2000 Microsoft Certified System Engineer Pro-                                  • The following agencies have supported the development
gram is designed to prepare the students for the MCSE certi-                                 of the certificate program that relates to their specific field:
fication examinations. The courses in this program are
designed to provide knowledge in the analysis of business                                  • National Contract Management Association (NCMA)
requirements for a system architecture, design solutions,
                                                                                           • American Society for Quality Control (ASQ)
deploy, install, and configure network components, and trou-
bleshoot system problems. The design of the program pre-                                   • The Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM)
pares students to be a working professional in a complex
network-computing environment of medium to large organi-                                   • National Association of Purchasing Managers (NAPM)
zations.                                                                                   • United States Arbitration and Mediation (USA & M)
CITM 240
                                                                                           • World Trade Center (WTC)
  Microsoft Windows 2000 Network & Operating System
  Essentials 2credits                                                                      • State of Arizona Department of Commerce (International
CITM 242.1                                                                                   Trade and Investment Division)
  Implementing Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional
                                                                                           Admission Requirements
  and Server 3credits                                                                      ........................................................................................
CITM 244.1                                                                                 The requirement for admission to the certificate programs is
  Implementing a Microsoft Windows 2000 Network                                            high school graduation/GED, a minimum of 23 years of age,
  Infrastructure 3 credits                                                                 and current employment. Minimum TOEFL or TOEIC score,
CITM 246.1                                                                                 completed application and application fee, completed
  Implementing and Administering Microsoft Window                                          Enrollment agreement or disclosure agreement.
  2000 Directory Services 3 credits
                                                                                           1. Completed Application for admission/ application fee.
CITM 248
  Designing a Microsoft Window 2000 Directory Services                                     2. Signed Enrollment agreement or Disclosure agreement.
  Infrastructure 2 credits
                                                                                           3. High School diploma or GED.
CITM 250.1
  Designing a Microsoft Window 2000 Networking                                             4. At least 23 years of age.
  Services Infrastructure 3 credits                                                        5. Current employment.
CITM 252.1
                                                                                           6. TOEFL minimum score of 550 for written (213 for CBT) or
  Designing a Secure Microsoft Windows 2000 Network
                                                                                           TOEIC minimum score of 750.
  3credits
The University reserves the right to modify the required                                   Admission to certificate programs in the College of Educa-
course of study.                                                                           tion vary by program. Please refer to specific program for
                                                                                           admissions requirements.




                                                                                                                                                                        139
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

The College of Education is within the School of Education,                                   The E-Education specialization is designed for individuals
Health and Human Services and offers graduate level degree                                    teaching in a post-secondary setting or business training
and non–degree courses for educators. The Master of Arts in                                   environment. The program addresses the study of adult
Education is the graduate degree program offered through                                      learning theories, instructional design, multiple distance
the College of Education. Graduate non–degree                                                 education modalities, and assessment and evaluations.
programming includes a Post Baccalaureate Teacher                                             The Special Education specialization was developed based
Education Program in elementary, secondary, special                                           on standards set forth by the Council for Exceptional Chil-
education and several state specific certificates/                                            dren. It covers characteristics and placement of various dis-
endorsements. Each student/applicant is responsible for                                       abilities, methods and curriculum adaptation, assessment,
checking with his/her state Department of Education and/or                                    and collaboration with parents and community agencies.
school district to determine specific credentialling
                                                                                              The Teacher Education program focuses on P-12 student
requirements.
                                                                                              learning by improving the educator responsible for that
The College of Education works closely with other depart-                                     learning. Candidates for this program have already earned a
ments responsible for providing and administering academic                                    bachelor’s degree and wish to gain the pedagogical skills and
programming at the University and with each campus to                                         knowledge that will assist them in becoming competent and
ensure the quality delivery of all courses and programs.                                      effective educators. The program leads to initial teacher
Master of Arts in Education                                                                   licensure and a Master of Arts in Education degree.
........................................................................................
                                                                                              The Master of Arts in Education degree program involves a
Please refer to MAEd specializations for campus locations                                     variety of learning formats, depending upon the subject mat-
offering each program                                                                         ter and competencies to be developed. These formats include
........................................................................................
                                                                                              lecture, group work, and self-directed learning. Additional
The Master of Arts in Education degree program is designed                                    time is required outside of the formal class sessions for
to meet the specific needs of educators through specialization                                homework, learning team meetings, and project activities.
in several areas – Administration and Supervision, Educa-
tional Counseling, E-Education, Curriculum and Instruction,                                   All of the specializations have a research component, and
Curriculum and Technology, Special Education, and Teacher                                     most culminate with an Action Research Project. All project
Education. Each area of specialization offers courses devel-                                  work integrates the theoretical aspects of education and the
oped to enhance and refine the skills of the individual                                       practical experience of the adult learner through the identifi-
whether an administrator, educational counselor, or class-                                    cation and exploration of a significant problem related to the
room teacher.                                                                                 student’s area of professional responsibilities and interest.
The concepts covered in Administration and Supervision                                        The core curriculum in each area is completed in the order
include finance, school law, the role of the principal, commu-                                recommended by the University. The University reserves the
nity relations, and supervision of personnel. Educational                                     right to modify the curriculum as necessary. All general aca-
Counseling covers counseling theories and their application                                   demic policies of the University are applicable.
with groups and individuals, assessment and evaluation,
legal and ethical issues in counseling, critical issues facing
counselors, career planning, and supervised clinical experi-
ences.
The Curriculum and Instruction specialization covers curric-
ulum planning, exploration and implementation of effective
instructional strategies, critical thinking skills development,
and assessment of student learning.
The Curriculum and Technology program provides educa-
tors with informative tools allowing the successful integra-
tion of technology into educational systems and curricula to
enhance student learning




                                                                                                                                                                            141
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master of Arts in Education with a                                                         CUR 524
Specialization in Curriculum and                                                             Instructional Design 3credits
Instruction                                                                                EDD 575
........................................................................................     Action Research Proposal 1 credit
The following Master of Arts in Education (MAEd) program                                   CMP 540
with a Specialization in Curriculum and Instruction is offered                               Integrating Educational Technology in the Classroom
at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado,                                   3credits
Florida, Louisiana, Michigan Nevada, Online, Phoenix,                                      CUR 562
Sacramento, Southern Arizona, Southern Colorado, and Utah.                                   Standards-Based Curriculum and Instruction 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           EDD 573
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol                                 Applications of Research 2credits
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are                                  CUR 578
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-                                Evaluation of Curriculum 3 credits
log. In most instances, students must complete Foundation                                  EDD 576G
courses prior to the Specialization.                                                         Action Research Presentation 1 credit
Foundation:                                                                                The University reserves the right to modify the required
ECN 571(entry point)                                                                       course of study.
   Introduction to Research & Graduate Studies in
   Education 2credits
PSYCH 538 (entry point)
   Lifespan Development and Learning 3 credits
EDD 520(entry point)
   Critical Issues in Education 3 credits
Specialization:
EDD 574G
   Action Research Outline 1credit
QNT 575
   Measurement, Evaluation & Ethics in Research
   2credits
CUR 558
   Foundations of Curriculum and Instruction 3credits
CMP 520
   Learning and Technology 3credits




142
                                                                                                                   University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                                                   COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)




Master of Arts in Education with a                                                         CMP 540
Specialization in Curriculum and                                                             Integrating Educational Technology in the Classroom
Technology                                                                                   3credits
........................................................................................   EDD 575G
The following Master of Arts in Education (MAEd) program                                     Action Research Proposal 1 credit
with a Specialization in Curriculum and Technology is offered                              EDD 573
at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Colorado,                                   Applications of Research 2credits
Florida, Nevada, Northern California, Online, Phoenix,                                     CMP 555
Sacramento, San Diego, Southern Arizona, Southern                                            Designing and Producing Educational Technology
California, and Southern Colorado.                                                           3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           CMP 560
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol                                 Instructional Multimedia Authoring 3 credits
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are                                  EDD 576²
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-                                Action Research Presentation 1credit
log. In most instances, students must complete Foundation                                  The University reserves the right to modify the required
courses prior to the Specialization.                                                       course of study.
Foundation:
EDD 571 (entry point)
  Introduction to Research & Graduate Studies in
  Education 2 credits
CMP 520 (entry point)
  Learning and Technology 3 credits
CMP 522 (entry point)
  Critical Issues in Educational Technology 3 credits
Specialization:
EDD 574G
  Action Research Outline 1 credit
QNT 575
  Measurement, Evaluation & Ethics in Research 2credits
CMP 521
  Using Computers in Education 3 credits
CMP 530
  Ethics and Technology in Education 3credits
EDD 558
  Curriculum Design and Development 3credits




                                                                                                                                               143
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Master of Arts in Education with a                                                         EDTC 560
Specialization in E-Education                                                                Applications of Multimedia and Web Page Design
........................................................................................     3credits
The following Master of Arts in Education (MAEd) program                                   EDTC 570
with a Specialization in E-Education is offered at these                                     Courseware Authoring 3credits
University of Phoenix campus locations: Michigan, Nevada,                                  EDTC 575
Online, Phoenix, Southern Arizona, and Utah.                                                 E-Education in the Global Environment 3credits
........................................................................................
                                                                                           EDTC 590
The Master of Arts in Education with a Specialization in E-                                  E-Education Capstone 3credits
Education is a graduate degree for bachelor-prepared indi-                                 The University reserves the right to modify the required
viduals who wish to develop and enhance skills necessary to                                course of study.
effectively teach within a post-secondary setting or training
environment in business. The program encompasses the
study of adult learning theories, instructional design, multi-
ple distance education modalities, assessment and evalua-
tion, as well as tools, techniques and strategies associated
with distance education with a focus on self-directed learn-
ing. Students will learn to use Internet resources, distance
education delivery systems, and will focus on how to con-
struct courses and rich learning environments for effective
instruction with a variety of learners.
Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a G symbol
following the course number. Prerequisites to courses are
identified in the “Course Descriptions” section of this cata-
log. In most instances, students must complete Foundation
courses prior to the Specialization.
Foundation:
EDTC 510
  Foundations of Distance Education and Training
  2credits
EDD 511
  Adult Learning: Theories, Principles and Applications
  3credits
EDTC 524
  Instructional Design 3credits
EDTC 526
  Assessment and Evaluation in E-Education 3 credits
QNT 540
  Research and Ethics in E-Education 3credits
EDTC 550
  Information Technology 3credits
EDTC 555
  Internet and Distance Education Delivery 3credits




144
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002

                                                                                             COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)




MAEd Admission Requirements                                        MAEd Degree Requirements
The requirements for admission to the MAEd program are as          Students in the Master of Arts in Education program must
follows:                                                           fulfill the following requirements to graduate;
1. A completed and signed University of Phoenix graduate           1. Completion of the major course of study with a minimum
application and an application fee.                                grade point average of “B” (3.0).
2. An undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited or         2. Satisfactory completion of the Action Research Project, if
candidate for accreditation college or university, or a            required in the program of study.
comparable degree from a recognized institution outside of
                                                                   3. Successful completion of practicum internship or student
the United States.
                                                                   teaching, (if required) with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better.
3. Official transcripts verifying all course work earned
                                                                   4. Payment of all tuition and fees.
toward the bachelor’s degree and any graduate course work
attempted.                                                         5. Completion of the University’s Comprehensive Cognitive
                                                                   Assessment post–test
4. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 as shown
on the degree posted undergraduate transcript.                     The University may transfer up to six semester hours of
                                                                   graduate credit toward completion of the graduate curricu-
5. Verification of a minimum of three years of significant full–
                                                                   lum. To meet the criteria for transfer into the program, the
time, post high school work experience of which 9 months
                                                                   course transferred must:
must be instructional experience in a P-12 setting for all
MAEd degrees except E-Education. Instructional experience                 a. Be completed within the past five years with a
is not required for the MAEd/E-Ed.                                           minimum grade of “B” (3.0) at a regionally
                                                                             accredited or candidate for accreditation institution;
6. Students in the MAED/CT program may use instructional
experience at a community college, 2-year or 4-year post-                 b. Demonstrate that the course work is comparable in
secondary institution to meet the work experience                            content and credit to the University of Phoenix
requirement.                                                                 courses and applicable to the degree program (this
                                                                             can be accomplished by supplying a catalog
7. Current employment. Unemployed applicants must verify
                                                                             description);
access to a suitable work environment in which to complete
classroom assignments.                                                    c. Be a graduate level course; and
8. For non–native speakers of English, a score of 550 on the              d. Be officially transcripted from the college or
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The                           university where credit was earned.
following may exempt a non–native speaker from having to
                                                                   6. Research, internship and practicum courses cannot be
take the TOEFL:
                                                                   waived.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a regionally accredited college or
  university in the United States.
• Successful completion of 30 transferable, academic
  semester credits at a recognized college or University in a
  country in which English is the official language.
• U.S. high school diploma or GED.
• Equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma from a country in
  which English is the official language.
• Official documents are required.
9. Signed enrollment agreement.
10. Appropriate access to technology as established by the
student Technology Recommendations and competencies.




                                                                                                                              145
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
TUITION AND FEES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
UNDERGRADUATE (Online)
.....................................................................................................................................................................................


  Type of fee                                                            Amount*                  When due
  Application Fee, Degree Programs                                        $ 85.00                 At time of application.
  Single Course registration fee (non degree seeking)                     $ 30.00                 Upon registration limit of 3 courses.
  Application Charge, Certificate Programs                                $ 30.00                 At time of application.
  (non-refundable)

  Credit Recognition Program
     Application Fee                                                      $ 50.00
     EML/299 Fee                                                          $ 430.00
     Graduation Fee                                                       $ 50.00

  Tuition Per Credit/In Class
     Online Course Tuition (per credit)                                   $ 400.00                Two weeks prior to the start date of each course.
     Directed Study                                                       $ 345.00
     Professional Certificate Programs                                    $ 345.00

  Book and Materials Charges                                             Varies by course         When books and materials are sold.

  One Time Submission Fee                                                 $ 90.00                 When initial submission is made to the Prior Learning
    GEN/110 Portfolios, Professional Training                                                     Assessment Center.
    Portfolios, or Transcripts


  Each Assessed Credit
                                                                          $ 55.00                 Billed after each evaluation and due within 30 days of date
      Experiential Essays, Competency Packages, and                                               of invoice.
      Professional Training Portfolios


  Standardized Training or Transcripts
                                                                          $ 30.00
    ACE/CREDIT and National PONSI, or Apollo
  Quick List


  Articulated Credit (CASEE Guide®)                                       $ 25.00



  Late Assessment Payment Fee                                             $ 30.00                 Upon notification.
  Assessment Return Check Fee                                             $ 30.00                 Upon notification.

  Degree Audit Processing Fee                                             $ 55.00                 When application for graduation is submitted.

  Transcript of Record                                                    $    5.00               At time of request. (Must accompany transcript request
                                                                                                  form.)

  Check Return Charge                                                     $ 30.00                 Upon notification.

  Declined Credit Card Charge                                             $ 30.00                 At time of decline.

  *Note: All fees are subject to change.




                                                                                                                                                                          147
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




 Type of fee                              Amount*   When due
 Late Charge                              $ 30.00   At time of non-payment.

 *Note: All fees are subject to change.




148
                                                                                                                                  University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                                      TUITION AND FEES
                                                                                                                                                      GRADUATE (Online)




.....................................................................................................................................................................................
GRADUATE (Online)
.....................................................................................................................................................................................


  Type of fee                                                               Amount*                   When due
  Application Fee                                                            $ 85.00                  At time of application.
  Single Course Registration Fee (non-degree seeking)                        $ 30.00                  Upon registration limit of 3 courses.
  Application fee, Certificate Program (non-refundable)                      $ 30.00                  At time of application.

  Tuition Per Credit/In Class
      Online Course Tuition (per credit)                                     $ 495.00                 Two weeks prior to the start date each course.
      Directed Study (includes non-refundable                                $ 390.00                 Two weeks prior to the start date of each course.
      registration fee)
  Professional Certificate Programs                                          $ 390.00

  Book and Materials Charges                                                Varies by course          When books and materials are sold.

  Degree Audit Processing Fee                                                $   55.00                 When application for graduation is submitted.

  Transcript of Record                                                       $    5.00                At time of request. (Must accompany transcript request
                                                                                                      form).

  Check Return Charge                                                        $ 30.00                  At time of return.

  Declined Credit Card Charge                                                $ 30.00                  At time of decline.

  Late Payment Charge                                                        $ 30.00                  At time of non-payment.

  *NOTE: All fees are subject to change.




                                                                                                                                                                           149
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
 FINANCIAL AID
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
The University of Phoenix participates in the Federal                                         Federal Supplemental Education
Financial Aid Programs, including the Federal Stafford                                        Opportunity Grant
Student Loans, the Federal PLUS Loan, the Federal Pell                                        ........................................................................................
Grant, the Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity                                         A Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant
Grant, and the Federal Perkins loan programs.                                                 (FSEOG) is for undergraduates with exceptional financial
                                                                                              need, which is defined as students with the lowest Expected
Information and/or application forms are available from                                       Family Contributions (EFCs) and remaining need after other
your campus Financial Aid Office.                                                             resources used towards educational costs are considered.
Admitted degree–seeking students enrolled in eligible pro-                                    This federal program gives priority to students who receive
grams may apply for financial aid as a means of assisting                                     Federal Pell Grants. Unlike loans, Federal SEOG awards do
them with financing their education. Some Certificate pro-                                    not have to be paid back. Please note that the U.S. Depart-
grams are also eligible for financial aid; please check with the                              ment of Education guarantees that each participating institu-
campus Financial Aid Office for specific program informa-                                     tion will receive enough money to pay the Federal Pell
tion.                                                                                         Grants of its eligible students. However, there’s no guarantee
                                                                                              that every student will receive an FSEOG award; students
Students needing financial aid may be eligible for financial                                  will be awarded FSEOG based on the availability of funds at
aid once each academic year, which is defined as the period
                                                                                              the University.
of time in which an enrolled undergraduate student com-
pletes at least 27 credit hours and at least 45 weeks of instruc-                             Federal Perkins Loan
                                                                                              ........................................................................................
tional time. Graduate students are required to complete at
least 27 credits and 54 weeks of instructional time. Therefore,                               A Federal Perkins Loan is a low-interest (5 percent) loan for
students may have their eligibility assessed for grants and/                                  both undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional
or loans several times during their program of study. The                                     financial need. The University of Phoenix is the lender for the
average processing time for financial aid is 90 days. Inter-                                  loan, and the loan must be repaid to the University. The loan
ested students should apply for financial aid prior to each                                   is made with government funds with a share contributed by
academic year.                                                                                the school.

All students receiving financial aid must comply with the                                     A Perkins Loan borrower is not charged any fees. However,
requirements of the University of Phoenix Satisfactory Aca-                                   if a student misses a payment, makes a payment late, or
demic Progress Policy for Title IV recipients (see General                                    makes less than a full payment, late charges and collection
Academic Policies.) Those students not making satisfactory                                    costs will apply.
academic progress may be academically disqualified and/or                                     After the student graduates or leaves school, he/she has nine
financially disqualified.                                                                     months before beginning repayment for the Federal Perkins
Financial Aid Appeals Committee                                                               Loan. Additional deferments may apply for students on
........................................................................................      active duty in the military. This is referred to as the “grace
Any student who wishes to appeal a financial aid decision                                     period”. During periods of deferment and the grace period
must do so by writing to:                                                                     the loan does not accrue interest. The monthly payment
                                                                                              amount will depend on the size of the debt and the length of
      VP of University Services                                                               the repayment period. Forty dollars is the minimum monthly
      Apollo Group, Inc.                                                                      payment.
      4615 East Elwood Street
      Phoenix, AZ 85040
Federal Pell Grants
........................................................................................
A Federal Pell Grant is an award to help needy undergradu-
ate students (who have never obtained a Bachelor’s degree)
pay for their education. Unlike loans, Federal Pell Grants do
not have to be paid back. Eligibility is based on a formula
revised and approved each year by congress, and the stu-
dents course schedule.




                                                                                                                                                                              151
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Federal Stafford Student Loans (Subsidized                                                 Alternative Student Loans
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
and Unsubsidized)
........................................................................................   Alternative student loans are available to students who are
Federal Stafford loans are low–interest loans made by a                                    not eligible for federal loans or who need assistance beyond
lender such as a bank or a credit union. Loans must be paid                                their financial aid eligibility. These loans are made privately
back once the student graduates or withdraws from the Uni-                                 through banks and other financial institutions and are subject
versity.                                                                                   to their terms. Alternative loans should only be considered
                                                                                           after applying for federal student aid. Contact your campus
For subsidized Federal Stafford loans, the Federal govern-
                                                                                           Financial Aid Office for additional information on alternative
ment pays the interest on the loan while the student is in
                                                                                           student loans.
school. For unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans, the student
has the option to defer interest but it will continue to accrue.                           Loan/Grant Disbursement
                                                                                           ........................................................................................
The subsidized Federal Stafford loan is made to borrowers                                  All Federal aid can be certified and disbursed when a student
who demonstrate financial need according to the federal                                    has been accepted for admission and has met other federal
methodology and their cost of attendance. The unsubsidized                                 requirements; additionally, the student must be making satis-
Federal Stafford loan is made to all borrowers who meet the                                factory academic progress as defined by Federal regulations
requirements for student aid eligibility.                                                  and outlined in the policy section titled “Satisfactory Aca-
A student cannot borrow more than his/her cost of atten-                                   demic Progress for Title IV Recipients”. Federal regulations
dance at the University of Phoenix less any other financial                                also require that financial aid students maintain continuous
assistance received.                                                                       attendance (no break in attendance exceeding 29 days) or the
                                                                                           student’s funds may be cancelled. Attendance during exten-
Information on current interest rates, loan limits, insurance                              sion periods, waived courses, CLEPS, or assessment courses
premiums and guarantee fees, can be obtained from your                                     are not considered as eligible attendance.
campus Financial Aid Office.
                                                                                           In addition, the Online Directed Study requires a directed
After the student graduates or leaves school, he/she has six                               study student to make accessible contact with the instructor
months before beginning repayment for the Federal Stafford                                 before the student is eligible for any financial aid disburse-
loans. This is referred to as the “grace period”. During the                               ments. Accessible contact is defined as receipt of a completed
grace period, the student receiving a subsidized Federal                                   assignment by the faculty member, who reports the receipt of
Stafford Loan is not responsible for interest or principal. For                            the completed assignment as attendance.
an unsubsidized Federal Stafford loan, the student has the
option to defer interest but it will continue to accrue.                                   Federal loan disbursements are made in two payments; the
                                                                                           first is at the beginning of the loan period, and the second is
The University of Phoenix has a list of preferred lenders that                             made at the midpoint of the loan period based on the num-
meet or exceed our minimum operational standards as well                                   ber of credit hours successfully completed. Federal Pell dis-
as offering generous borrower benefits, however, we will                                   bursements are made in two payments; the first is at the
process loan applications through any lender who partici-                                  beginning of the first payment period, and the second is
pates in the Title IV Federal loan programs. Contact your                                  made at the midpoint of the Pell period based on the success-
campus Financial Aid Office for the list of preferred lenders.                             ful completion of a minimum of 13.5 credits. Federal SEOG
Federal PLUS Loans                                                                         funds are disbursed in one disbursement at the beginning of
........................................................................................   the academic year. Most federal funds are disbursed directly
The Federal PLUS loan is available to the parents of depen-                                toward your tuition account by electronic funds transfer.
dent students. This loan is based on “credit worthiness” as                                Since federal aid is for educational expenses, the funds will
determined by your lender. The loan amount cannot exceed                                   first be credited to tuition and rEsource fees outstanding for
the cost of attendance minus other aid awarded.                                            the disbursement period. Any excess funds will be refunded
                                                                                           to the student, unless otherwise specified by the student.
Repayment begins 60 days from the date the loan is fully dis-
bursed by the lender.




152
                                                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                                                                         FINANCIAL AID




Loan Deferments                                                                            Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for
........................................................................................
                                                                                           Title IV Recipients
Students attending eligible programs may defer payments on                                 ........................................................................................
student loans by contacting the financial aid coordinator at                               Students receiving Title IV financial aid funds must maintain
their local campus for a loan deferment form. Regulations                                  the minimum grade point average for their degree program.
governing student loan deferments are determined by con-                                   These students must also make satisfactory progress towards
gress. Once the Registrar’s Office receives the loan deferment                             completing their degree program within the maximum time
request form, approximately five working days are required                                 frame allowed according to federal regulations. The maxi-
for processing. Students must be currently in attendance or                                mum time frame allowed is based on the required number of
scheduled to attend within 30 days of the deferment request                                credits for graduation from the degree program, less any
in order for it to be processed.                                                           transfer or assessed credits, times 150%.
Leave of Absence                                                                           1. This maximum time frame will be evaluated for all periods
........................................................................................   of attendance at the university, including periods during
From time to time, a student may find it necessary to take a                               which the student did not receive aid. Students who transfer
leave of absence (LOA). The LOA serves to maintain the stu-                                between programs, majors, or drop and re-enter will have
dent in school enrollment status. For students requesting a                                their maximum time frame evaluated based on the courses
LOA, the following applies:                                                                that apply to the new program and/or major.
1. The University may grant a leave of absence(s) to students                              Progress will be measured after each 24 attempted credit
who provide a written, signed and dated request to their                                   increment. Students must successfully complete a minimum
campus on or before the last date of class attendance. If                                  of 16 credits during each increment to make satisfactory aca-
unforeseen circumstances prevent a student from providing                                  demic progress.
this request on or before the last date of class attendance, the                           2. Each course of the student’s program that the student
University may grant the leave of absence if the campus                                    attends counts as an attempted credit. Only courses
receives the request and appropriate documentation within                                  completed with a passing grade count as completed. For
15 days of the student’s last date of class attendance.                                    repeated courses, only the first course for which the student
Unforeseen circumstances may include medical and family                                    receives credit towards their degree counts as a completed
emergencies, University course cancellation and/or facility                                credit. However, each repeated course counts as an
closure, and natural disasters. A student on an approved                                   attempted credit.
leave of absence will be considered enrolled at the University                             Students who are not making satisfactory progress will be
and eligible for an in-school deferment for his or her SFA                                 placed on Financial Aid probation and will have two proba-
loans.                                                                                     tionary increments to make up the credits or they will be
2. A leave of absence cannot exceed 60 days in a 12-month                                  placed on Financial Aid Disqualification at which time all
period. Time in excess of 60 days in any 12-month period                                   Title IV funding will cease. During these probationary peri-
may be approved on an exception basis, for unusual                                         ods, the student must maintain the minimum 16/24 comple-
circumstances. This leave may not exceed 90 days in length                                 tion schedule and make up the original credit deficiency.
and may be approved for unusual circumstances such as                                      Students will be disqualified for federal financial aid if they
course cancellations, personal leaves, business travel,                                    do not maintain the 16-credit completion minimum during
institutional issues, military reasons, circumstances covered                              the probationary periods, or do not make up the original
by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 or jury duty.                                  credit deficiency, or are more than 8 credits deficient after the
                                                                                           first probationary increment. Students who are disqualified
3. If a student does not return from an approved leave of
                                                                                           may appeal to the Student Appeals Committee to have spe-
absence, his or her withdrawal date and beginning of the
                                                                                           cial circumstances reviewed for the potential of regaining sat-
loan grace period will be the last date of class attendance.
                                                                                           isfactory progress status. Students whose appeal is denied
This may result in the loss of some or all of the student’s loan
                                                                                           will not be able to receive any further financial aid.
grace period.




                                                                                                                                                                        153
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Statement of Educational Purpose
........................................................................................
Federal Financial Aid is to be used solely for the students
educational expenses related to their attendance at the Uni-
versity of Phoenix.
Referrals to the Office of Inspector General
........................................................................................
The University of Phoenix is required by law to make refer-
rals to the Office of Inspector General of any cases of sus-
pected fraud and abuse involving the Title IV programs.
Additional Funding Options
........................................................................................
In addition to the Federal Student Aid programs additional
sources of funds are available to University of Phoenix stu-
dents. Such funding programs are only available to high
quality institutions such as the University of Phoenix. Ask
your financial advisor for more information on additional
sources of funds.




154
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
FINANCIAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Policies                                                                              Veterans Educational Assistance
........................................................................................      ........................................................................................
Tuition for each course must be paid according to the terms                                   Students who are entitled to Department of Veterans Affairs
and conditions outlined for the Primary Financial Option                                      education benefits must make initial contact with their cam-
selected on the student financial agreement form. Students                                    pus veteran’s affairs certifying official. A formal application
who are not in compliance with their Primary Financial                                        for admission to the university should be competed before
option term will not be allowed to attend courses. See the                                    applying for the VA education benefits.
“Financial Options Guide” for further information related to
                                                                                              Each University of Phoenix program and classroom, or dis-
financial options and payment terms. A student may be                                         tance education option, requires separate state approving
administratively withdrawn for failure to make payment in a                                   agency approval for the training of veterans or eligible per-
timely manner, preventing the student from attending future                                   sons. Please contact your local campus for information on
class sessions, until the amount owed is paid in full or                                      current approvals.
satisfactory payment arrangements are made.
                                                                                              Application for VA education benefits should be sent to your
All applicable fees are due and payable as cost are incurred.                                 local campus, for submission to the Department of Veterans
Fees for books and materials for each course must be paid at                                  Affairs (DVA), so that the campus certifying official can sub-
the time they are ordered. Students are required to clear any                                 mit the proper certification for your enrollment. The Univer-
indebtedness to the University before grades and transcripts                                  sity of Phoenix does not participate in the DVA “advanced
will be issued or the degree awarded.                                                         payment” program.
All costs of collection, court costs and reasonable attorney’s                                VA education benefit eligibility and payment rates vary
fees will be added to delinquent accounts collected through                                   depending on each individual’s military history and the edu-
third parties. The University of Phoenix may obtain a current                                 cational program being pursued. Only the Department of
credit report as needed to support any decision to defer                                      Veteran’s Affairs can determine VA applications eligibility.
tuition payment or to assist in collection of amounts owed.                                   To contact a DVA representative in your area, call toll free 1-
All tuition, fees and payment policies are subject to change.                                 888-GI-BILL-1 (1-888-442-4551).

Students who primarily attend a University of Phoenix cam-                                    Credit for Prior Education and Training
pus other than Online Directed Study are subject to financial                                 Credit for prior education or training must be evaluated and
approval by their “primary” campus prior to enrolling in a                                    reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs prior to the
Online Directed Study course.                                                                 start of the 25th week of enrollment. DVA may not always
Students should contact their Academic Counselor to register                                  pay VA education benefits after the 24th week if the DVA
a minimum of two weeks prior to their intended course start                                   records indicate the student has large amounts of transfer
date.                                                                                         credits. Please insure all prior education transcripts, DD-295,
                                                                                              DD-214, Army/American Council on Education Registry
Processing Fee and Late Fees                                                                  Transcript System (AARTS), Coast Guard institute tran-
........................................................................................
                                                                                              scripts, and Sailor/Marine/American Council on Education
A late fee of $30.00 will be assessed for every course for
                                                                                              Registry (SMART) transcripts are submitted for evaluation in
which the student’s tuition payment has not been received
                                                                                              a timely manner. It is the student responsibility to ensure that
according to the terms of the Primary Financial Option
                                                                                              all transcripts are submitted to the University. Academic
selected. A $30.00 processing fee will be charged for check
returned for any reason and for declined credit card transac-                                 credit earned for courses appearing on an official transcript
tions.                                                                                        from a regionally accredited or candidate for accreditation
                                                                                              college or university will be evaluated according to Univer-
                                                                                              sity policies and accepted subject to the approval of the Uni-
                                                                                              versity’s central Office of Admissions. Transfer credits that
                                                                                              are based on a different unit of credit than the one prescribed
                                                                                              by the University of Phoenix are subject to conversion before
                                                                                              being transferred. Only the official transcript and course
                                                                                              evaluations performed by the University’s central Adminis-
                                                                                              trative office of admission or Prior Learning Assessment
                                                                                              Center are final. Any preliminary reviews by the campus
                                                                                              personnel are unofficial and not binding, and subject to
                                                                                              change.




                                                                                                                                                                              155
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




VA Standard of Academic Progress Requirements                     DANTES Reimbursement
To receive veteran’s education benefits, student must main-       Directed study courses have Defense Activity for Non-Tradi-
tain satisfactory academic progress and conduct. Accord-          tional Education Support (DANTES) approval for tuition
ingly, benefits will be terminated for individuals who are        reimbursement. For more information on this program, con-
disqualified, suspended, or expelled from the University.         tact the Educational Service Officer on your base.
Academic Probation shall occur when a student’s grade             Tuition Assistance VA Top-Up
point average falls below acceptable levels. Undergraduate        Active duty student requesting to use the Tuition Assistance
degree and certificate program seeking students must main-        VA Top-UP program should direct all questions or concerns
tain a program grade point average of 2.0. Graduate and           to the Department of Veterans Affairs at 1-888-GI-BILL-1 (1-
Doctoral students must maintain a program grade point             888-442-4551) or their web site at www.gibill.va.gov/Education/
average of 3.0. Probation last for a period of three consecu-     News/TATU.htm. The University of Phoenix VA certifying
tive courses. Any course work taken concurrently will be          official has no involvement in the processing of any Tuition
applied to the three consecutive course period. Veteran stu-      Assistance VA Top-Up request.
dents will continue to receive VA education benefits during
the probation period. The veteran will be informed of the         Formal application for admission to the University should be
probation, and a notation to the student VA file will record      completed before applying for VA educational assistance.
when the probationary period commenced.                           Each University of Phoenix program and classroom, or dis-
                                                                  tance education option, requires separate state agency
Academic Disqualification will result if a student fails to       approval for the training of veterans. Please contact your
clear their academic probation status within three courses        local campus for information on current approvals.
from the onset of probation. Veteran student will not be eligi-
ble for VA educational benefits after disqualification. The       Application for VA benefits should be sent to your local cam-
DVA and student will be notified of the disqualification. To      pus, for submission to Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA)
re-enter, a formal application for admission must be submit-      with enrollment certification. The University of Phoenix does
ted in accordance with University admission procedures; in        not participate in the DVA “advance pay” program.
addition, applicants should explain the reasons for the scho-     VA benefit eligibility and assistance rates vary depending on
lastic deficiencies; the manner in which the intervening time     each individual’s military history and the educational pro-
has been spent, and why they should be given favorable con-       gram being pursued. Only the Department of Veterans
sideration for re-admission. The admission file will be           Affairs can determine a VA applicant’s eligibility. To contact a
reviewed by the student appeals committee and decision            DVA representative in your area call toll–free 1–888–GI-
reached regarding re-admission. If approved, the student          BILL–1 (1-888-442-4551).
would be required to complete all program requirements in
effect at the time of re-admission. An application for VA edu-    Refund Policy
                                                                  ........................................................................................
cation benefits will also be necessary to re-establish benefits
                                                                  All fees, including application fees, assessment fees, student
with the University of Phoenix.
                                                                  service fees, and book fees are nonrefundable.
Overpayments
                                                                  A tuition refund should be requested by submitting an “Offi-
To avoid overpayments, VA education benefits recipients           cial Withdrawal Form” to the student’s local campus.
should promptly report any changes in enrollment or depen-
dency status to the university of Phoenix and DVA. The Uni-       Students are eligible for a tuition refund under the following
versity is required to notify the DVA within 30 days of any       conditions assuming the tuition for the entire class was paid:
change in student status during previously certified periods      1. Written notification of withdrawal is provided prior to the
of enrollment. Changes include withdrawals, reduction in          first class session of a course: Refund – 100% of tuition.
training time, unsatisfactory academic progress or conduct,
and assignment of “non-punitive” grade and “changes in            2. Students attending only the first week of any class are
dates of enrollment”. Upon receipt of the notice, DVA will        financially responsible for 25% of the tuition for the course.
reduce or terminate benefits. DVA is required to take prompt      Written notification of withdrawal prior to the second class
and aggressive action to recover benefits overpayments.           session of a course: Refund – 75% of tuition.
                                                                  3. There is no tuition refund for students who withdraw after
                                                                  the second class session.




156
                                                                                                University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                        FINANCIAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES




4. Students who began a program under Registered status             8. A student in the state of Ohio who rescinds his or her
pending the completion of their admission file and are              decision to enroll within five (5) business days of signing the
subsequently denied admission are eligible for a refund of          Enrollment Agreement is entitled to a full refund of all fees
the full tuition amount for the course in which they are            and tuition paid. To cancel enrollment, a student should
currently enrolled. Tuition will not be refunded for any            submit an “Official Withdrawal Form”. If sent by mail, the
course that has been completed.                                     “Official Withdrawal Form” must be postmarked on or
                                                                    before the fifth business day following execution of this
5. Student attending campuses located in the state of
                                                                    Agreement. Except for cancellations within the five-day
California who have completed 60 percent or less of the
                                                                    period set forth above, all fees, including application fees,
course of instruction are eligible for a pro rata refund per the
                                                                    assessment fees, and materials fees are nonrefundable. A
California Refund Policy. The refund will be the amount the
                                                                    tuition refund must be requested in writing by submitting an
student paid of the instruction multiplied by a fraction, the
                                                                    “Official Withdrawal Form” to the student's local campus.
numerator of which is the number of hours (weeks) of
                                                                    Students are eligible for a tuition refund under the following
instruction which the student has not received, but for which
                                                                    conditions, assuming the tuition for the entire class was paid:
the student has paid, and the denominator of which is the
total number of hours (weeks) instruction for which the             1. Students providing written notification of withdrawal
student has paid.                                                   prior to the first class session of a course will receive a full
                                                                    tuition refund.
Example of refund on attendance for a 5 week course:
                                                                    2. Students attending only the first week of any class are
Attend 1 week    80% refund due
                                                                    financially responsible for 25% of the tuition for the course.
Attend 2 week    60% refund due                                     Such students will receive a refund equal to 75% of tuition if
Attend 3 week    40% refund due                                     they provide written notification of withdrawal prior to the
Attend 4 week    No refund due                                      second class session of a course.
6. In the event that the University of Phoenix no longer offers     3. Students who withdraw after the second class session are
educational services prior to a student completing a course of      financially responsible for 50% of the tuition for the course.
instruction, a partial refund may be available. The student         Such students will receive a refund equal to 50% of tuition if
should contact the Council for Private Postsecondary and            they provide written notification of withdrawal prior to the
Vocational Education, 1027 10th Street, Fourth Floor,               third class session of a course.
Sacramento, California 98514, or call (916) 443427.
                                                                    4. Students who withdraw after the third class session are
7. A student in the state of Wisconsin has the right to cancel      financially responsible for 75% of the tuition for the course.
enrollment until midnight of the third business day after           Such students will receive a refund equal to 25% of tuition if
receipt of notice of acceptance and is entitled to a full refund    they provide written notification of withdrawal prior to the
of any tuition paid. In addition, the student may withdraw          fourth class session of a course.
from a course after instruction has started and receive a pro
                                                                    5. Students who withdraw after the fourth class session are
rata refund for the unused portion of the tuition paid if the
                                                                    financially responsible for 100% of the tuition for the course.
student has completed 60% or less of the instruction or if 60%
                                                                    Such students will receive no refund.
or less time has elapsed from the scheduled start date,
whichever comes first. For example: (a) if the student              NOTE: Additional refund policies apply to students receiving Fed-
completes only two weeks of a five-week course and paid             eral Financial Aid. Please see the “Financial Policies and Proce-
$1,000.00 tuition, the student would receive a refund of            dures” section of this catalog.
$600.00, and (b) if the student completes only two weeks of a
six-week course and paid $1,200.00 tuition, the student
would receive a refund of $800.00. If the school cancels or
discontinues a course or educational program, the school will
make a full refund of all charges. Refunds will be paid within
thirty days of receipt of the student's notice of cancellation or
withdrawal.




                                                                                                                               157
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




Additional Refund Policies for Students Receiving                 After the University has allocated the unearned funds for
Federal Financial Aid                                             which it is responsible, the student must return assistance for
Effective October 1, 2000 the University will implement the       which they are responsible. This amount is calculated by sub-
new federal return provisions for recipients of Student Finan-    tracting the amount of unearned aid that the University is
cial Aid (SFA). The new requirements, which will apply to         required to return from the total amount of unearned SFA
students who have returns calculated on or after October 1,       assistance to be returned. The student (or parent in the case
2000, will use a formula to determine the amount of SFA           of funds due to a PLUS Loan) must repay loan funds in
funds a student has earned as of his or her last day of class     accordance with the terms of the loan and any grant funds as
attendance. Students out of attendance for over 29 days and       an overpayment. The student is obligated to return only one-
not on an approved leave of absence, will be considered           half of the unearned grant amount.
withdrawn for Federal and University refund processing.           Overpayment
The Return of Title IV Refund Policy is in addition to the Uni-   A student who owes an overpayment as a result of with-
versity’s Tuition Refund Policy. Both calculations will be        drawal from the University and a subsequent Return of Title
completed when the student withdraws.                             IV Program funds calculation will retain SFA funding eligi-
If a student withdraws before completing more than 60% of         bility for 45 days from the date that the University sends a
the payment period, the percentage of SFA funds earned will       notification to the student of the overpayment. During the 45
equal the percentage of the calendar days completed in the        days the student will have the opportunity to take appropri-
payment period prior to the withdrawal date. After the stu-       ate action that can continue their eligibility for SFA funds.
dent has completed 60% of the payment period, he or she has       This may be accomplished by repaying the overpayment in
earned 100% of the SFA funds disbursed.                           full to the University or by signing a repayment agreement
                                                                  with the U.S. Department of Education. If the student does
The amount of SFA funds earned by the student is the per-         not take one of these two actions during the 45-day period,
centage of SFA assistance that has been earned multiplied by      he or she becomes ineligible for future funding on the 46th
the total amount of SFA assistance that was disbursed for the     day. Further information on signing a repayment agreement
payment period, to include funds retained by the University       with the U.S. Department of Education may be obtained
and funds given directly to the student.                          from your Campus Financial Aid Advisor.
• Percentage Earned - The percentage of SFA funds earned is       Post-Withdrawal Disbursement
  equal to the percentage of the payment period completed
                                                                  If the total amount of SFA funds the student earned as calcu-
  as of the last date of attendance recorded from class
                                                                  lated under the new Return of Title IV funds policy is greater
  attendance records.                                             than the total amount disbursed, the student may be eligible
• Percentage Unearned - The total SFA funds disbursed,            to receive a post-withdrawal disbursement of SFA funds. The
  minus the amount of SFA funds earned determines the             University will offer any amount of a post-withdrawal dis-
  amount of SFA loan and grant aid that is unearned and           bursement that is due within 30 days of the date that the Uni-
  must be returned by the University.                             versity determined that the student withdrew by providing a
The University will return the lesser of the following            written notification that will include the following:
amounts:                                                          • The type and amount of SFA funds that make up the post-
• The amount of SFA funds that the student does not earn,           withdrawal disbursement.
  or                                                              • An explanation that the student or parent may accept or
                                                                    decline some or all of the post-withdrawal disbursement.
• The amount that is equal to the total University charges
  incurred by the student for the payment period multiplied       • An explanation that no post-withdrawal disbursement
  by the percentage of unearned aid.                                will be made if they do not respond within 14 days of the
                                                                    letter date.
The University will return funds to the SFA Programs in the
                                                                  If the student and/or parent responds to the University’s
following order: Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans, Subsi-
                                                                  notice within 14 days and instructs the University to make all
dized Federal Stafford Loans, Federal Perkins Loan, and Fed-
                                                                  or a portion of the post-withdrawal disbursement, the funds
eral PLUS Loans. If funds remain after repaying all loan
                                                                  will be requested and disbursed in the manner specified in
amounts, those remaining funds must be credited in the fol-
                                                                  their response within 90 days of the date of the University’s
lowing order: Federal Pell grants SEOG, and other grants or
loan assistance authorized by the U.S. Department of Educa-       determination that the student withdrew. If the student and/
tion.                                                             or parent does not respond to the University’s notice, the
                                                                  post-withdrawal disbursement will be made only for appro-
                                                                  priate outstanding charges.




158
                                                                                               University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                       FINANCIAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES




State Tuition Recovery Fee                                          It is important that students keep copies of the enrollment
Assembly Bill 411, passed during the 1995 legislative session,      agreement, financial aid papers, receipts or any other infor-
changed the Nevada Revised Statutes, Chapter 394, and               mation that documents the monies paid to the school. Ques-
established the “Tuition Recovery Fund”. These funds are to         tions regarding the STRF may be directed to the Bureau for
be held by the State Commission on Postsecondary Educa-             Private Post-Secondary and Vocational Education, 1027–10th
tion to indemnify “any student or enrollee, who has suffered        floor, Sacramento, California 95813517, (916) 443427.
damage as a result of:                                              Tax Benefits for Higher Education
(a) The discontinuance of a postsecondary educational insti-        The Internal Revenue Service requires all eligible institutions,
tution licensed in this state; or                                   including University of Phoenix, to report annually, certain
                                                                    information about qualified tuition, fees and related
(b) The violation by such an institution of any provision of
                                                                    expenses to each student and the IRS.
NRS 394.383 to 394.560, inclusive, and sections 2, 3, and 4 of
this act, or the regulations adopted pursuant thereto.”             The information reported on form 1098-T, will help the stu-
                                                                    dent determine if they, or someone that can claim them as a
Should a student feel that he/she has suffered damages due
                                                                    dependent, may take the HOPE credit or Lifetime Learning
to these reasons, they should contact the campus administra-
                                                                    credit on their Federal Income Tax.
tor’s office.
                                                                    To facilitate accurate reporting, the student must maintain a
Private School Enrollment Fee
                                                                    current address and social security number (SSN) on file with
Nevada Revised Statutes 394.540 mandates:                           University of Phoenix. If applicable, the student must pro-
“The institution shall collect this fee from each student at the    vide University of Phoenix with the name, address an SSN of
time of the student’s initial enrollment with the institution.      the person who will claim the student as dependent on their
On or before the first day of January, April, July, and October,    tax return. University of Phoenix campuses have Form W-9’s
the institution shall transmit to the administrator the fees col-   available to facilitate such reporting. In any case University
lected pursuant to this subsection during the preceding quar-       of Phoenix will use the most current information available
ter. The administrator shall deposit the fees so transmitted        when distributing Form 1098-T.
with the state treasurer for credit to the state general fund.”
                                                                    For information on education related Federal tax benefits, see
California Student Tuition Recovery Fund                            IRS publication 970, “Tax Benefits for Higher Education”, or
The Student Tuition Recovery Fund (STRF) was established            contact your personal tax adviser.
by the Legislature to protect California residents who attend
a private postsecondary institution from losing money if they
prepaid tuition and suffered a financial loss as a result of the
school closing, failing to live up to its enrollment agreement,
or refusing to pay a court judgement.
To be eligible for STRF, students must be California residents
and reside in California at the time the enrollment agreement
is signed or when they receive lessons at a California mailing
address or from an approved institution offering correspon-
dence instruction. Students who are temporarily residing in
California for the sole purpose of pursuing an education,
specifically those who hold student visas, are not considered
a California resident.
To qualify for STRF reimbursement students must file a STRF
application within one year of receiving notice from the
Council that the school is closed. If they do not receive notice
from the Council, they have four years from the date of clo-
sure to file a STRF application. If a judgement is obtained,
they must file a STRF application within two years of the
final judgement.




                                                                                                                             159
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
UNDERGRADUATE
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Courses are listed alpha numerically based on the academic                                   ACC 363ª
discipline prefix.                                                                           Financial Accounting II
                                                                                             This course introduces plant assets, liabilities, accounting for
Courses numbered 100-299 are considered lower division;
                                                                                             corporations, investments, the statement of cash flows,
courses numbered 300-499 are considered upper division.
                                                                                             financial statement analysis, time value of money, payroll
Credits for upper division courses may be applied toward
                                                                                             accounting and other significant liabilities. 3credits.
lower division requirements.
                                                                                             Prerequisite: ACC 362
Each course description is followed by the number of credits
                                                                                             ACC 421ª
the course carries, the general education area it may satisfy,
                                                                                             Intermediate Financial Accounting I
and any prerequisites.
                                                                                             This course examines the conceptual framework of
Not all course work is offered at every campus. Please con-                                  accounting, including cash versus accrual accounting, the
sult your local campus staff for course offerings and sched-                                 income statement and balance sheet, the time value of money,
ules.                                                                                        cash receivables, and inventory. 3credits.
Courses available through Online are noted with a ª sym-                                     ACC 422ª
bol.                                                                                         Intermediate Financial Accounting II
ACC 321                                                                                      This course is the second of the three part series of courses
Accounting Information Systems                                                               related to intermediate accounting. This section examines the
This course is designed to provide an understanding of                                       balance sheet in more detail, including intangible assets,
accounting information systems and their role in the                                         current liabilities and contingencies, long-term liabilities,
accounting environment. It provides a learning basis for the                                 stockholder's equity, and earnings per share. The course
information-age accounting professional of today and                                         finishes with a look at investments and revenue recognition.
tomorrow. This course focuses on understanding the                                           Interwoven in the presentation of the material is an
activities, processes, and informational needs of                                            assortment of ethical dilemmas that encourage discussions
organizations. Course concepts include the history,                                          about how the accountant should handle specific situations.
modeling, protyping, and other challenges and opportunities                                  3credits. Prerequisite: ACC 363 and ACC 421
surrounding accounting information systems. 3credits.                                        ACC 423ª
ACC 330ª                                                                                     Intermediate Financial Accounting III
Accounting for Decision Making                                                               This course is the third of a three part series of courses related
This course introduces cost terminology and flows, standard                                  to intermediate accounting. This course examines income
cost systems, relevant costing, budgeting, inventory control,                                taxes, pensions and post retirement benefits, leases, changes
capital asset selection, responsibility accounting and                                       and error analysis, statement of cash flows and full
performance measurement. 3credits.                                                           disclosures issues. The course finishes with a look at
                                                                                             derivative instruments. Interwoven in the presentation of the
ACC 340ª
                                                                                             material is an assortment of ethical dilemmas that encourage
Accounting Information Systems I
                                                                                             discussions about how the accountant should handle specific
This course is designed to provide accounting students with
                                                                                             situations. 3credits.
the proper mix of technical information and real-world
                                                                                             Prerequisite: ACC 422
applications. Areas of study include fundamental concepts
and technologies, Internets, Intranets electronic commerce,
information systems development, basic project management
principles, Decision Support Systems, and the benefits of
computer/human synergy. 3credits.
ACC 362ª
Financial Accounting I
This course introduces the fundamentals of accounting
theory, transactions, the accounting cycle, financial statement
preparation and articulation, and assets and liabilities.
3credits.
Prerequisite: MTH 209



                                                                                                                                                                           A-1
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




ACC 430, 433, & 436                                                   ACC 448
Intermediate Accounting I, II, & III                                  Advanced Accounting
This series of courses examines the accounting environment,           This course covers reporting by business combinations and
financial statement preparations, technical aspects of                diversified companies, consolidations of financial statements,
accounting, and the objectives of financial reporting. Topics         partnerships, governmental and not-for-profit entity
to be discussed include revenue recognition, investments,             accounting, and foreign currency transactions and
ethics and professionalism, generally accepted accounting             subsidiaries. 3credits.
principles, accounting changes, accounting theory,                    Prerequisite: ACC 436
intangibles, cash flows, current assets, debt, equity, short-         ACC 451
and long-term investments, bonds, leases, pension, tax                Management Accounting
accounting, and the relationship between accounting and the           This course covers identification and development of
environment. 9credits, 3 credits each.                                relevant cost information for both manufacturing and non-
Prerequisite for ACC 430: ACC 363                                     manufacturing situations. Emphasis is given to the
Prerequisite for ACC 433: ACC 430                                     regulatory, analytical, and behavioral uses of accounting
Prerequisite for ACC 436: ACC 433                                     information. 3 credits.
ACC 439                                                               Prerequisite: ACC 436
Income Tax – Corporate                                                ACC 454
This course is a basic analysis of the federal tax system. The        Professional Ethics
role of taxation in society, sources of tax authority, and critical   This course is designed to integrate previous accounting
areas in business income taxation, are examined as well as tax        major course work and ethics of the accounting profession.
aspects on the formation, reorganization, and liquidation of          3credits.
corporations and the impact on shareholders are studied. The          Prerequisite: 60 credits
taxation issues involved in partnerships, corporations, S
                                                                      ACC 460ª
corporations and fiduciaries are examined, as well as estate
                                                                      Government and Non-Profit Accounting
and gift taxes, basic tax planning and research. 3credits.
                                                                      This course covers fund accounting, budget and control
Prerequisite: ACC 436
                                                                      issues, revenue and expenses recognition and issues of
ACC 440ª                                                              reporting for both government and non-profit entities.
Advanced Financial Accounting                                         3credits.
This course covers business combinations and diversified
                                                                      ACC 472.4
companies, consolidations of financial statements, home
                                                                      Cost Accounting
office and branch accounting, segments, foreign currency
                                                                      This course covers direct costing, activity-based costing,
transactions, and corporate reorganizations and liquidations.
                                                                      responsibility accounting, full absorption (variance analysis),
3credits.
                                                                      cost-volume-profit analysis, margin analysis, budgeting, and
ACC 442                                                               transfer pricing. 3credits.
Auditing I                                                            Prerequisite: ACC 436
This course is the first in a two-part auditing series that deals
                                                                      ACC 483.3ª
with auditing a company’s financial reports, internal
                                                                      Income Tax – Individual
controls, and EDP systems. Topics include audit evidence
                                                                      This course is a basic structure of federal income tax law as
and techniques, internal control review and evaluation, and
                                                                      well as income tax problems and preparation of individual
application of statistics. Students learn how to conduct and
                                                                      income tax returns. 3credits.
perform an audit. 3credits
                                                                      Prerequisite: ACC 436
Prerequisite for ACC 436
                                                                      ACC 491ª
ACC 445
                                                                      Contemporary Auditing I
Auditing II
                                                                      This course examines auditing standards, professional ethics,
This course is the second in a two part series dealing with
                                                                      evidence, legal liability, audit planning and documentation,
auditing a company’s financial reports, internal controls, and
                                                                      materiality and risk, internal control and the overall audit
EDP systems. Topics include the audit of specific components
                                                                      plan and program. 3credits.
of the company’s financial system, i.e., EDP, payroll,
accounts, payable, and inventory, and auditor’s ethical and
legal responsibilities. How to complete the audit cycle is also
covered. 3credits.
Prerequisite: ACC 442




A-2
                                                                                       University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                    UNDERGRADUATE




ACC 492ª                                                       BSA 420
Contemporary Auditing II                                       Business Systems II
This course examines auditing from a balance sheet             This course provides the student with an in-depth
perspective, completion of the audit, internal, operational    understanding of the various business systems used and how
and compliance auditing, auditors’ reports and other           each system impacts others within an organization. The
attestation services. 3 credits.                               threads between an organization’s systems are emphasized.
BSA 375                                                        Systems discussed include production, manufacturing,
Fundamentals of Business Systems Development                   service systems, locally significant service systems, and
This course introduces the logical and design considerations   production systems architecture. 3 credits.
addressed during system and application software               Prerequisite: BSA 410
development. It provides a solid background in information     BSA 430
systems analysis and design techniques through a               Systems Analysis Methodologies
combination of theory and application. Systems                 This course provides the student with an understanding of
Development Life Cycle (SDLC) will be fundamental to the       several methodologies available to identify business
course. The course uses Visio. 3credits.                       problems and the possible information systems solutions for
Prerequisite: CSS 335                                          addressing problems. 3credits.
BSA 375.1                                                      Prerequisite: BSA 420
Fundamentals of Business Systems Development                   BSA 440
This course introduces the fundamental logical and design      Systems Analysis Tools
considerations addressed during system and application         This course builds upon the methodologies examined in
software development. It provides a solid background in        Systems Analysis Methodologies by providing an emphasis
information systems analysis and design techniques through     on analysis tools- computer and non-computer supported.
a combination of theory and application. Systems               Emphasis is placed on when and how Visio may be used for
Development Life Cycle (SDLC) will be fundamental to the       analysis. 3credits.
course. 3 credits.                                             Prerequisite: BSA 430
Prerequisite: CIS 319                                          BSA 450
BSA 400                                                        Applied Business Cases
Business Systems Development II                                This course requires the student to complete a business cases
This course continues the subject in BSA 375, Fundamentals     project by using knowledge gained from preceding courses
of Business Systems Development. It completes an               and applying it in the business case project. Topics covered
examination of methodologies, tools, and standards used in     include problem/situation identification, selection of
business systems development. An emphasis is placed upon       appropriate analysis tools and processes to apply to the
when and how to most effectively use available                 situation, and actual use of the tools to develop a business
methodologies and tools for systems development. The           case solution recommendation. 3credits.
course uses Visio. 3credits                                    Prerequisite: BSA 440
Prerequisite: BSA 375                                          BSHS 300
BSA 410                                                        Introduction to Human Services
Business Systems I                                             This course is an introduction to the field of human services.
This course provides the student with an in-depth              It includes study of the history of human services; scrutiny of
understanding of the various business systems used and how     the current practices in the field; and study of the roles,
each system impacts others within an organization. The         functions, and skills of human service workers. Attention to
threads between an organization’s systems are emphasized.      ethics and career opportunities is included. 3credits.
Systems discussed include administrative, accounting,
financial, and marketing systems. 3credits.
Prerequisite: CMGT 450




                                                                                                                       A-3
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




BSHS 310                                                          BSHS 370
Models of Effective Helping                                       Child Development
This course presents an exploration of the major theoretical      This course s a survey of the physical and psychological
areas in the helping professions: cognitive, behavioral,          development of children from prenatal through adolescence.
affective/humanistic, and systems. Students learn the             Developmental problems, family issues, and child abuse will
theoretical basis for each of the major theories, the approach    be covered. Types and symptoms of abuse, assessment,
to change, and the techniques and interventions used by           treatment, prevention and referral are also included.
practitioners of these theories. The course emphasizes the        3credits.
development of a personal theory and approach to human            BSHS 380
services and the creation of a resource file containing           Adult and Family Development
practical applications of theory-based techniques for use by      This course is survey of physical and mental development of
the human service worker. 3 credits.                              the adult in today’s society. The influence of culture, and
BSHS 320                                                          socio-economic status on development will be explored. The
Introduction to Interpersonal Communication                       prevention, symptoms, assessment, treatment, and referral of
This course explores the theory and practice of professional      individuals and families with development problems will be
communication skills, including active listening,                 covered. Old age and gerontological services will also be
interviewing, non-verbal communication and presentation           covered. 3credits.
skills. Students will be encouraged to develop their              BSHS 390
interpersonal skills through application of communication         Working with Groups
techniques and strategies. 3 credits.                             This course covers critical evaluation of the theory and
BSHS 330                                                          practice of group work in human services. Different types of
Technology in Human Services                                      groups, group composition and purpose will be examined.
This course is a survey of the use of communications              Delivery of counseling therapy, and education in group
technology in human services. It will examine how                 settings is also covered. 3credits.
technology is affecting the delivery of human services and        BSHS 400
the use of technology in service delivery. Students must have     Professional, Ethical, and Legal Issues in Human Services
access to the Internet to take this course. 3credits.             The ethical standards of human services, social work,
BSHS 340                                                          counseling, marriages and family, and psychology are
Lifelong Learning and Professional Development                    reviewed and compared. Major legal issues in the delivery of
This course will examine the role of lifelong learning in the     human services are examined. The roles, functions, and
helping process. Students will develop a plan for their           responsibilities of the human service worker are investigated.
personal professional development. Students will also be          3credits.
prepared to enter their Field Experience. 3credits.               BSHS 410
BSHS 350                                                          Field Experience/Part II
Field Experience/Part I                                           Students will select placement in a community human
This course will provide relevant information and support to      services organization and participate in human service
assist students in their first field experience in a human        delivery. Weekly seminars are provided to offer support and
services organization. Students will conduct field interviews,    supervision of student activities in the field. Students will
learn to create a learning contract, and develop an               learn to present cases and/or issues for supervision and
understanding of their role in the human services delivery        staffing. Students will also demonstrate progression in the
system. Weekly seminars are provided to offer support and         1Core Competency Areas. 3credits.
supervision of student activities in the field. 3credits.         BSHS 420
BSHS 360                                                          Case Management
Research and Statistics for the Social Sciences                   This course covers principles, practices, and issues in case
This course is a survey of the appropriate use of statistics in   management. The diagnosis and treatment of developmental,
the social sciences. Rules for the application of appropriate     psychological, and psychiatric problems and treatments
statistics will be reviewed. Software for descriptive and         resources in least restrictive and most cost effective settings
inferential parametric and non-parametric statistics will be      will be examined. 3credits.
covered. Students will practice solving and interpreting
statistical problems. 3 credits.




A-4
                                                                                          University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                    COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                       UNDERGRADUATE




BSHS 430                                                          BUS 260
Dependency and Addictions                                         Legal Aspects of Supervision
Students will be introduced to the addictions process             This course is a study of various laws and legal issues
involved in alcohol, chemical, and other dependency areas in      involved in managing people in organizations. Supervisors
this course. The role of addiction to society, criminal justice   and managers are obligated (and pressured) to understand
and treatment will be explored. 3credits.                         the laws applicable to managing people in the workplace,
BSHS 440                                                          and to focus on the legal liability issues and the recruitment
Advocacy and Mediation                                            and retention of qualified human resources. 3credits.
This course provides a review of the advocacy process             BUS 415.3ª
complete with strategies and techniques to overcoming             Business Law
barriers of effective services delivery. An examination of the    This course examines, analyzes, and applies to the modern
process of alternative resolution will also be covered.           business environment the nature, formation and systems of
3 credits.                                                        law in the United States. 3credits.
BSHS 450                                                          BUS 421ª
Program Design and Proposal Writing                               Contemporary Business Law I
This course covers finding federal, state, and private funding    This course is the first in a two-part business law course that
for human service programs and agencies and writing               reviews the American legal system, common law and its
proposals to secure funding. Students will practice designing     development, organizational structures, and the regulatory
programs and the evaluation of those programs.3credits.           environment pertinent to business. This course will critically
BSHS 460                                                          examine federal and state judicial and alternative dispute
Building Community in Organizations                               resolution systems; torts, crimes and business ethics;
This course provides a framework for understanding                common law contracts; sales and lease contracts; business
organizations as de facto communities. Students will learn to     associations; agency and governmental regulations. 3credits.
identify the essential elements of organizational                 BUS 422ª
communities, the managerial implications of considering           Contemporary Business Law II
organizations as communities, the skills necessary to             This course is the second in a two-part business law course
effectively work in organizational communities and the            that critically examines real and personal property, creditor-
powerful benefits of working in community. 3 credits.             debtor relationships, bankruptcy, sales, securities, and
BSHS 470                                                          government regulation. 3credits.
Mental Health and Crisis Intervention Practices                   Prerequisite: BUS 421
Students will be introduced to the mental health service          CIS 319
delivery system in this course. Appropriate protocols for         Computers and Information Processing
assessing strategies will be examined and explored. 3credits.     This course introduces the fundamentals of computer
BSHS 480                                                          systems and the role of information processing in today’s
Advanced Interpersonal Communication                              business environment. These subjects prepare students to
In this course, students will continue to develop counseling      integrate their management expertise with information
and interviewing skills. Special topics will include:             technology. The successful student will be prepared to work
Communication technology, group communication, clinical           with information system professionals and department
assessment, ethical issues and cultural differences. 3credits.    computer specialists to obtain business solutions with the
                                                                  assistance and support of information technology. 3 credits.
BSHS 490
Field Experience/Part III                                         CJA 300
Students will select placement in a community human               Organized Crime
services organization and participate in human service            This course is a survey of the origins and development of
delivery. Weekly seminars are provided to offer support and       organized crime in the United States. It examines the
supervision of student activities in the field. Students will     structure and activities of organized criminal enterprises,
learn to present cases and/or issues for supervision and          considers different models that have been employed to
staffing. Students will also demonstrate progression in the       describe organized crime groups, and explores theories that
1core Competency Areas. A Portfolio will also be created as a     have been advanced to explain the phenomenon. Major
requirement of this course. 3 credits.                            investigations of organized crime and legal strategies that
                                                                  have been developed to combat it are also considered.
                                                                  3credits.




                                                                                                                          A-5
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




CJA 310                                                             CJA 370
Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice                             Introduction to Policing
This course explores: minorities, crime, and social policy          This course reviews the structure and function of law
(e.g., hate crimes), women in the criminal justice systems,         enforcement agencies in the United States at the state, local,
mental health, substance abuse and crime, workplace and             and federal levels. Differences between levels, as well as
school violence, cybercrime, terrorism, guns, crime, and gun        current issues and problems facing law enforcement
control legislation, the future of criminalistics (e.g., Advances   administrators are emphasized. 3credits.
in DNA analysis and high technology surveillance). 3credits.        CJA 380
CJA 320                                                             Criminal Court Systems
Introduction to Criminal Justice                                    An overview of American court history, including the
A survey of the criminal justice system, including the              development of state and federal courts. Court
agencies and processes involved and processes involved in           administration, the roles of professional and nonprofessional
administration of criminal justice. This course provides an         courtroom participants, and stages in the process are
overview of police, prosecution, courts, and the correctional       discussed. 3credits.
system. The problems of the administration of justice in a          CJA 390
democratic society are discussed.                                   Introduction to Corrections
CJA 330                                                             An introduction to the various aspects of the corrections
Criminology                                                         system. The historical development of corrections is
An introductory course in the study of crime and criminal           discussed, along with the goals of criminal sentencing, jails,
behavior, focusing on the various theories of crime causation.      prisons, alternative sentencing, prisoner rights,
This course highlights the causes of criminal behavior              rehabilitation, and parole and probation. 3 credits.
systems, societal reaction to crime, and criminological             CJA 400
methods of inquiry. 3 credits.                                      Juvenile Justice
CJA 340                                                             A general orientation to the field of juvenile delinquency,
Criminal Law                                                        including causation and the development of delinquent
This course focuses on the goals, objectives, principles, and       behavior. The problems facing juveniles today are addressed,
doctrines of criminal law and procedure. Special attention is       and adult and juvenile justice systems are compared,
paid to the law of search and seizure and the law of                including initial apprehension, referral, and preventive
interrogation and confessions. Pretrial motions and                 techniques. Specific issues examined include chemical
proceedings and trial by jury are also examined. 3credits.          dependency, mental illness, and compulsive and habitual
CJA 350                                                             offenders. Special attention is given to the problems inherent
Criminal Procedure                                                  in the police handling of juveniles and the function of
This course explores basic investigative principles; search of      juvenile courts. 3credits.
crime or accident scenes; questioning witnesses, suspects,          CJA 410
and victims of crimes; collecting and preserving evidence;          Ethics in Criminal Justice
information sources and research methods; surveillance              This course explores the standards and codes of professional
techniques; safe handling of hazardous materials; rules of          responsibility in criminal justice professions (e.g., Law
evidence governing admissibility of physical evidence; and          Enforcement Code of Ethics, ABA Standards of Professional
testifying in court. 3credits.                                      Responsibility, American Jail Association Code of Ethics for
CJA 360                                                             Jail Officers, and the American Correctional Association
Interpersonal Communication                                         Code of Ethics). It also explores roles of professional
This course prepares the student to communicate effectively         organizations and agencies, Ethics and community relations,
in both written and verbal form. It covers best practices in        and civil liability in law enforcement and correctional
investigative reporting, written reports and memos, and             environments. 3credits.
interpersonal verbal communication with victims, suspects,
and civilians. 3 credits.




A-6
                                                                                             University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                       COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                          UNDERGRADUATE




CJA 420                                                              CJA 470
Cultural Diversity in Criminal Justice                               Managing Criminal Justice Personnel
This course prepares the student for conducting and                  This course is a survey of important personnel issues inher-
managing law enforcement in a pluralistic society. It provides       ent to organizations and, especially, to Criminal Justice orga-
a basis for tolerance and better law enforcement through the         nizations. Problems, procedures and solutions to common
understanding of the history, law and public opinion relating        personnel issues will be explored. 3credits.
to conducting police operations in a multicultural                   CJA 480
environment. 3credits.                                               Futures of Criminal Justice
CJA 430                                                              The course examines possible criminal justice futures. Issues
Research Methods in Criminal Justice                                 that police, corrections, and courts are likely to confront in
Students learn and demonstrate knowledge of research                 the 21st century and beyond will be research and discussed,
methodology within the criminal justice system, and become           along with established predictive techniques in the field of
acquainted with the range and scope of quantitative and              futures research. This is a capstone course requiring students
qualitative tools available to the criminal justice researcher.      to apply all they have learned throughout the program to the
3 credits.                                                           issues that will define possible criminal justice futures.
CJA 440                                                              3credits.
Organizational Behavior and Management                               CMGT 320
This course explores the rich field of management in theory          Organizations and Technology
and practice, and as both a science and an art. The course also      This course examines organizational theory as it relates to
addresses the role of managers in the current world of rapid         technology. Included are the effects of technology on
change, increased competitive forces, and increased                  organizational structures; alignment of processes, people,
expectations for the successful performance of employees             and systems for organizational achievement; use of
and organizations. The focus is on some of the ways and              technology for informed decision-making in the
means of achieving desired goals. The student will leave this        organization, organizational management issues in
course with a solid background in the nature and work of             cyberspace, and quality in a technology-driven environment.
management and managers. Applications of concepts to                 3credits.
criminal justice organizations will be stressed. 3credits.           CMGT 325
CJA 450                                                              Organizational Communications
Criminal Justice Administration                                      This course is an overview of the methods, processes, and
This course applies management and financial principles to           functions necessary for effective communication in today’s
criminal justice organizations. Emphasis is placed on                high-tech, global marketplace. The goals for this course are to
budgets, financial accounting principles and assessing the           develop an understanding of the need for and the requisite
effectiveness of the activities of criminal justice organizations.   skills of competent communication in both the physical and
Constitutional requirements, court decisions, and legislation        electronic environments. Additionally, the course will focus
(such as EEOC requirements) as they impact management in             on appropriate communications formats and analytical tools
criminal justice organizations are discussed. Basic accounting       necessary to solve communication problems within
and financial terminology, and purposes and formats of               traditional and team-based organizational structures.
financial statements are introduced: depreciation of assets,         3credits.
capital budgeting, cash management, lease versus purchase,           CMGT 330
and inventory management. 3credits.                                  Ethics in Information Technology
CJA 460                                                              This course provides an understanding of the legal and
Criminal Justice Policy Analysis                                     ethical issues associated with the use of information systems
This course examines the history of federal-and state-level          in business and society. The course also explores the
crime control initiatives and explores the development of            development and implementation of information systems in
effective anticrime policies. The analysis of contemporary           ways that satisfy legal, ethical and business requirements.
crime control policies is included. 3credits.                        3credits.




                                                                                                                             A-7
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




CMGT 410                                                        COMM 100
Project Planning and Implementation                             Strategies for Writing
This course provides the foundation for understanding the       This course focuses on the essentials of logical, clear writing
broad concepts of successful planning, organization and         through a review of vocabulary, grammar, sentence structure,
implementation within a technical environment. The course       and the development of coherent paragraphs and short
uses real-world examples and identifies common mistakes         essays in a workshop format. 3credits. Communication Arts.
and pitfalls in project management. Topics covered include      COMM 101ª
project scoping, estimating, scheduling, budgeting, tracking    Written Communication
and controlling. The course uses Microsoft Project. 3credits.   This course provides guided study and extensive practice in
CMGT 410.1                                                      the process and mechanics of expository writing. It is
Project Planning and Implementation                             intended primarily for students with no prior course work in
This course provides the foundation for understanding the       English composition at the college level. 3credits. (Course
broad concepts of successful planning, organization and         length varies) Communication Arts
implementation within the realm of information technology.      COMM 102ª
The course uses real-world examples and identifies common       Communication Skills for Career Growth
mistakes and pitfalls in project management. Topics covered     This course covers the skills necessary for effective
include project scoping, estimating, budgeting, scheduling,     communication in the work environment and modern
tracking and controlling. 3credits.                             society. The course provides an orientation basic
Prerequisite: CIS 319                                           communication theories and discusses the fundamentals of
CMGT 424                                                        interpersonal, written, and oral communication skills.
Information Resource Management                                 Emphasis will be placed on applying these skills and theories
This course requires the student to apply the management        to group processes and professional situations. 3credits.
principles and information technology knowledge from prior      Communication Arts.
course work to the specific requirements of managing the        Prerequisite: GEN 101
information resources of the organization. This includes the    COMM 200ª
management of the information systems department and its        Interpersonal Communication Skills
functions as a ”business within the business.” The course       This course is designed to foster an understanding and
focuses on information technology management, information       appreciation of effective interpersonal skills. It addresses
technology trends, software resource management, and the        self–awareness, group process, self–disclosure, effective
relationship of people and management systems to                communication, conflict resolution, and team building.
technology and organizations. 5credits.                         3credits. Communication Arts.
Prerequisites: Completion of 28 credits in IS major
                                                                COMM 202
CMGT 450                                                        Business Communication Skills
Applied Studies in Information Technology                       This course covers oral reporting, management briefing,
This course provides a synthesis of all previous IT course      listening, and conference and committee leadership.
work to demonstrate foundation competency in all facets of      (Students who complete COMM 202 may not complete
the IT program. The course provides an application focus in     COMM 224 and visa versa due to duplicative content.)
which students demonstrate comprehension, critical              3credits. Communication Arts.
thinking, and problem-solving abilities within the context of
                                                                COMM 203
real-world applications. Case study is an integral component,
                                                                Oral Communication
as well as a student project that demonstrates the
                                                                This course is designed to provide both a practical
incorporation of key components from all previous courses in
                                                                introduction to the fundamental principles of oral
an applied methodology. Current and future trends in IT are
                                                                communication and a forum for practicing these
emphasized. 3 credits.
                                                                communication skills. 3credits. Communication Arts.
Prerequisites: All BSIT core courses




A-8
                                                                                         University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                  COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                     UNDERGRADUATE




COMM 210ª                                                        COMM 335
Advanced Composition                                             Spanish Language and Cultural Field Study
This is an advanced course in expository and argumentative       This course offers students the opportunity to become
writing designed for students preparing for professional         familiar with the language and culture of Mexico through a
careers. Emphasis is placed on critical thinking, thesis         combination of formal study and on–site field experiences.
formation, research, bibliographic techniques, and stylistic     The course includes study of Mexican history and society as
skills necessary to produce articles and essays appropriate to   well as language training appropriate to the student’s
professional journals and the general media. 3credits.           existing skill level. 6credits. (Must be taken concurrently
Communication Arts.                                              with HUM 335.) Communication Arts.
COMM 215ª                                                        COMM 340
Essentials of College Writings                                   Creative Writing
This course covers the essential writing strategies and skills   This is a beginning course in imaginative writing. Students
required for college-level course work. Emphasis is placed on    explore the creative process while strengthening their general
the development of research papers, position papers, and         writing skills. 3credits. Communication Arts.
case study analyses, and helps students distinguish between      COMM 400ª
interpretive and analytical writing. The research process is     Management Communication Skills
approached from both the conceptual and applied                  This course entails the study of human interpersonal
perspectives. Discussion of elements of mechanics, style,        communications and conflict resolution particularly within
citation and proper documentation are included. 3credits.        business and work organizations. The course focuses on
Communication Arts.                                              identifying and developing the skills required to successfully
COMM 310                                                         manage interpersonal relations in organizations. Emphasis is
Public Speaking                                                  placed on management communication skills, group process,
This course addresses how an effective speech is developed       giving effective responses, conflict resolution, and team
and delivered. Techniques for audience targeting and style       building. 3credits. Communication Arts.
development, as well as the basic techniques required to         COMM 410ª
communicate effectively on television are also presented. The    Business Communication
course is also designed to provide a maximum opportunity         In this course you will identify and analyze communication
for practice and evaluation of speeches and presentation         theories and practices, with special focus on the
techniques. 3 credits. Communication Arts.                       development, application, and improvement of your written
COMM 315ª                                                        skills. Areas to be covered include corporate correspondence,
Diversity Issues in Communication                                report presentation, and the use of graphic aids. Your work in
This course identifies barriers to effective communication       business will no doubt involve communication. You need
associated with racial, gender, cultural and socioeconomic       only to observe people in business to determine that they
diversity in the workplace and in the community. Students        spend much of their work time talking, reading, writing, and
will develop an understanding of why and how diversity           listening--in other words, communicating. 3credits.
factors influence effective communications. The course will      COMM 470
introduce techniques for improving written, oral, and            Communication in the Virtual Workplace
interpersonal communication skills in response to diversity      This course offer guidance and examples how to effectively
concerns. 3 credits. Communication Arts.                         communicate in a growing workplace that is dependent
COMM 320                                                         upon technology as a way to communicate globally. This
Communicating in Electronic Environments                         course provides students with an understanding of Internet
This course analyzes the numerous ways people work and           technologies and how to maximize these communication
communicate in the electronic environments of                    enhancements to optimal organizational communications.
contemporary organizations. Students reflect on the ways         Impacts upon customer satisfaction are explored. 3 credits.
modern technology influences the communication process
and the resulting connections people share with one another
in an organization. 3credits. Communication Arts.




                                                                                                                        A-9
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




CSS 335                                                          DBM 410
Computers and Information Processing                             Decision Support Systems
This course introduces the fundamentals of computer              This course focuses on creating a business decision support
systems and the role of information processing in today’s        system using Microsoft Access by creating a database system
business environment. An overview is presented of                with queries and reports. Spreadsheets, using Microsoft Excel,
information system development, hardware and software,           and query tools will be examined as well. 3credits.
operating systems and programming, databases, networks           Prerequisite: DBM 405
and telecommunications, and the Internet. The course uses        DBM 420
Microsoft Office. 3 credits.                                     Enterprise Database Management Systems
DBM 380                                                          This course is designed to provide the student a guide for
Database Concepts                                                developing a relational database application using Oracle’s
This course covers database concepts. Topics include data        database and application development utilities. Subjects
analysis, the principal data models with emphasis on the         include multi-user and client/server database concepts,
relational model, entity-relationship diagrams, logical          Oracle utilities, development of database applications,
design, data administration and normalization. The course        performing basic database administration tasks and an
uses Visio. 3 credits.                                           overview of PL/SQL, the Oracle procedural programming
Prerequisites: POS 370, BSA 375                                  language. 3 credits.
DBM 380.1                                                        Prerequisite: POS 410
Database Concepts                                                DBM 430
Data storage and management plays an essential role in all       Rapid Application Development
information systems. This course covers data management          This course is an overview of current methodologies with
concepts from a business perspective, and will enable the IT     emphasis on the traditional computer-aided system
manager to develop a strategy for managing and organizing        engineering (CASE) method and on rapid application
corporate data to support the business activities of the         development (RAD). 3credits.
organization. Areas to be emphasized include data analysis,      Prerequisite: DBM 420
the principal data models with emphasis on the relational        DBM 440
model, entity-relationship diagrams, logical design, data        Data Warehousing
administration and normalization. 3credits.                      This is a course in designing, constructing, and maintaining a
Prerequisites: POS 360                                           data warehouse including data mining, and data marts. The
DBM 405                                                          course focuses on the data management issues associated
Database Management Systems                                      with the ongoing maintenance of a data warehouse for
This course is a continues the subject in DBM 380, Database      strategic decision making. 3 credits.
Concepts. Emphasis is placed on transforming data models         Prerequisite: DBM 430
into physical databases. An overview is given of various         DBM 450
database systems as well as data warehousing. The role of        Applications Maintenance and Migration
databases in e-Business is also examined. The course uses        This course examines the maintenance of an enterprise’s
Microsoft Access. 3credits.                                      information systems, including legacy systems. Topics
Prerequisite: DBM 380                                            include application documentation, evaluation, maintenance,
DBM 405.1                                                        upgrading and migration. The focus is on basing
Database Management Systems                                      maintenance and migration decisions on operational, tactical,
This course is a continuation of skills learned in DBM380/       and strategic business principles. Particular emphasis is
Database Concepts. Students will learn to transform data         placed on the role and management of legacy systems within
models into an actual database using Microsoft Access 97. This   an enterprise’s IS plan. Subcontracting and outsourcing are
includes creating tables, forms, queries, reports, graphics,     also considered. 3credits.
and macros. 3credits.                                            Prerequisite: DBM 440
Prerequisite: DBM 380.1




A-10
                                                                                          University of Phoenix, 2001-2002
                                                                                                    COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                       UNDERGRADUATE




EBUS 400                                                          FIN 324ª
e-Business                                                        Financial Analysis For Managers I
This e-business survey course introduces models for               This course is designed to frame issues for non-financial
conducting business-to-business and business-to-consumer          managers. Basic accounting and financial terminology and
transactions. Students will learn the application of e-business   concepts are introduced and practiced. Topics covered
strategic management, how to leverage technology to               include: The Accounting Environment, Financial Statements,
enhance business processes, the unique characteristics of         Financial Markets, Budgets, and Internal Controls. 3credits.
effective e-marketing, and how the legal, ethical, and            FIN 325ª
regulatory environment act as a filter for conducting e-          Financial Analysis For Managers II
business. 3credits.                                               This course is designed to frame financial issues for non-
ECO 360ª                                                          financial managers. Basic accounting and financial
Economics for Business I                                          terminology and concepts are introduced and practiced.
This course provides students with the basic theories,            Topics covered include: Cost Management Systems, Time
concepts, terminology, and uses of macroeconomics.                Value of Money, Financial Decision Making, Capital
Students learn practical applications for macroeconomics in       Structure, and International Finance. 3credits.
their personal and professional lives through assimilation of     FIN 465ª
fundamental concepts and analysis of actual economic              Investment Analysis
events. 3credits.                                                 This course examines the field of investments with emphasis
Spreadsheet proficiency recommended.                              given to analysis, management, and control. The course
Prerequisite: COMM 215                                            covers the theory and practice of finance including the firm’s
ECO 361ª                                                          investments, financing alternatives, and dividend decisions;
Economics for Business II                                         analytical techniques available in the investment planning
This course provides students with the basic theories,            and selection process; and the environment in which
concepts, terminology, and uses of microeconomics. Students       investment decisions are made. Coverage of these topics are
learn practical applications for microeconomics in their          accomplished utilizing a balance between concepts,
personal and professional lives through assimilation of           applications, case analysis, and problems. 3credits. Business
fundamental concepts and analysis of actual economic              Elective
events. 3credits.                                                 FIN 466ª
Spreadsheet proficiency recommended.                              Financial Markets
Prerequisite: ECO 360                                             This course develops a conceptual framework for
EML 299.1                                                         understanding how recent and current events affect the
Applied Written Communication                                     financial environment. Financial markets are examined with
This course is designed to assess students’ ability to analyze    a focus on their utilization by financial institutions, the
their learning experiences and communicate them effectively.      pricing of financial assets, the impact of the Federal Reserve,
For Associate of Arts through Credit Recognition students         their internationalization, and recent events that have
only. 3credits. Communication Arts                                effected them. The institutions are described with a focus on
FIN 320ª                                                          regulatory aspects and management use of financial markets
Corporate Finance                                                 and performance. 3credits. Business Elective
This course examines the foundations of corporate finance,        FIN 467
valuation of stocks and bonds, investments and projects, the      Real Estate Investment
concepts of risk and reward, cost of capital, corporate           This course explores the techniques of real estate investment
financing, capital structuring, dividend policies, financial      analysis, including financing, taxes, and decision making
statement analysis and financial planning. 3 credits.             criteria in today’s real estate investment environment.
                                                                  3credits. Business Elective




                                                                                                                        A- 11
University of Phoenix, 2001-2002




FIN 475ª                                                         GEN 300ª
Managerial Finance I                                             Skills for Professional Development
This course is an overview of the fundamentals of financial      This course is designed to emphasize development and
administration. Emphasis is on techniques used in the            enhancement of professional skills. Students will analyze
development of financial thought and financial decisions and     their strengths in written assignments, oral presentations,
risk-return relationships. The legal forms of organizations,     interpersonal relationships, group interactions, and
tax implications, tools of financial analysis, financial         organizational skills. Students also explore issues related to
structure of firms, leverage, and internal financing             the decision to return to school. 3credits. General Elective
mechanisms are also discussed. 3credits.                         (May not be taken if credit has been received for GEN 100 or GEN
Prerequisite: ACC 363 Spreadsheet proficiency recommended.       101)
FIN 476ª                                                         GEN 480ª
Managerial Finance II                                            Interdisciplinary Capstone Course
This course is an overview of the fundamentals of financial      This is the capstone course of the business, information
administration. Emphasis is on using financial thought and       technology, and nursing undergraduate students. The course
decision-making skills to understand a firm’s working capital    provides students with the opportunity to integrate and
management, short-term a